INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORP
SB-2, 1998-04-15
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: STROUDS INC, SC 13G, 1998-04-15
Next: MID MISSOURI HOLDING CO INC, 10KSB, 1998-04-15



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 1998

                                                    Registration No. 333-_______

                     U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                    Form SB-2
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its charter)

                                    Delaware
                           -------------------------
                           (State or Jurisdiction of
                         Incorporation or Organization)

                                      6060
                          ----------------------------
                          (Primary Standard Industrial
                          Classification Code Number)

                                   13-3699013
                       ---------------------------------
                       (IRS Employer Identification No.)

10 Rockefeller Plaza (Suite 1015), New York, New York 10020-1903, (212) 757-7300
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices)

        10 Rockefeller Plaza (Suite 1015), New York, New York 10020-1903
        ----------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Address of Principal Place of Business)

                       Lawrence G. Bergman, Vice President
                        Intervest Bancshares Corporation
                        10 Rockefeller Plaza (Suite 1015)
                         New York, New York 10020-1903
            ---------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent For Service)

                                -----------------

                                 with copies to:
         Thomas E. Willett, Esq.                William L. Kreienberg, Esq.
         Harris Beach & Wilcox                  Harter Secrest & Emery
         130 East Main Street                   700 Midtown Tower
         Rochester, New York 14604              Rochester, New York 14604

    Approximate Date of Proposed Sale to the Public: As soon as practicable.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. ______________

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. ______________

If delivery  of the  prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE(1)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>                          <C>                  <C>
Title of Each Class of           Amount to be        Proposed Maximum             Proposed             Amount of
Securities to be                 Registered          Offering Price Per           Maximum              Registration
Registered                                           Unit(1)                      Offering Price       Fee(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series __/__/98
Convertible
Subordinated Debentures          $6,000,000          $10,000                      $6,000,000           $1,819.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Common Stock,
par value $1.00 per share           428,572(1)        $14.00                      $6,000,000           $0.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                                                  $1,819.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the Registration  Fee. The
         shares of Class A Common  Stock are  issuable  upon  conversion  of the
         Debentures and the offering price is based on the closing sale price on
         the NASDAQ SmallCap Market on April 7, 1998.

(2)      As  permitted  Rule  457(i),  no  additional  fee is  payable  for  the
         securities issuable upon conversion.

The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may
determine.

                                        1

<PAGE>

Information   contained   herin  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer, solictation or sale would be unlawful prior to
registration or qualification under the securities of any such State.

                              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 14, 1998
PROSPECTUS


                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                   (A Bank Holding Company for Intervest Bank)
                               Maximum $6,000,000
                               Minimum $5,000,000
               SERIES __/__/98 CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
                                Due July 1, 2008
                     --------------------------------------

         Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation  (the  "Company")  is offering up to
$6,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount  of  its  Series  __/__/98  Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures  due July 1, 2008  (the  "Debentures").  As more  fully
described under  "Description of Debentures,"  the Debentures are convertible at
any time before April 1, 2008, unless previously redeemed,  into shares of Class
A Common Stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  of the Company (the "Class A Common
Stock") at an initial  conversion price to be determined at closing based on the
average  closing prices of the Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market's
SmallCap Market (Symbol: IBCA) during the 20 trading days prior to closing, less
$.50 and rounded  down to the nearest  quarter  dollar.  See "Market for Class A
Common Stock and Dividends." The conversion  price will be subject to adjustment
annually as described in more detail under "Description of Debentures."

         Interest on the Debentures will accrue each calendar quarter at a fixed
rate,  which rate will be fixed at the closing  date and will  reflect the prime
rate of Chase  Manhattan  Bank on that date less  one-half  of one  percent.  In
addition,  interest  will  accrue  each  calendar  quarter on the balance of the
accrued  interest as of the last day of the  preceding  calendar  quarter at the
same interest  rate. All accrued  interest on the Debentures  will be payable at
the maturity of the Debentures whether by acceleration, redemption or otherwise.

         The Debentures  are redeemable by the Company,  in whole or in part, at
any time and from time to time, at the option of the Company at fixed redemption
prices as set forth  herein,  together with accrued  interest to the  redemption
date.  The  Debentures  will be issued  only in  denominations  of  $10,000  and
multiples thereof, with a minimum purchase of $10,000.

         The  Debentures  will be unsecured  general  obligations of the Company
subordinate  in right of payment to all existing and future senior  indebtedness
(as  defined  herein)  of  the  Company.   See   "Description  of  Debentures  -
Subordination." The Company currently has no senior indebtedness.

              Prospective investors should consider the information
                 discussed under "Investment Considerations and
                            Risk Factors" on page 10.
                                -----------------

      THE SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR
          DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
                  CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
      ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                                CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                         Underwriting
                                                                         Discounts and                   Proceeds to
                                        Price to Public                 Commissions(1)                   Company(1)(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                             <C>                             <C>       
Per Debenture                                100%                             8%                              92%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Minimum(2)                          $5,000,000                      400,000(4)                      $4,600,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Maximum(2)                          $6,000,000                      480,000(4)                      $5,520,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                        1

<PAGE>



(1)      The  Debentures  are being offered on a "best  efforts"  basis by Sage,
         Rutty & Co.,  Inc.  (the  "Underwriter"),  and by  other  participating
         broker/dealers   who  are  members  of  the  National   Association  of
         Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  The  Company  will  pay the  Underwriter  a
         commission of 7% of the purchase price of each Debenture  which is sold
         by the Underwriter or participating  broker/dealers.  In addition,  the
         Company  will pay the  Underwriter  a fee equal to 1% of the  aggregate
         gross amount of Debentures sold, such fee to be paid upon completion of
         the Offering.  The Company has agreed to indemnify the  Underwriter and
         participating   broker/dealers   against  certain  civil   liabilities,
         including  certain  liabilities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
         amended. See "Plan of Distribution."

(2)      If at least  $5,000,000 of Debentures are not sold within 75 days after
         the date this  Registration  Statement  is  declared  effective  by the
         Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Offering  Termination Date"),
         all subscription documents and funds (together with any interest earned
         thereon) will be promptly refunded to subscribers and the Offering will
         terminate.  If at least  $5,000,000 of Debentures are sold prior to the
         Offering  Termination  Date,  the Company may close the  offering as to
         those subscribers and continue the offering of unsold Debentures for up
         to 150  additional  days.  Until the Closing,  all funds  received from
         subscribers will be held in escrow by  Manufacturers  and Traders Trust
         Company, for the benefit of subscribers.

(3)      In addition to the underwriting  fees and commissions,  expenses of the
         Offering  payable by the  Company  are  estimated  to be  approximately
         $120,000. See "Use of Proceeds."

(4)      Includes the payment by the Company of the  underwriter's  fee of 1% of
         the aggregate gross amount of Units sold.

                             SAGE, RUTTY & CO., INC.
             The date of this Prospectus is _________________, 1998

                                        2

<PAGE>



                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Company  is  subject  to  the  information   requirements  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act") and the rules
and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  and in accordance  therewith,  files
reports,  and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission").  Such reports,  and other information can be inspected and copied
at  prescribed  rates  at the  public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the
Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549 and at
the Commission's  regional offices located at 7 World Trade Center,  Suite 1300,
New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison  Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can also be obtained at
prescribed rates by writing to the Securities and Exchange  Commission's  Public
Reference  Section,  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,   D.C.  20549.  The
Commission  maintains a website that  contains  reports,  proxy and  information
statements and other information  regarding registrants that file electronically
with the Commission. The address of that site is: "http://www.sec.gov".

         This Prospectus  constitutes a part of a Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 filed by the  Company  with the  Commission  through  the  Electronic  Data
Gathering and Retrieval  ("EDGAR") system with respect to the securities offered
hereby. This Prospectus omits certain information  contained in the Registration
Statement,  certain items of which are contained in exhibits to the Registration
Statement as  permitted  by the rules and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For
further  information  with  respect to the  Company and the  securities  offered
hereby,  reference is made to the Registration  Statement including the exhibits
filed as a part  thereof,  which may be inspected  at the  principal or regional
offices of the Commission, without charge.

         The Company will furnish annual reports to its shareholders  which will
contain  audited  financial  statements  certified  by  its  independent  public
accountants.  The Company may distribute  unaudited  quarterly reports and other
interim reports to its shareholders as it deems appropriate.

         The  Company  will  provide  without  charge  to each  person to whom a
Prospectus is delivered,  upon written or oral request of such person, a copy of
any or all  documents  referred to above that have been  incorporated  into this
Prospectus  by  reference.  Written or oral  requests for such copies  should be
directed to: Mr.  Lawrence G.  Bergman,  Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation,  10
Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10020; (212) 757-7300.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The  following  summary is  qualified in its entirety by, and should be
read  in  conjunction   with,  the  more  detailed   information  and  financial
statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

The Company

         Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation  (the  "Company")  is a bank holding
company  incorporated  under  the  laws of the  State  of  Delaware  whose  only
subsidiary is Intervest Bank (the "Bank"),  a Florida  chartered bank which is a
member of the Federal Reserve System.  The Company owns approximately 99% of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of the Bank.  The Bank is a  community-oriented,
full  service,  commercial  bank  serving  the  Clearwater  area of the State of
Florida.

         The principal  business of the Bank is to attract  deposits and to loan
or invest  those  deposits  on  profitable  terms.  The Bank offers a variety of
deposit accounts which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation
("FDIC")  up to  $100,000  per  depositor.  The  lending  of the  Bank  consists
primarily of real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans. The Bank is
one of several  providers of funds for such purposes in its market area, and its
lending policies, deposit products and related services are intended to meet the
needs of individuals and businesses in its market area.

         As of  December  31,  1997,  the Company  had  consolidated  assets and
deposits  of $150.7  million and $131.2  million,  respectively.  The  Company's
stockholders' equity at December 31, 1997 was $17.6 million.  Unless the context
otherwise requires, references herein to the Company include the Company and its
subsidiary, the Bank, on a consolidated basis.

The Offering

Securities Offered.................. Up to  $6,000,000  in  principal  amount of
                                     Series  __/__/98  Convertible  Subordinated
                                     Debentures due July 1, 2008.

Interest Accrual and Payment.......   Interest  on the  principal  amount of the
                                      Debentures   will  accrue  each   calendar
                                      quarter at a fixed  rate,  reflecting  the
                                      prime  rate of Chase  Manhattan  Bank less
                                      one-half  of one  percent  on the  date of
                                      closing. In addition, interest will accrue
                                      each  calendar  quarter on the  balance of
                                      the accrued  interest at the same interest
                                      rate.  All accrued  interest is payable at
                                      maturity,  provided, that, commencing July
                                      1,  2003,   holders  can  elect  by  prior
                                      written  notice  to be  paid  all  accrued
                                      interest and to receive quarterly payments
                                      of interest thereafter.

Convertibility......................  The Debentures are convertible  into Class
                                      A Common Stock at any time before April 1,
                                      2008 or  redemption at an initial price to
                                      be  determined  at  closing  based  on the
                                      average  of  the  closing  prices  of  the
                                      shares of Class A Common  Stock for the 20
                                      previous trading days, less $.50,  rounded
                                      down  to  the  nearest   quarter   dollar,
                                      subject to increase  annually in specified
                                      amounts  and  subject  to   adjustment  in
                                      certain events.

Mandatory Redemption...............  None

Optional Redemption..................The Debentures are redeemable,  in whole or
                                     in part,  at any time and from time to time
                                     at the  option of the  Company  on not less
                                     than 30 days' notice,  at fixed  redemption
                                     prices as set forth  herein,  together with
                                     accrued  interest to the  redemption  date.
                                     See "Description of the Debentures."

Subordination....................... The payment of principal  and  premium,  if
                                     any,  and  interest  on the  Debentures  is
                                     subordinated  to all  existing  and  future
                                     Senior  Indebtedness  (as defined  herein).
                                     The   Company   currently   has  no  Senior
                                     Indebtedness.  The  Indenture  (as  defined
                                     herein) does not limit

                                        4

<PAGE>



                                     the occurrence of  indebtedness,  including
                                     Senior  Indebtedness,  by the Company.  See
                                     "Description    of   the    Debentures    -
                                     Subordination."

Class A Common Stock...............  The  Class A Common  Stock is listed on the
                                     Nasdaq Stock Markets  SmallCap Market under
                                     the  symbol  "IBCA."  At  March  31,  1998,
                                     2,136,675  shares  of Class A Common  Stock
                                     were outstanding.

Use of Proceeds..................... The  Company   intends  to  apply  the  net
                                     proceeds of this  Offering to the Company's
                                     capital for the Company's general corporate
                                     purposes, including without limitation, the
                                     financing of the expansion of the Company's
                                     operations  through  acquisitions,  and the
                                     infusion  of  capital  to the  Bank and any
                                     future  subsidiaries  of the  Company.  See
                                     "Use of Proceeds."

Investment Considerations........... Prospective  investors  in  the  Debentures
                                     should consider the  information  discussed
                                     under     the      heading      "Investment
                                     Considerations and Risk Factors."





                                        5

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                       SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share figures)

                                                             As of or for the
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Year Ended      Year Ended        Year Ended        Year Ended
                                      December 31,    December 31,      December 31,      December 31,
                                          1997            1996              1995              1994
                                      ------------    ------------      ------------      ------------
Income Statement Summary:
<S>                                  <C>               <C>             <C>             <C>   

Interest income                      $     9,347           6,381           4,190           2,158
Interest expense                           5,894           3,745           2,225             803
Net interest income                        3,453           2,636           1,965           1,355
Provision for loan losses                   (352)           (250)           (233)           (124)
Net interest income
  after provision
  for loan losses                          3,101           2,386           1,732           1,231
Other Income                                 136             106              89             112
Other expense                             (1,906)         (1,551)         (1,415)         (1,054)
Earnings before
  income taxes                             1,331             941             406             289
Provision for income
  taxes                                     (487)           (383)           (136)           (108)
Net Earnings                                 844             558             270             181

Per Share Data:

Basic Earnings Per Share                     .49             .34             .16             .11
Cash dividends                              --              --              --              --
Book value (1)                              7.27            5.91            5.57            5.38
Shares outstanding at
  period-end(2)                        2,424,415       1,650,000       1,650,000       1,650,000

Period-End Balance Sheet Summary:

Total assets                         $   150,755         105,196          68,942          40,117
Securities                                58,821          34,507          19,630           8,638
Loans (net of unearned
  income)                                 76,825          60,310          37,058          22,754
Allowance for loan losses                  1,173             811             593             369
Deposits                                 131,167          93,447          58,601          30,092
Stockholders' equity                      17,620           9,747           9,189           8,884
</TABLE>


- -----------------------

(1)      Represents  stockholders'  equity  divided by the number of outstanding
         shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock at period-end.

(2)      Represents  issued and  outstanding  shares of Class A Common Stock and
         Class B Common Stock.

                                        6

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  As of or for the
                               --------------------------------------------------------------
                               Year Ended         Year Ended       Year Ended        Year Ended
                               December 31,       December 31,     December 31,     December 31,
                                  1997               1996             1995              1994
                               ------------       ------------     ------------     ------------

<S>                              <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>
Selected Financial Ratios:

Return on average
  assets                           .63%              .67%             .51%             .61%
Return on average
  equity                          4.35%             5.91%            3.01%            3.02
Dividends declared to
  net earnings                     --               --                --               --
Loans (net of unearned
  income) to deposits            58.57%            64.54%           63.24%           75.61%
Net charge-offs to
  loans at period-end             (.01%)             .05%             .02%             .03%
Ratio of Allowance for loan
  losses to loans
  at period-end                    .015              .013             .016             .016
Average stockholders'
  equity to average total
  assets                         14.57%            11.29%           16.89%           20.05%
Ratio of Allowance for Loan 
  losses to nonperforming loans                     --                --              1.05

- ------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                 7
<PAGE>

                            THE COMPANY AND THE BANK

Intervest Bancshares Corporation
- --------------------------------

         The  Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  organized  in 1993,  is a bank
holding  company  registered  under the Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956,  as
amended (the "BHCA"). The Company's principal asset is its ownership interest of
approximately  99.8% of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of the  Bank.  The
Company, through its ownership of the Bank, is engaged in the commercial banking
business and its primary source of earnings is derived from income  generated by
its ownership  and operation of the Bank. As of December 31, 1997,  the Company,
on a consolidated basis, had total assets of $150.7 million, net portfolio loans
of $75.6 million,  total deposits of $131.2 million, and stockholders' equity of
$17.6 million.  Unless the context otherwise requires,  references herein to the
Company include the Company and its  majority-owned  subsidiary,  the Bank, on a
consolidated basis.

         The Company is a legal  entity,  separate and  distinct  from the Bank.
There are various  legal  limitations  with  respect to the Bank's  financing or
otherwise supplying funds to the Company.  In particular,  under federal banking
law, the Bank may not declare a dividend  that  exceeds  undivided  profits.  In
addition,  the approval of the Federal  Reserve  Bank of Atlanta  (the  "Atlanta
FRB"), as well as the Florida Department of Banking and Finance,  is required if
the total  amount of all  dividends  declared in any  calendar  year exceeds the
Bank's net profits,  as defined,  for that year,  combined with its retained net
profits for the proceeding two years.  The Atlanta FRB also has the authority to
limit further the payment of dividends by the Bank under certain  circumstances.
In addition,  federal  banking laws prohibit or restrict the Bank from extending
credit to the Company under certain circumstances.

Intervest Bank
- --------------

         The Bank is a Florida chartered banking corporation which was organized
in December,  1987.  The Bank engages in  commercial  banking from five offices,
four of which are  located in  Clearwater,  Florida and one of which is in South
Pasadena, Florida.

         The Bank primarily focuses on providing  personalized  banking services
to  businesses  and  individuals  within its market  area.  The Bank  originates
commercial loans to businesses,  collateralized  and  uncollateralized  consumer
loans, and real estate loans (primarily commercial real estate loans).

         The Bank's income is derived  principally from interest and fees earned
in connection with its lending activities, interest and dividends on securities,
short-term investments and other services. The Bank's income is also affected by
provisions for loan losses. Its principal expenses are interest paid on deposits
and operating expenses. The Bank intends to expand its deposit and loan customer
relationships at its existing offices and to examine opportunities for expansion
to new locations. The Bank's operations are also significantly affected by local
economic  and  competitive  conditions  in its market  areas.  Changes in market
interest  rates,  government  legislation and policies  concerning  monetary and
fiscal affairs, and the attendant actions of the regulatory authorities all have
an impact on the Bank's operations.

         The Bank is subject to examination and comprehensive  regulation by the
Federal  Reserve  Board (the "FRB") and its  deposits are insured by the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC") to the extent permitted by law. The
Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System.  The Bank is also subject to the
supervision of and examination by the Florida Department of Banking and Finance.

         The  principal  executive  offices  of the  Company  are  located at 10
Rockefeller  Plaza (Suite  1015),  New York,  New York 10020,  and its telephone
number  is (212)  757-7300.  The  principal  executive  offices  of the Bank are
located at 625 Court Street, Clearwater, Florida 34625, and its telephone number
is (813)  442-2551.  In addition  to its  principal  office,  the Bank has three
branch offices in Clearwater,  Florida, located at: (i) 2575 Ulmerton Road; (ii)
2175 Nursery  Road;  and (iii) 1875 Belcher  Road North,  Clearwater,  and has a
fourth branch in South Pasadena, Florida at 6750 Gulfport Blvd.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                   INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISK FACTORS

         A  prospective  investor  should  review  and  consider  carefully  the
following risk factors,  together with the other  information  contained in this
prospectus  in  evaluating  an  investment  in the  Debentures.  The  prospectus
contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  and actual  results could differ
materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of
numerous  factors,  including  those  set  forth  below  and  elsewhere  in  the
prospectus.

Limited Operating History
- -------------------------

         The principal  current business activity of the Company consists of its
controlling  ownership of the Bank and,  accordingly,  it is dependent  upon the
success  and  profitability  of the Bank.  The Company was formed in February of
1993 for the purpose of  acquiring  a  controlling  interest in the Bank,  which
transaction  occurred in May of 1993.  Prior to that  transaction,  the Bank had
operated under separate  ownership and  management.  The Bank was not profitable
through its fiscal year ended December 31, 1992. The Bank achieved profitability
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 and has been profitable in each year
thereafter.  The  Company  had a  small  loss in 1993  and has  been  profitable
thereafter. In light of the relatively brief period of the Company's operations,
there can be no assurance of future profitability.  See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Consolidated
Financial Statements."

Management's Broad Discretion Over Proceeds
- -------------------------------------------

         None of the  proceeds  of the  Offering  have  yet  been  committed  to
specific applications.  All determinations  concerning the use and investment of
the proceeds will be made by management of the Company.

Dividends
- ---------

         Since its  inception,  the  Company has not paid any  dividends  on its
common stock and there is no immediate  prospect or contemplation of the payment
of such dividends.

         Dividends  paid by the Company are subject to the financial  conditions
of both the Bank and the Company as well as other  business  considerations.  In
addition,  banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by
the Bank to the  Company  without  prior  regulatory  approval.  The  amount  of
allowable  dividends  which  could be payable by the  Company  are in  substance
limited  to net  profits  earned by the  Company,  less any  earnings  retention
consistent with the Company's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial
condition.  Distributions paid by the Company to shareholders will be taxable to
the  shareholders  as  dividends,  to the  extent of the  Company's  accumulated
current earnings and profits.

         The payment of  dividends  by the Bank to the Company is  regulated  by
various state and federal laws and by regulations  promulgated by the FRB, which
restrict the payment of dividends under certain circumstances. In addition, such
regulations  also impose certain minimum capital  requirements  which affect the
amount of cash  available  for the payment of dividends  by a regulated  banking
institution  such as the Bank.  Even if the Bank is able to generate  sufficient
earnings to pay  dividends,  there is no  assurance  that the Board of Directors
might not  decide or be  required  to retain a  greater  portion  of the  Bank's
earnings  in order to  maintain  or achieve  the  capital  deemed  necessary  or
appropriate.  The occurrence of any of these events would decrease the amount of
funds  potentially  available  for the payment of  dividends  by the Bank to the
Company. In addition, in some cases, the FRB could take the position that it has
the  power to  prevent  the Bank from  paying  dividends  if, in its view,  such
payments would  constitute  unsafe or unsound banking  practices.  Further,  the
determination of whether  dividends are paid and their frequency and amount will
depend upon the financial condition and performance of the Bank and the Company,
and other factors  deemed  appropriate  by both of the Board of Directors of the
Bank  and of the  Company.  Accordingly,  there  can be no  assurance  that  any
dividends will be paid in the future by the Bank or the Company.



                                        9

<PAGE>



Securities Not Insured
- ----------------------

         The Debentures  offered hereby are debt  securities,  and the shares of
Class A Common  Stock  into which they are  convertible  are equity  securities.
Neither  are  savings  accounts  or  deposits  insured  by the FDIC or any other
government agency.

Adequacy of Allowance For Loan Losses.
- --------------------------------------

         There is a risk that losses may be  experienced  in the Company's  loan
portfolio. The risk of loss will vary with, among other things, general economic
conditions,  the type of loan being made, the  creditworthiness  of the borrower
over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the quality
of the  collateral  for the loan.  Management  maintains an  allowance  for loan
losses  which is  established  through a provision  for loan  losses  charged to
operations.  Loans are  charged  against  the  allowance  for loan  losses  when
management  believes  that the  collectability  of the  principal  is  unlikely.
Subsequent  recoveries  are added to the  allowance.  The allowance is an amount
that management  believes will be adequate to absorb possible losses inherent in
existing loans and loan commitments,  based on evaluations of collectability and
prior loss  experience.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of the  allowance
monthly, or more frequently if considered  necessary.  The evaluation takes into
consideration  such  factors  as  changes  in the  nature and volume of the loan
portfolio,  overall portfolio  quality,  loan  concentrations,  specific problem
loans and commitments and current and anticipated  economic  conditions that may
affect the borrower's ability to repay.

         As  of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had  a  loan  portfolio  of
approximately  $76.8 million and the  allowance for loan losses was  $1,173,000,
which  represented  1.53% of the total  amount of loans.  At December  31, 1997,
there were no non-performing assets. The Bank actively manages its nonperforming
loans in an effort to minimize  credit  losses and monitors its asset quality to
maintain an adequate loan loss allowance.  Although management believes that its
allowance  for loan  losses  is  adequate,  there can be no  assurance  that the
allowance will prove sufficient to cover future loan losses.  Further,  although
management  uses the best  information  available  to make  determinations  with
respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if
economic  conditions differ  substantially  from the assumptions used or adverse
developments arise with respect to the Bank's nonperforming or performing loans.
Material  additions  to the Bank's  allowance  for loan losses would result in a
decrease of the Company's net income, and possibly its capital, and could result
in the  inability  to pay  dividends,  among  other  adverse  consequences.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Asset Quality and Loan Impairment and Losses."

Supervision and Regulation
- --------------------------

         Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  operate  in  a  highly  regulated
environment  and are  subject  to the  supervision  and  examination  by several
federal and state regulatory agencies. The Company is subject to the BHCA and to
regulation  and  supervision  by the  FRB.  The  Bank  is  also  subject  to the
regulation and supervision of the FDIC and the Florida Department of Banking and
Finance.  Federal and state laws and regulations govern matters ranging from the
regulation  of certain  debt  obligations,  changes  in control of bank  holding
companies,  and the  maintenance  of adequate  capital for the general  business
operations and financial  condition of the Bank,  including  permissible  types,
amounts  and terms of loans and  investments,  the  amount of  reserves  against
deposits,  restrictions on dividends,  establishment of branch offices,  and the
maximum  rate of  interest  that may be charged by law.  The FRB also  possesses
cease and desist powers over bank holding  companies to prevent or remedy unsafe
or unsound  practices or violations of law. These and other  restrictions  limit
the manner by which the Bank and the  Company  may conduct  their  business  and
obtain financing.  Furthermore,  the commercial banking business is affected not
only by general economic  conditions,  but also by the monetary  policies of the
FRB.  These  monetary  policies have had and/or are expected to continue to have
significant  effects on the operating results of commercial banks.  Although the
Company  believes  that  it is in  compliance  in  all  material  respects  with
applicable  state  and  federal  laws,  rules and  regulations,  there can be no
assurance that more restrictive  laws, rules and regulations will not be adopted
in the future  which could make  compliance  more  difficult  or  expensive,  or
otherwise affect the ability of the Bank to attract deposits and make loans. See
"Supervision and Regulation."



                                       10

<PAGE>



No Public Trading Market
- ------------------------

         Investors  should be aware  that  there is no  existing  market for the
Debentures and it is not likely that such a market will develop.

         The Debentures  are  convertible  at any time before  maturity,  unless
previously redeemed,  into shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company.  There
is no assurance  that an active trading market for the Class A Common Stock will
be  sustained  or that a holder of Class A Common Stock will have the ability to
dispose of shares in a liquid market. The Class A Common Stock commenced trading
on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market in November of 1997.  As of December  31,  1997,
there were issued and outstanding  2,124,415 shares of Class A Common Stock. See
"Market for Class A Common Stock and Dividends."

Competition
- -----------

         Competition in the banking and financial  services industry is intense.
In its primary  market area,  the Bank  competes  with other  commercial  banks,
savings and loan associations,  credit unions, finance companies,  mutual funds,
insurance companies and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally
and elsewhere.  Most of these competitors have  substantially  greater resources
and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain  services,  that the Bank
does not provide at this time. The profitability of the Company depends upon the
Bank's ability to compete in its market areas. See "Business - Competition."

Local Economic Conditions
- -------------------------

         The  success  of the  Company  and the Bank is  dependent  to a certain
extent upon the general economic  conditions in geographic markets served by the
Bank which focuses on Pinellas  County,  Florida and the  immediate  surrounding
areas. The Bank's primary market area is particularly  dependent on the economic
conditions  within  Clearwater,  Florida.  Although  the Bank  expects  economic
conditions  will continue to improve in this market area,  there is no assurance
that favorable economic development will occur or that the Bank's expectation of
corresponding growth will be achieved. Adverse changes in its geographic markets
would likely impair the Bank's ability to collect loans and could otherwise have
a negative  effect on the  financial  condition of the Company.  See "Business -
Market Area."

Lack of Diversification
- -----------------------

         The primary business  activity of the Company consists of its ownership
and control of the capital stock of the Bank. As a result, the Company presently
lacks  diversification as to business  activities and market area, and any event
affecting the Bank will have a direct impact on the Company. See "Business."

Dependence on Key Personnel
- ---------------------------

         The  Company  and the Bank are  dependent  upon the  services  of their
principal  officers.  If the  services  of any of these  persons  were to become
unavailable  for any reason,  the operation of the Company and the Bank might be
adversely  affected  in a  material  manner.  The  Bank  presently  has  written
employment  agreements  with its President,  its Vice President and its Cashier.
Neither the Company nor the Bank  maintains key man life  insurance  policies on
its executives and do not have any immediate plans to obtain such policies.  The
successful  development of the Company's  business will depend,  in part, on its
and the Bank's  ability to attract or retain  qualified  officers and employees.
See "Management."

Voting Control
- --------------

         As of the date of this Prospectus,  the three original  shareholders of
the Company own 900,000 shares of Class A Common Stock or  approximately  42% of
the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company.  These
same  persons  own all of the  issued and  outstanding  shares of Class B Common
Stock. See "Management -- Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and
Management."  The  shares of Class B Common  Stock,  as a  separate  class,  are
entitled to elect  two-thirds  of the  directors  of the  Company.  As a result,
voting control will continue to rest with the three persons.

                                       11

<PAGE>



Interest Rates
- --------------

         The  principal  source of income for the  Company  is its net  interest
income,  which is affected by  movements  in interest  rates.  Although the Bank
monitors its interest  rate  sensitivity  and attempts to reduce the risk of the
significant  decrease  in net  interest  income  caused by a change in  interest
rates,  rising  interest rates could  nevertheless  adversely  affect the Bank's
results of operations.

Payment and Subordination of Debentures
- ---------------------------------------

         There is no sinking fund for  retirement of the  Debentures at or prior
to their maturity.  The Company  anticipates  that it will pay the Debentures at
maturity,  at par,  from the Company's  working  capital but no assurance can be
given  that the  Company  will  have  sufficient  available  funds to make  such
payment.  The Debentures will be unsecured  obligations of the Company, and will
be  subordinated  to all Senior  Indebtedness  of the  Company,  as that term is
herein  defined.  There is no limitation or restriction in the Debentures or the
Indenture on the creation of senior indebtedness by the Company or on the amount
of senior  indebtedness  to which the Debentures may be  subordinated.  There is
also no  limitation  on the creation of or the amount of  indebtedness  which is
pari passu  (i.e.,  having no priority of payment over and not  subordinated  in
right of payment  to) the  Debentures.  Accordingly,  upon any  distribution  of
assets  of  the  Company  in  connection  with  any  dissolution,   winding  up,
liquidation  or  reorganization  of the  Company,  the  holders  of  all  senior
indebtedness  will first be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal
premium, if any, thereof and any interest due thereon, before the holders of the
Debentures are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal of or interest
on the Debentures,  and thereafter  payment to the debenture holders will be pro
rata with payments to holders of pari passu indebtedness.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Debentures offered
hereby,  after  deducting   commissions  and  estimated  offering  expenses,  is
estimated to be  approximately  $5.4 million,  if the maximum amount is sold, or
approximately $4.5 million, if the minimum amount is sold.

         The net  proceeds of the Offering  will become a part of the  Company's
capital  funds to be used for general  corporate  purposes,  including,  without
limitation,  the  financing  of the  expansion  of the  Company's  or the Bank's
business   through   acquisitions,   the   establishment   of  new  branches  or
subsidiaries,   and  the  infusion  of  capital  to  the  Bank  and  any  future
subsidiaries  of the  Company.  The  Company  is  presently  in the  process  of
preparing an application for the chartering of a de novo national bank, which is
expected to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with a principal office
in the City of New York. It is presently  anticipated  that  approximately  $7.5
million will be  contributed to the capital of that new  subsidiary.  Except for
that  bank,   neither  the  Company  nor  the  Bank  currently  has  any  plans,
understandings, arrangements or agreements, written or oral, with respect to the
establishment of any branches or  subsidiaries,  or with respect to any specific
acquisition  prospect,  and neither is presently negotiating with any party with
respect thereto.

         The actual  application  of the net proceeds will depend on the capital
needs of the Bank,  the  Company's  own  financial  requirements  and  available
business  opportunities.   None  of  the  uses  described  herein  constitute  a
commitment  by the Company to expend the  proceeds in a particular  manner.  The
Company reserves the right to make shifts in the allocation of the proceeds from
this offering if future events, including changes in the economic climate or the
Company's planned operations,  make such shifts necessary or desirable.  In such
events,  proceeds  may be applied to the  working  capital  requirements  of the
Company or the Bank. Pending their ultimate  application,  the net proceeds will
be invested in such relatively  short-term  investments or otherwise  applied as
management may determine.

                              MARKET FOR SECURITIES

         The  Company's  Class A Common  Stock was  approved  for listing on the
NASDAQ SmallCap Market (Symbol:  IBCA) in November of 1997. Prior to then, there
had been no established public trading market for the securities of the Company.
The high and low sales  prices for Class A Common  Stock  during the period from
November 25, 1997, when trading commenced, and December 31, 1997 were $12.25 and
$11.50, respectively. At December 31, 1997, there were approximately 272 holders

                                       12

<PAGE>



of record (and approximately _________ beneficial owners) of the Company's Class
A Common  Stock and three  holders  of  record of the  Company's  Class B Common
Stock.

                                    DIVIDENDS

         Holders of the  Company's  Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive
dividends  when and if declared by the Board of Directors  out of funds  legally
available therefor.  No dividends may be declared or paid with respect to shares
of Class B Common Stock until January 1, 2000.

         The Company has not paid any dividends on its capital stock in the past
and there is  currently  no  contemplation  of the payment of  dividends  on the
Company's Stock. The Company's  ability to pay dividends is generally limited to
earnings from the prior year,  although retained earnings and dividends from the
Bank  to  the  Company  may  also  be  used  to  pay  dividends   under  certain
circumstances.

         The payment of dividends by the Bank is subject to a  determination  by
the  Bank's  Board of  Directors  and will  depend  upon a  number  of  factors,
including capital requirements,  regulatory  limitations,  the Bank's results of
operations  and  financial  condition,  tax  considerations  of the Bank and the
Company,  the  number  of  outstanding  shares of stock,  and  general  economic
conditions.  State and federal banking laws regulate and restrict the ability of
the Bank to pay dividends to the Company. The FRB, which regulates the Bank, not
only has established certain financial and capital  requirements that affect the
ability of the Bank to pay dividends,  but it has also the general  authority to
prohibit the Bank from  engaging in an unsafe or unsound  practice in conducting
its business. Depending upon the financial condition of the Bank, the payment of
cash dividends could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.
See  "Investment  Considerations  and Risk  Factors  -Uncertainty  of Payment of
Dividend" and "Supervision and Regulation - Bank Regulation."

         Both the FRB and the Florida  Department of Banking and Finance,  which
regulate and supervise the Bank and the Company, have publicly stated their view
that it is generally an unsafe and unsound practice to pay cash dividends except
out of current operating  earnings.  Under FRB policy, a bank holding company is
expected to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks and to
commit resources to support each such bank. Consistent with this policy, the FRB
has  stated  that,  as a matter  of  prudent  banking,  a bank  holding  company
generally should not pay cash dividends unless the available net earnings of the
bank  holding  company  is  sufficient  to  fully  fund the  dividends,  and the
prospective  rate of  earnings  retention  appears  to be  consistent  with  the
Company's  capital needs,  asset quality and overall  financial  condition.  See
"Investment Considerations and Risk Factors - Limited Operating History."

         The  ability  of the Bank and the  Company  to pay  cash  dividends  is
currently,  and in the future  could be further  influenced  by bank  regulatory
policies  or  agreements  and by  capital  guidelines.  Accordingly,  the actual
amount,  if any,  and timing of future  dividends  will  depend on,  among other
things,  future earnings,  the financial  condition of the Bank and the Company,
the amount of cash on hand at the Company level,  outstanding debt  obligations,
if any, and the requirements imposed by regulatory authorities.





                                       13

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth the  capitalization of the Company as of
December  31,  1997,  and as  adjusted at that date after  giving  effect to the
receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale by the Company of all of the
Debentures offered hereby.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Actual  As Adjusted
                                                                                     ------  -----------
                                                                                       (in thousands)

<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>    
Long-term debt:

Series  __/__/98 Subordinated Convertible Debentures due
   July 1, 2008                                                                       --      $ 5,400(1)
                                                                                   -------    -------

Stockholders' Equity:

Class A Common Stock, $1.00 par value,  7,500,000 shares  authorized, 2,124,415
   shares issued
   and outstanding(2)                                                                2,124      2,124
Class B Common Stock, $1.00 par value, 700,000
   shares authorized, 300,000 shares issued and outstanding                            300        300
 Additional Paid-in Capital                                                         13,360     13,360
 Retained Earnings                                                                   1,836      1,836
                                                                                   -------    -------

Total Stockholders' Equity                                                         $17,620    $17,620
                                                                                   =======    =======
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------


(1)      Net of offering expenses.

(2)      Does not include:  (i) 300,000  shares of Class A Common Stock issuable
         upon  conversion  of issued  and  outstanding  shares of Class B Common
         Stock;  (ii)  150,000  shares  of Class A Common  Stock  issuable  upon
         conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of
         an  outstanding  warrant;  or  (iii)  2,494,348  Class A  Common  Stock
         issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants.



                                       14

<PAGE>



                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following  table presents  selected  financial data for the Company
and the Bank.  The data set forth below for the seven months ended  December 31,
1993,  five months  ended May 31, 1993,  and the years ended  December 31, 1997,
1996,  1995  and 1994  are  derived  from  the  audited  consolidated  financial
statements  of the  Company  or the  Bank,  as the  case  may be.  The  selected
financial  data should be read in  conjunction  with, and are qualified in their
entirety by, the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and the Notes thereto and
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations included elsewhere herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         At or for the
                                                                                              Seven       At or for the
                                              At  or for the Years Ended                  Months Ended  Five Months Ended
                                                       December 31,                       December 31,      May 31,
                                    -----------------------------------------------       -----------      -------  
                                    1997           1996          1995          1994         1993(1)        1993(2)
                                    ----           ----          ----          ----         -------        -------
                                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Balance Sheet Data:
<S>                              <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>   
  Total assets                   $ 150,755       105,196        68,942        40,117        29,071        22,557
  Cash and cash equivalents          9,176         6,320         8,551         6,088         5,519         2,569
  Net Loans                         75,652        59,499        36,465        22,385        16,224        16,163
 Securities                         58,821        34,507        19,630         8,638         5,231         2,958
  Deposits                         131,167        93,447        58,601        30,092        22,195        20,138
  Borrowed funds                      --            --            --            --            --            --
  Retained earnings
    (Accumulated deficit)            1,836           992           434           164           (17)       (2,050)
  Total stockholders' equity        17,620         9,747         9,189         8,884         5,828         1,275

Income Statement Data:
  Interest income                    9,347         6,381         4,190         2,158         1,007           741
  Interest expense                   5,894         3,745         2,225           803           345           335
  Net interest income                3,453         2,636         1,965         1,355           662           406
  Provision for loan losses           (352)         (250)         (233)         (124)         --             (90)
  Net interest income after
    provision for loan losses        3,101         2,386         1,732         1,231           662           316
  Other income                         136           106            89           112            59           102
  Other expense                      (1906)       (1,551)       (1,415)       (1,054)         (738)         (401)
  Earnings (Loss) before
  income taxes                       1,331           941           406           289           (17)           17
  Provision for income taxes          (487)         (383)         (136)         (108)         --            --
  Net earnings (Loss)                  844           558           270           181           (17)           17

Per Share Data:
Net Basic earnings (Loss)              .49           .34           .16           .11          (.01)          .05
Book value at period end         $    7.27          5.91          5.57          5.38          3.53          3.64
</TABLE>

- ---------------------------------
(1)      Includes the  consolidated  financial  information  of the Company from
         June 1, 1993.
(2)      Financial information of the Bank only

                                       15

<PAGE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

General

         The  Company's  principal  asset  is  its  ownership  of a  controlling
interest in the Bank.  Accordingly,  the  Company's  results of  operations  are
primarily  dependent  upon the  results  of  operations  of the  Bank.  The Bank
conducts a commercial  banking  business which  consists of attracting  deposits
from  the  general  public  and  applying  those  funds  to the  origination  of
commercial,   consumer  and  real  estate  loans  (including   commercial  loans
collateralized by real estate).  The Bank's  profitability  depends primarily on
net interest income,  which is the difference  between interest income generated
from  interest-earning  assets (i.e.,  loans and investments)  less the interest
expense incurred on  interest-bearing  liabilities (i.e.,  customer deposits and
borrowed  funds).  Net interest  income is affected by the  relative  amounts of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities, and the interest-rate
earned and paid on these  balances.  Net interest  income is dependent  upon the
Bank's  interest-rate  spread, which is the difference between the average yield
earned  on  its  interest-earning  assets  and  the  average  rate  paid  on its
interest-bearing liabilities. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed
interest-bearing  liabilities,  any positive  interest rate spread will generate
net interest  income.  The interest  rate spread is impacted by interest  rates,
deposit flows, and loan demand. Additionally, and to a lesser extent, the Bank's
profitability is affected by such factors as the level of noninterest income and
expenses,  the  provision  for  credit  losses,  and  the  effective  tax  rate.
Noninterest  income  consists  primarily  of loan and  other  fees.  Noninterest
expense  consists of  compensation  and benefits,  occupancy  related  expenses,
deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC, and other operating expenses.

         Since its  acquisition  of control of the Bank in 1993, the Company has
sought to strengthen  the operation of the Bank,  to improve asset  quality,  to
increase the loan portfolio and to decrease  nonperforming  loans.  During 1997,
the Company  completed a public  offering of 747,500 Units for gross proceeds of
$7,475,000  (the  "1997  Offering").  Each  Unit  consisted  of one share of the
Company's  Class A Common Stock and one warrant to purchase an additional  share
of Class A Common  Stock.  In  connection  with the 1997  Offering,  the Company
issued  warrants  related  to  145,850  shares  of Class A  Common  Stock to the
Underwriter and participating  broker/dealers.  The Company has reserved a total
of 2,494,348 shares of Class A stock for issuance upon exercise of the Company's
warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock.

         Management believes that additional capital is the key to any expansion
program and, to this end, it will continually assess the need for capital,  both
at the Bank and the Company levels. If it is determined that additional  capital
is necessary to support the  operations of the Company or the Bank or to support
any  expansion or  acquisition  activities,  transactions  to obtain  additional
financing will be considered by the Company.

         The Bank's present offices are located in or near Clearwater,  Florida.
Clearwater is located in Pinellas  County,  which is the most populous county in
the Tampa Bay area of Florida.  It also has a branch  office in South  Pasadena,
which is also in  Pinellas  County.  The "Tampa Bay" area is located on the West
Coast of Florida, midway up the Florida peninsula.  The major cities in the area
are Tampa  (Hillsborough  County) and St.  Petersburg and  Clearwater  (Pinellas
County).

         The  current   population  of  the  Tampa  Bay  area  is  estimated  at
approximately  2,200,000,  which reflects population  increases of approximately
45% between 1970 and 1980, and approximately 27% between 1980 and 1990. Pinellas
is the most densely populated county in Florida, with more than 2,800 people per
square mile. The average age of the population for the region is estimated at 45


                                       16

<PAGE>



years (as compared to 38 years for the State of Florida),  and this reflects the
history of  Pinellas  County as a  retirement  area.  Recent  years have shown a
slight  drop in  average  age due to an  increase  in office  and  manufacturing
employment opportunities.

         The  economy of  Pinellas  County has  historically  been  tourist  and
retirement  oriented.  Pinellas County has recently  attracted a larger share of
new business,  particularly in the high technology industries.  Total per capita
personal income in Pinellas County increased from approximately  $15,000 in 1984
to  approximately   $22,700  in  1992.  Employment  in  the  region  reflects  a
broad-based  economy,   with  an  emphasis  on  the  retail  trade  and  service
industries.

         The  housing  market  in the  region  remains  stable  in the  view  of
management, although housing starts have slowed from the high levels experienced
during the 1970's.

         Clearwater is the county seat of Pinellas County and its second largest
city.  It  encompasses  approximately  32 square miles and has a  population  of
approximately 100,000.

         Management's  discussion and analysis of earnings and related financial
data are presented  herein to assist  investors in  understanding  the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company for the years ended  December
31,  1997 and  1996.  This  discussion  should be read in  conjunction  with the
consolidated  financial  statements and related  footnotes  presented  elsewhere
herein.

Results Of Operations

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.

General
- -------

         Net  earnings  for the year  ended  December  31,  1997  were  $844,000
compared to $558,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.  This increase in the
Company's net earnings was  primarily due to an increase in net interest  income
partially  offset by an increase in  noninterest  expenses and the provision for
income taxes.

Interest Income and Expense
- ---------------------------

         Interest  income  increased by $2,966,000  from $6,381,000 for the year
ended  December  31, 1996 to  $9,347,000  for the year ended  December 31, 1997.
Interest income on loans increased  $1,791,000 due to an increase in the average
loan  portfolio  balance from $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1996
to $68.7  million  for 1997,  partially  offset by a  decrease  in the  weighted
average yield of 5 basis points. Interest on securities increased $1,118,000 due
to an increase in the average  securities  balance from $25.6 million in 1996 to
$42.8 million in 1997 and an increase in the average yield from 5.92% in 1996 to
6.15% in 1997.  Interest  on other  interest-earning  assets  increased  $57,000
primarily due to an increase from $4.7 million in average other interest-earning
assets in 1996 to $6.9 million in 1997.

         Interest  expense  increased to $5,894,000  for the year ended December
31, 1997 from $3,745,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.  Interest expense
on deposit accounts  increased  primarily because of a $39.0 million increase in
the average balance, in addition to an increase of 4 basis points in the average
yield paid on deposits for the year ended December 31, 1997 compared to 1996.

                                       17

<PAGE>



Provision for Loan Losses
- -------------------------

         The provision for loan losses is charged to earnings to bring the total
allowance  to a  level  deemed  appropriate  by  management  and is  based  upon
historical  experience,  the volume and type of lending  conducted  by the Bank,
industry  standards,   the  amount  of  nonperforming  loans,  general  economic
conditions,  particularly  as they relate to the Bank's market areas,  and other
factors  related  to  the  collectability  of the  Bank's  loan  portfolio.  The
provision  increased  from  $250,000  for the year ended  December  31,  1996 to
$352,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997. At December 31, 1997,  there were
no non-performing loans. Management believes that the allowance for loan loss of
$1,173,000 is adequate at December 31, 1997.

Other Income
- ------------

         Total other income  increased  $30,000 for the year ended  December 31,
1997 compared to 1996.

Other Expenses
- --------------

         Total other expenses increased $355,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997  when  compared  to  1996,   primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  employee
compensation and benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses.  The increase is
primarily due to additional costs for the new branches and the overall growth of
the Company.

Provision for Income Taxes
- --------------------------

         In 1997 the provision for income taxes is $487,000, an effective income
tax rate of 36.6%, as compared to $383,000 and 40.7%  respectively,  in 1996. In
1996,  a greater  portion of the  consolidated  earnings  was  generated  by the
holding company which has a higher state income tax rate.

Net Interest Income

         Net interest income,  which  constitutes the principal source of income
for the Company,  represents the difference  between income on  interest-earning
assets and  interest  expense on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  principal
interest-earning  assets  are  securities  and  loans  made  to  businesses  and
individuals.  Interest-bearing  liabilities  primarily consist of time deposits,
interest paying checking accounts ("NOW accounts"),  retail savings deposits and
money market accounts. Funds attracted by these interest-bearing liabilities are
invested in interest-earning  assets.  Accordingly,  net interest income depends
upon  the  volume  of  the   average   interest-earning   assets   and   average
interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.

         Net interest  income was  $3,453,000 for the Company for the year ended
December 31, 1997 compared with $2,636,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.
This  improvement in net interest income is primarily a result of a higher level
of net interest-earning assets.


                                       18

<PAGE>



         The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated,  information
regarding  (i) the total dollar  amount of interest  and dividend  income of the
Company from interest-earning  assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) the
total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing  liabilities and the
resultant average costs; (iii) net interest/dividend  income; (iv) interest rate
spread;  (v) net interest  margin.  Average  balances are based on average daily
balances.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1997                                     1996
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                                                   Interest       Average             Interest      Average
                                     Average       and            Yield/  Average        and        Yield/
                                     Balance       Dividends       Rate   Balance    Dividends      Rate
                                     -------       ---------       ----   -------    ---------      ----
Interest-earning assets:
<S>    <C>                            <C>             <C>          <C>   <C>            <C>         <C>  
  Loans(1)                            $ 68,711        6,415        9.34% $ 49,266       4,624       9.39%
  Securities                            42,763        2,632        6.15%   25,577       1,514       5.92%
  Other interest-earning assets(2)       6,913          300        4.34%    4,730         243       5.14%
                                      --------        -----        ----  --------       -----       ---- 

         Total interest-earning
             assets                    118,387        9,347        7.90%   79,573       6,381       8.02%
                                                      -----                             -----  

Noninterest-earning assets              14,823                              4,089
                                        ------                              -----


         Total assets                 $133,210                           $ 83,662
                                      ========                           ========

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand, money market and
     NOW deposits                       18,087          816        4.51%    8,432         310       3.68%
   Savings                               9,128          446        4.89%    1,470          62       4.22%
   Certificates of deposit              81,167        4,632        5.71%   59,437       3,371       5.67%
   Other                                  --           --            --        34           2       5.88%
                                      --------        -----        ----  --------       -----       ---- 

         Total interest-bearing
            liabilities                108,382        5,894        5.44%   69,373       3,745       5.40%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities          5,425                              4,840

Stockholders' equity                    19,403                              9,449
                                        ------                              -----

         Total liabilities and
            stockholders' equity .    $133,210                           $ 83,662
                                      ========                           ========


Net interest/dividend income                       $  3,453                          $  2,636
                                                   ========                          ========


Interest rate spread(3)                                            2.46%                            2.62%
                                                                   ====                             ==== 

Net interest margin(4)                                             2.92%                            3.31%
                                                                   ====                             ==== 

Ratio of average interest-earning
   assets to average interest-
   bearing liabilities                    1.09                               1.15
                                          ====                               ====
</TABLE>

                                       19

<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------
(1)      Includes nonaccrual loans.
(2)      Includes interest-bearing deposits.
(3)      Interest  rate spread  represents  the  difference  between the average
         yield on  interest-earning  assets and the  average  cost of  interest-
         bearing  liabilities.  (4) Net interest  margin is net interest  income
         divided by average interest-earning assets.


Rate/Volume Analysis
- --------------------

         The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in
interest income and interest  expense of the Company for the periods  indicated.
For each category of interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities,
information is provided on changes  attributable  to (1) changes in rate (change
in rate  multiplied by prior  volume),  (2) changes in volume  (change in volume
multiplied  by prior  rate)  and (3)  changes  in  rate-volume  (change  in rate
multiplied by change in volume).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           December 31,
                                                          1997 vs. 1996
                                           ----------------------------------------
                                                     Increase (Decrease) Due to
                                           ----------------------------------------
                                                                   Rate/
                                              Rate     Volume      Volume     Total
                                              ----     ------      ------     -----
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
Interest-earning assets:                              (Dollars in thousands)
   Loans                                    $  (25)     1,826        (10)     1,791
   Securities                                   59      1,020         39      1,118
   Other interest-earning assets               (38)       112        (17)        57

  Total                                         (4)     2,958         12      2,966

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand, Money Market and NOW Deposits        70        356         80        506
   Savings                                      10        323         51        384
   Certificates of Deposit                      24      1,228          9      1,261
   Other Borrowings                             (2)        (2)         2         (2)

  Total                                        102      1,905        142      2,149

Net change in net interest income
   before provision for credit losses       $ (106)     1,053       (130)       817



Income Taxes
- ------------

  At December 31, 1997,  the Company had net operating  loss  carryforwards  for
federal income tax purposes  available to offset future federal  taxable income.
They were in the aggregate amount of $494,000,  with specified portions expiring
in each year from 2006 through 2008. Use of the  carryforwards  is subject to an
annual limitation of $332,000.


                                       20

<PAGE>



  At the time of its  incorporation,  the  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes," which requires it to take into account changes in tax rates when valuing
the deferred income tax amounts carried on its balance sheets.

Asset/Liability Management
- --------------------------

  A principal objective of the Bank's asset/liability  management strategy is to
minimize  the Bank's  exposure  to changes in  interest  rates by  matching  the
maturity and repricing horizons of interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing
liabilities.  This  strategy is overseen in part  through the  direction  of the
Asset  and  Liability  Committee  of  the  Bank  (the  "ALCO  Committee")  which
establishes policies and monitors results to control interest rate sensitivity.

  As a part of the  Bank's  interest  rate  risk  management  policy,  the  ALCO
Committee  examines the extent to which its assets and liabilities are "interest
rate-sensitive"  and monitors the Bank's  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap." An
asset or  liability  is  considered  to be  interest  rate-sensitive  if it will
reprice or mature within the time period analyzed, usually one year or less. The
interest  rate-sensitivity gap is the difference between interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities scheduled to mature or reprice within such time
period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest  rate-sensitive
assets  exceeds  the amount of  interest  rate-sensitive  liabilities.  A gap is
considered  negative  when the  amount of  interest  rate-sensitive  liabilities
exceeds  interest  rate-sensitive  assets.  During a period of  rising  interest
rates, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income,  while
a  positive  gap would tend to result in an  increase  in net  interest  income.
During a period of falling  interest  rates, a negative gap would tend to result
in an  increase  in net  interest  income,  while a  positive  gap would tend to
adversely affect net interest income.  If the repricing of the Bank's assets and
liabilities  were  equally  flexible and moved  concurrently,  the impact of any
increase or decrease in interest rates on net interest income would be minimal.

  A simple  interest  rate  "gap"  analysis  by  itself  may not be an  accurate
indicator  of how net  interest  income  will be affected by changes in interest
rates.  Accordingly,  the ALCO  Committee  also  evaluates  how the repayment of
particular  assets and  liabilities  is impacted  by changes in interest  rates.
Income  associated  with  interest-earning  assets  and  costs  associated  with
interest-bearing  liabilities  may  not be  affected  uniformly  by  changes  in
interest rates.  In addition,  the magnitude and duration of changes in interest
rates  may have a  significant  impact  on net  interest  income.  For  example,
although  certain assets and liabilities may have similar  maturities or periods
of repricing,  they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest
rates.  Interest rates on certain types of assets and  liabilities  fluctuate in
advance of changes in general  market  interest  rates,  while interest rates on
other types may lag behind changes in general market rates. In addition, certain
assets,  such as  adjustable  rate  mortgage  loans,  have  features  (generally
referred to as "interest  rate caps") which limit changes in interest rates on a
short-term  basis  and over the life of the  asset.  In the event of a change in
interest  rates,  prepayment  and early  withdrawal  levels  also could  deviate
significantly  from those  assumed in  calculating  the  interest-rate  gap. The
ability of many  borrowers to service their debts also may decrease in the event
of an interest-rate increase.

  Management's strategy is to maintain a balanced interest rate risk position to
protect its net interest margin from market fluctuations.  To this end, the ALCO
Committee reviews,  on a monthly basis, the maturity and repricing of assets and
liabilities.  The ALCO Committee has adopted a goal of achieving and maintaining
a six-month ratio between rate sensitive assets to rate sensitive liabilities of
 .80 to 1.20.

  Principal among the Bank's asset/liability  management strategies has been the
emphasis  on  managing  its  interest-rate  sensitive  liabilities  in a  manner
designed to attempt to reduce the Bank's  exposure during periods of fluctuating
interest  rates.  Management  believes  that the type and  amount of the  Bank's
interest rate-sensitive  liabilities may reduce the potential impact that a rise
in interest  rates might have on the Bank's net interest  income.  Additionally,

                                       21

<PAGE>



the Bank  maintains a "floor," or minimum rate,  on many of its floating  loans.
The  "floor"  amount for each  specific  loan is  determined  in relation to the
prevailing  market rates on the date of  origination  and  management  retains a
great deal of flexibility  in connection  with the  establishment  of floors for
particular loans.  Management  recognizes that floors allow the Bank to continue
to earn a higher rate when the floating rate falls below the established "floor"
rate.



                                       22

<PAGE>

  The following table sets forth certain  information  relating to the Company's
interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities at December 31, 1997
that are  estimated  to mature or are  scheduled  to  reprice  within the period
shown.

                                                                         More than     More than
                                                                       One Year and  Five Years and
                                                 0-3          4-12       Less than    Less than
                                               Months        Months     Five Years    Ten Years      Total
                                               ------        ------     ----------    ---------      -----
                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>   
Mortgage and commercial loans (1):
   Commercial loans                          $  2,371           386           333          191        3,281
   Commercial real estate loans                 4,390        10,213        55,819          111       70,533
   Residential mortgage loans                     275           526         1,112        1,237        3,150
   Consumer loans                                  15            14           233         --            262
                                               ------         -----        ------       ------       ------

         Total loans                            7,051        11,139        57,497        1,539       77,226

Federal funds sold                                162          --            --           --            162
Interest-bearing deposits with banks             --            --              99         --             99
Securities (2)(3)                              11,065         9,382        33,122       12,761       66,330
                                               ------         -----        ------       ------       ------

         Total rate-sensitive assets           18,278        20,521        90,718       14,300      143,817
                                               ------        ------        ------       ------      -------

Deposit accounts (2):
   Money market deposits                       17,180          --            --           --         17,180
   NOW deposits                                 4,290          --            --           --          4,290
   Savings deposits                            12,829          --            --           --         12,829
   Certificates of deposit                     13,930        33,059        45,235        1,154       93,378
                                               ------        ------        ------        -----       ------

         Total rate-sensitive liabilities      48,229        33,059        45,235        1,154      127,677
                                               ------        ------        ------        -----      -------

GAP (repricing differences)                  $(29,951)      (12,538)       45,483       13,146       16,140
                                             ========       =======        ======       ======       ======

Cumulative GAP                               $(29,951)      (42,489)        2,994       16,140
                                             ========       =======         =====       ======

Cumulative GAP/total assets                   (19.87%)      (28.18%)         1.99%       10.71%
                                              ======        ======           ====        ===== 
- -------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)      In preparing the table above, adjustable-rate loans are included in the
         period in which the interest  rates are next scheduled to adjust rather
         than in the  period in which the loans  mature.  Fixed  rate  loans are
         scheduled, including repayment, according to their maturities.

(2)      Money  market,   NOW,  and  savings  deposits  are  regarded  as  ready
         accessible withdrawable accounts. All other time deposits are scheduled
         through the maturity dates.  Securities are also scheduled  through the
         maturity dates.

(3)      Includes Federal Reserve Bank stock and short-term investments.



                                       23

<PAGE>



Financial Condition

Lending Activities
- ------------------

         A significant  source of income for the Company is the interest  earned
on loans.  At December 31, 1997, the Company's  total assets were $150.8 million
and its net loans  were  $75.6  million or 50% of total  assets as  compared  to
$105.2  million of total  assets at December  31,  1996,  and net loans of $59.5
million representing 57% of the total assets at December 31, 1996.

         Lending activities are conducted pursuant to a written policy which has
been adopted by the Bank. Each loan officer has defined lending authority beyond
which loans,  depending upon their type and size,  must be reviewed and approved
by a loan committee comprised of certain directors of the Bank.

                             LOAN PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS

         The following  table sets forth  information  concerning  the Company's
loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     At December 31, 1997    At December 31, 1996
                                     --------------------    --------------------
                                                      % of                    % of
                                  Amount             Total    Amount         Total
                                  ------             -----    ------         -----
                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                             <C>                <C>      <C>         <C>   
Commercial loans                $  3,281             4.3%   $  3,514            5.8%
Commercial real estate loans      70,533            91.3      54,198           89.4
Residential mortgage loans         3,150             4.1       2,784            4.6
Consumer loans                       262              .3         157             .2
                                  ------           -----      ------          ----- 

         Total loans              77,226           100.0%     60,653          100.0%
                                                   =====                       ===== 
Add (Deduct):
   Deferred loan fees               (401)                                    (343)
   Allowance for loan losses      (1,173)                                    (811)
                                  ------                                      ----- 

         Loans, net             $ 75,652                                $  59,499
                                ========                                =========
</TABLE>

                                       24

<PAGE>



         The following  table reflects the contractual  principal  repayments by
period of the Company's loan portfolio at December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Residential   Commercial
                  Years Ended       Commercial      Mortgage      Real Estate           Consumer
                  December 31,         Loans           Loans           Loans              Loans                  Total
                  ------------         -----           -----           -----              -----                  -----
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>             <C>             <C>                  <C>                  <C>   
                       1998           $2,513            482            5,321                67                   8,383
                       1999              431            279            6,650                66                   7,426
                       2000-2001         269            457           21,602                87                  22,415
                       2002-2003          68            657           18,587                42                  19,354
                       2004-2010        ----          1,275           18,373              ----                  19,648
                                      ------          -----           ------               ---                  ------
                      Total           $3,281          3,150           70,533               262                  77,226
                                      ======          =====           ======               ===                  ======
</TABLE>


         Of the $68.8  million of loans due after  1998,  33% of such loans have
fixed interest rates and 67% have adjustable interest rates.


         The following table sets forth total loans originated and repaid during
the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Year Ended                         Year Ended
                                                           December 31,                       December 31,
                                                              1997                                1996
                                                              ----                                ----
                                                                           (in thousands)

<S>                                                        <C>                                   <C>    
Originations:
         Commercial loans                                     $502                                  $497
         Real estate loans                                  23,180                                30,802
         Consumer loans                                        162                                   145
                                                           -------                               -------

                  Total loans originated                    23,844                                31,444

         Principal reductions                               (7,271)                               (8,082)
                                                           -------                               -------

           Increase (decrease) in total loans              $16,573                               $23,362
                                                           =======                               =======
</TABLE>


Asset Quality

         Management   seeks  to  maintain  a  high  quality  of  assets  through
conservative underwriting and sound lending practices. The majority of the loans
in the Bank's  loan  portfolio  are  collateralized  by  commercial  real estate
mortgages. As of December 31, 1997,  approximately 91.3%, and as of December 31,
1996, approximately 89.4% of the total loan portfolio was collateralized by this
type of property.  The level of delinquent loans and foreclosed real estate also
is  relevant  to  the  credit  quality  of  a  loan  portfolio.  There  were  no
non-performing  assets at  December  31,  1997,  while as of  December  31, 1996
non-performing assets totaled $185,000.

         In an effort to maintain the quality of the loan  portfolio  management
seeks  to  minimize  higher  risk  types  of  lending.  In view of the  relative
significance  of real estate  related loans, a downturn in the value of the real
estate could have an adverse impact on the Company's profitability.  However, as


                                       25

<PAGE>



part of its loan portfolio management strategy, the Company typically limits its
loans  to a  maximum  of 75% of the  value  of the  underlying  real  estate  as
determined by an MAI appraisal. In addition, knowledgeable members of management
make physical  inspections of properties  being  considered for mortgage  loans.
Management  believes that such precautions  reduce the Company's exposure to the
risks  associated  with a  downturn  in  real  estate  values.  See  "Investment
Considerations and Risk Factors--Local Economic Conditions."

         Loan  concentrations  are  defined  as  amounts  loaned  to a number of
borrowers  engaged in similar  activities which would cause them to be similarly
impacted by economic  or other  conditions.  The  Company,  on a routine  basis,
monitors  these  concentrations  in order to make  necessary  adjustments in its
leading  practices that most clearly  reflect the economic  conditions,  loan to
deposit ratios,  and industry trends.  Concentrations  of loans in the following
categories constituted the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 1997:

                  Commercial loans                               4.3%
                                                                ---- 
                  Real estate mortgage loans                    91.3%
                                                                ---- 
                  Consumer and other loans                       4.4%
                                                                ---- 

         The Loan  Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank  concentrates
its  efforts  and  resources,  and that of its  senior  management  and  lending
officers, on loan review and underwriting procedures.  Internal controls include
ongoing reviews of loans made to monitor  documentation and ensure the existence
and  valuations  of  collateral.  In  addition,   management  of  the  Bank  has
established  a  review  process  with  the  objective  of  quickly  identifying,
evaluating,  and initiating  necessary corrective action for marginal loans. The
goal of the loan  review  process is to address  classified  and  non-performing
loans  as  early  as  possible.  Management  maintains  a  cautious  outlook  in
anticipating  the  potential  effects of  uncertain  economic  conditions  (both
locally  and  nationally)  and  the  possibility  of more  stringent  regulatory
standards.  See  "Investment  Considerations  and Risk  Factors-Supervision  and
Regulation."

Classification of Assets
- ------------------------

         Generally,  interest on loans is accrued and  credited to income  based
upon the principal balance outstanding. It is management's policy to discontinue
the accrual of interest income and classify a loan as non-accrual when principal
or  interest  is  past  due 90  days or  more  and  the  loan is not  adequately
collateralized,  or when in the opinion of management,  principal or interest is
not likely to be paid in accordance with the terms of the  obligation.  Consumer
installment  loans  will be  charged-off  after  90 days of  delinquency  unless
adequately  collateralized  and in the process of collection.  Loans will not be
returned to accrual  status until  principal  and interest  payments are brought
current and future  payments appear  reasonably  certain.  Interest  accrued and
unpaid at the time a loan is  placed on  nonaccrual  status is  charged  against
interest  income.  Subsequent  payments  received are applied to the outstanding
principal balance.

         Real estate  acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or by deed
in lieu of foreclosure is classified as foreclosed real estate.  At December 31,
1997, the Bank had no foreclosed real estate. Foreclosed real estate is recorded
at the  lower  of cost or fair  value  less  estimated  selling  costs,  and the
estimated  loss, if any, is charged to the allowance for loan losses at the time
it is  transferred.  Further  allowances  for  losses are  recorded  at the time
management believes additional deterioration in value has occurred.



                                       26

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth certain  information on nonaccrual loans
and foreclosed  real estate,  the ratio of such loans and foreclosed real estate
to  total  assets  as  of  the  dates  indicated,   and  certain  other  related
information.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           At December 31,
                                                                           ---------------
                                                                  1997                    1996
                                                                  ----                    ----
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                              <C>                     <C> 
Nonaccrual loans:
     Residential mortgage loans                                    ---                    ---
     Commercial loans                                              ---                    ---
     Consumer and other loans                                      ---                    ---
                                                                 -----                   ----

         Total non-accrual loans                                   ---                    ---
                                                                 =====                   ====

         Total nonperforming loans                                 ---                    ---
                                                                 =====                   ====
Total nonperforming loans to
            total loans                                            ---%                   ---%
                                                                 =====                   ====

         Total nonperforming loans to
            total assets                                           ---                    ---
                                                                 -----                   ----

Foreclosed real estate:

   Real estate acquired by foreclosure or
     deed in lieu of foreclosure                                 $ ---                   $185
                                                                 -----                   ----

         Total nonperforming loans and
            foreclosed real estate                               $ ---                   $185
                                                                 =====                   ====

         Total nonperforming loans and
            foreclosed real estate to total assets                 ---                    .17%
                                                                 =====                   ====
</TABLE>

Loan Impairment and Losses
- --------------------------

         The Company follows  Statements of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
114 and 118 ("SFAS 114 and 118").  These  Statements  address the  accounting by
creditors for impairment of certain loans. The Statements  generally require the
Company to identify  loans for which the Company  probably will not receive full
repayment of principal and interest,  as impaired loans. The Statements  require
that  impaired  loans be valued at the  present  value of  expected  future cash
flows,  discounted at the loan's  effective  interest rate, or at the observable
market price of the loan, or the fair value of the underlying  collateral if the
loan is collateral  dependent.  The Company has  implemented  the  Statements by
modifying its monthly review of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses to
also  identify  and value  impaired  loans in  accordance  with  guidance in the
Statements.  The adoption of the Statements did not have any material  effect on
the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.

         Management considers a variety of factors in determining whether a loan
is impaired,  including  (i) any notice from the borrower that the borrower will
be unable to repay all principal and interest  amounts  contractually  due under
the loan agreement,  (ii) any delinquency in the principal and interest payments
other than minimum delays or shortfalls in payments, and (iii) other information
known by management  which would  indicate that full  repayment of the principal


                                       27

<PAGE>



and interest is not probable.  In evaluating  loans for  impairment,  management
generally  considers  delinquencies of 60 days or less to be minimum delays, and
accordingly  does not  consider  such  delinquent  loans to be  impaired  in the
absence of other indications of impairment.

         Management evaluates smaller balance,  homogeneous loans for impairment
and adequacy of allowance  for loan losses  collectively,  and  evaluates  other
loans  for  impairment  individually,  on a loan-  by-loan  basis.  The  Company
evaluates the consumer loan portfolio  which are smaller  homogeneous  loans for
impairment on an aggregate  basis,  and utilizes its own  historical  charge-off
experience,  as well as the charge-off experience of its peer group and industry
statistics to evaluate the adequacy of the  allowance  for loan losses.  For all
commercial,  commercial real estate and residential  mortgage loans, the Company
evaluates loans for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis.

         The Company  evaluates  all  nonaccrual  loans as well as any  accruing
loans exhibiting  collateral or other credit  deficiencies for impairment.  With
respect to  impaired,  collateral-dependent  loans,  any portion of the recorded
investment in the loan that exceeds the fair value of the  collateral is charged
off.

         For  impairment  recognized  in  accordance  with SFAS 114 and 118, the
entire change in the present value of expected cash flows,  or the entire change
in estimated fair value of collateral for collateral dependent loans is reported
as a provision for loan losses in the same manner in which impairment  initially
was  recognized or as a reduction in the amount of the provision  that otherwise
would be reported.

         The  Company had no impaired  loans at December  31, 1997 or 1996.  The
average  recorded  investment in impaired  loans during 1996 was $31,000.  There
were no impaired loans  identified  during 1997. No interest  income on impaired
loans was recognized in 1996.

         Loans are  reported  at the  principal  amount  outstanding  net of the
allowance for loan losses and unamortized premiums,  discounts and deferred loan
origination fees and costs.

         The  allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for
loan losses charged to operations.  Loans are charged  against the allowance for
loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is
unlikely.  Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. The allowance is an
amount that  management  believes  will be adequate  to absorb  possible  losses
inherent  in  existing  loans  and loan  commitments,  based on  evaluations  of
collectability and prior loss experience.  Management  evaluates the adequacy of
the  allowance  monthly,  or  more  frequently  if  considered  necessary.   The
evaluation  takes into  consideration  such factors as changes in the nature and
volume of the loan portfolio,  overall portfolio quality,  loan  concentrations,
specific  problem loans and  commitments,  and current and anticipated  economic
conditions that may affect the borrower's ability to repay.

         Management  continues to actively  monitor the Bank's asset quality and
to charge-off loans against the allowance for loan losses when appropriate or to
provide specific loss allowances when necessary. Although management believes it
uses the best information  available to make  determinations with respect to the
allowance  for loan  losses,  future  adjustments  may be  necessary if economic
conditions differ from the economic conditions in the assumptions used in making
the  initial  determinations.  The Bank's  allowance  at  December  31, 1996 was
$811,000,  and the Bank increased its allowance for loan losses to $1,173,000 as
of December  31,  1997,  consistent  with the  increase  in the loan  portfolio,
reflecting  management's  intent  to  maintain  reserves  at a level  management
believes   to   be   adequate.   See   "Investment   Considerations   and   Risk
Factors--Adequacy of Allowance for Loan Losses."



                                       28

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth  information with respect to activity in
the Bank's allowance for loan losses during the periods indicated:

                                    Year Ended     Year Ended
                                   December 31,   December 31,
                                        1997         1996
                                   ------------   ------------
                                      (Dollars in thousands)

Average loans outstanding, net        $ 68,711    $ 49,266
                                      --------    --------

Allowance at beginning of year             811         593
                                      --------    --------
Charge-offs:
   Real estate loans                      --            62
   Commercial loans                       --          --
   Consumer loans                         --             3
                                      --------    --------

         Total loans charged-off          --            65
                                      --------    --------

Recoveries                                  10          33
                                      --------    --------

   Net recoveries (charge-offs)             10         (32)
                                      --------    --------

Provision for loan losses charged
   to operating expenses                   352         250
                                      --------    --------

Allowance at end of year              $  1,173    $    811
                                      ========    ========

Ratio of net charge-offs to
   average loans outstanding              --          .001
                                      ========    ========

Ratio of allowance for loan losses
   to period-end total loans              .015        .013
                                      ========    ========

Ratio of allowance for loan losses
   to nonperforming loans                 --          --
                                      ========    ========

Period end total loans                $ 77,226    $ 60,653
                                      ========    ========



                                       29

<PAGE>



         The following table presents information  regarding the Company's total
allowance  for losses as well as the  allocation  of such amounts to the various
categories of loans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              At December 31, 1997                At December 31, 1996
                                              --------------------                --------------------
                                                          Loans to                                 Loans to
                                            Amount        Total Loans          Amount             Total Loans
                                            ------        -----------          ------             -----------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>                <C>               <C>                  <C>   
Commercial loans                              $50            4.3%                $82                   5.8%
Commercial real estate loans                1,071           91.3                 677                  89.4
Residential real estate loans                  48            4.1                  50                   4.6
Consumer loans and other                        4             .3                   2                    .2
                                            -----           ----                 ---                  ----

   Total allowance for
     loan losses                           $1,173             100%              $811                 100.0%
                                           ======             ===               ====                 ===== 

</TABLE>

         The  allowance  for loan  losses  represented  1.5% of the total  loans
outstanding at December 31, 1997, compared with 1.3% at December 31, 1996.

Securities


         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  carrying  value of the  Bank's
securities portfolio as of the dates indicated:

                                    At December 31,
                                    ---------------
                                   1997       1996
                                   ----       ----
                                    (in thousands)
Securities held to maturity:
  U.S. Treasury securities      $ 4,027    $ 1,499

Other U.S. Government and
  agency securities              54,794     33,008
                                 ------     ------

                                $58,821    $34,507
                                =======    =======



                                       30

<PAGE>



    The  following   table  sets  forth,  by  maturity   distribution,   certain
information pertaining to the securities held-to maturity portfolio as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        One Year          After One Year      After Five Years
                                         Or Less          to Five Years         to Ten Years           Total
                                  -------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -------------------
                                  Carrying    Average  Carrying   Average  Carrying   Average  Carrying    Average
                                   Value       Yield    Value      Yield    Value      Yield    Value       Yield
                                  --------    -------  --------   -------  --------   -------  --------    -------
                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
December 31, 1997:
<S>                               <C>           <C>   <C>           <C>   <C>           <C>   <C>           <C> 
      U.S. Treasury Securities    $ 1,996       6.10% $ 2,031       6.03%   $----       ---%  $ 4,027       6.06%
      Other U.S. Government
         agency securities         11,173       6.08   30,859       6.23   12,762       6.46   54,794       6.28
               Total              $13,169       6.08% $32,890       6.21% $12,762       6.46% $58,821       6.24%

December 31, 1996:

      U.S. Treasury Securities    $   500       6.04% $   999       6.17%  $-----       ----% $ 1,499       6.12%
      Other U.S. Government
         agency securities          8,142       5.97   22,856       6.16    2,010       6.33   33,008       6.12
               Total              $ 8,642       5.97% $23,855       6.16% $ 2,010       6.33% $34,507       6.12%
</TABLE>


Deposit Activities
- ------------------

      Deposits  are the major  source of the Bank's  funds for lending and other
investment purposes.  Deposits are attracted  principally from within the Bank's
primary  market  area  through  the  offering  of a  broad  variety  of  deposit
instruments including checking accounts, money market accounts,  regular savings
accounts,   term  certificate   accounts  (including  "jumbo"   certificates  in
denominations of $100,000 or more) and retirement savings plans.

      Maturity terms,  service fees and withdrawal  penalties are established by
the Bank on a periodic basis. The determination of rates and terms is predicated
on funds  acquisition  and liquidity  requirements,  rates paid by  competitors,
growth goals and federal regulations.

      Regulations  promulgated  by the  FDIC  pursuant  to the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Company Improvement Act of 1991 ("1991 Banking Law") place limitations
on the ability of certain insured depository  institutions to accept,  renew, or
rollover deposits by offering rates of interest which are  significantly  higher
than the  prevailing  rates of  interest on  deposits  offered by other  insured
depository  institutions  having  the same type of  charter  in such  depository
institution's  normal market area. Under these  regulations,  "well capitalized"
depository  institutions  may accept,  renew, or roll such deposits over without
restriction,  "adequately capitalized" depository institutions may accept, renew
or roll such  deposits  over with a waiver  from the FDIC  (subject  to  certain
restrictions   on  payments  of  rates),   and   "undercapitalized"   depository
institutions  may not accept,  renew or roll such deposits over. The regulations
contemplate that the definitions of "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized"
and  "undercapitalized"  will be the  same  as the  definitions  adopted  by the
agencies to implement the corrective action provisions of the 1991 Banking Law."
See  "Supervision and  Regulation--Impact  of the 1991 Banking Law." At December
31,  1997,  the  Bank  met the  definition  of a "well  capitalized"  depository
institution.

                                       31

<PAGE>



      The  following  table  shows  the   distribution  of,  and  certain  other
information relating to, the Bank's deposit accounts by type:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       At December 31, 1997                               At December 31, 1996
                                       --------------------                               --------------------
                                                             % of                                          % of
                                      Amount               Deposits                     Amount            Deposits
                                      ------               --------                     ------            --------
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                           <C>               <C>   
Demand deposits                      $3,490                  2.7%                         $2,401             2.6%
NOW deposits                          4,290                  3.3                           4,536             4.9
Money market deposits                17,180                 13.1                           7,507             8.0
Savings deposits                     12,829                  9.7                           4,742             5.0
                                   --------                ------                        -------           ----- 
        Subtotal                     37,789                 28.8                          19,186            20.5
                                   --------                ------                        -------           ----- 

Certificate of deposits:
   4.00%-4.99%                           30                ---                             1,682             1.8
   5.00%-5.99%                       69,855                 53.3                          53,507            57.3
   6.00%-6.99%                       16,882                 12.9                          13,307            14.2
   7.00%-7.99%                        6,611                  5.0                           5,765             6.2
                                   --------                ------                        -------           ----- 

Total certificates
   of deposit (1)                    93,378                 71.2                          74,261            79.5
                                   --------                ------                        -------           ----- 

Total deposit                      $131,167                100.00%                       $93,447           100.0%
                                   ========                ======                        =======           ===== 
</TABLE>
- -------------------------

(1)     Includes individual retirement accounts ("IRAs") totaling $7,136,000 and
        $5,569,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996 respectively,  all of which are
        in the form of certificates of deposit.

                                       32

<PAGE>



        The  following  table shows the average  amount of and the average  rate
paid on each of the  following  deposit  account  categories  during the periods
indicated:

                                  Year Ended          Year Ended
                                 December 31,        December 31,
                                 ------------        ------------
                                    1997                 1996
                            Average     Average  Average     Average
                            Balance       Yield  Balance       Yield
                            -------     -------  -------     -------
                                     (Dollars in thousands)

Money market
        & NOW              $ 18,087       4.51% $  8,432       3.68%
Savings deposit               9,128       4.89     1,470       4.22
Certificates of deposit      81,167       5.71    59,437       5.67

        Total deposits     $108,382       5.44% $ 69,339       5.40%


        The Bank does not have a concentration  of deposits from any one source,
the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the business of either
the Bank or the  Company.  Management  believes  that  substantially  all of the
Bank's  depositors  are residents in its primary market area. The Bank currently
does not accept brokered deposits.



                                       33

<PAGE>



        The following  tables  presents by various  interest rate categories the
amounts of  certificates  of deposit at December  31, 1997 and 1996 which mature
during the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                               Year Ending December 31,
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998         1999         2000         2001     2002 & thereafter       Total
                                              ----         ----         ----         ----     -----------------       -----
                                                                     (dollars in thousands)

<S>                                       <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>   
  December 31, 1997:
     4.00%-4.99%                         $     30          ----         ----          ----            ----                30
     5.00%-5.99%                           46,513        13,955        4,149         1,873           3,365            69,855
     6.00%-6.99%                              349           791          656         7,389           7,697            16,882
     7.00%-7.99%                               62         1,808        4,641           100           ----              6,611
                                          -------        ------        -----         -----          ------            ------

Total certificates of deposit             $46,954        16,554        9,446         9,362          11,062            93,378
                                          =======        ======        =====         =====          ======            ======


                                                               Year Ending December 31,
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1997         1998         1999         2000     2001 & thereafter       Total
                                              ----         ----         ----         ----     -----------------       -----
                                                                     (dollars in thousands)

  December 31, 1996:
     4.00%-4.99%                          $ 1,636            46         ---           ---               ---            1,682
     5.00%-5.99%                           36,664        10,477          620         3,741           2,005            53,507
     6.00%-6.99%                            4,545           404          803           465           7,090            13,307
     7.00%-7.99%                            ---              62        1,831         3,631             241             5,765
                                          -------        ------        -----         -----          ------           ------


Total certificates of deposit             $42,845        10,989        3,254         7,837           9,336            74,261
                                          =======        ======        =====         =====           =====            ======
</TABLE>


                                       34

<PAGE>



Jumbo certificates ($100,000 and over) mature as follows:

                                        At December 31,
                                        1997      1996
                                         (in thousands)

Due three months or less               $1,554    $  733
Due over three months to six months     1,149     2,136
Due over six months to one year         1,787     2,566
Due over one year                       5,016     1,826
                                        -----     -----

                                       $9,506    $7,261
                                       ======    ======


The  following  table sets forth the net  deposit  flows of the Bank  during the
periods indicated:

                                        Year Ended           Year Ended
                                    December 31, 1997    December 31, 1996
                                    -----------------    -----------------
                                                 (in thousands)
Net increase (decrease) before
   interest credited                    $32,164             $31,168
Net interest credited                     5,556             $ 3,678
                                        -------              ------

        Net deposit increase            $37,720              34,846
                                        =======              ======


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The  Company's  principal  sources of funds are those  generated  by the
Bank. The Bank's principal sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest
payments  on  loans,   maturities  and  interest  on  securities,   and  capital
contributions  from the  Company.  The  Company's  cash flow is  affected by its
operations,  investing activities,  and financing activities.  Net cash provided
from  operations  primarily  results  from net  earnings  adjusted  for  noncash
accounting entries.

        The  Bank  is  subject  to  various  regulatory   capital   requirements
administered  by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements   can  initiate   certain   mandatory   and   possibly   additional
discretionary  actions by regulators  that, if  undertaken,  could have a direct
material effect on the Company's  financial  statements.  Under capital adequacy
guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action, the Bank
must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative  measures of the
Bank's assets,  liabilities,  and certain  off-balance-sheet items as calculated
under  regulatory   accounting   practices.   The  Bank's  capital  amounts  and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about
components, risk weightings, and other factors.

        Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to  ensure  capital
adequacy  require the Bank to maintain  minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in
the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the  regulations) to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average
assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 1997, that the Bank
meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.



                                       35

<PAGE>



        As of December 31, 1997, the most recent notification from the State and
Federal regulators categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory
framework for prompt  corrective  action.  To be categorized as well capitalized
the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based,  Tier I risk-based,  and Tier I
leverage  ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no  conditions  or events
since  that  notification  that  management  believes  have  changed  the Bank's
category.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            To be Well
                                                                                                         Capitalized under
                                                                                For Capital              Prompt Corrective
                                              Actual                         Adequacy Purposes:           Action Provisions:
                                        ---------------------             -----------------------        ------------------
                                        Amount          Ratio             Amount            Ratio        Amount       Ratio
                                        ------          -----             ------            -----        ------       -----

                             (dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 1997:
        Total capital
<S>                                      <C>            <C>                <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>   
        (to Risk Weighted Assets)        $9,420         10.53%             $7,157           8.00%         $8,948        10.00%
        Tier I Capital
        (to Risk Weighted Assets)         9,125         10.20%              3,578           4.00           5,367         6.00%
        Tier I Capital
        (to Average Assets)               9,125          6.85%              5,328           4.00           6,660         5.00%

As of December 31, 1996:
        Total capital
        (to Risk Weighted Assets)        $8,051         11.90%             $5,412           8.00%         $6,765        10.0%
        Tier I Capital
        (to Risk Weighted Assets)         7,240         10.70%              2,706           4.00%          4,059         6.0%
        Tier I Capital
        (to Average Assets)               7,240          7.48%              3,871           4.00%          4,839         5.0%
</TABLE>


        The Company  continues to explore a variety of  alternatives  related to
the expansion of its business,  including both branch expansions in and near the
Bank's existing markets,  as well as the acquisition or de novo chartering of an
additional bank outside the Bank's existing market.  While  management  believes
that its current capital is adequate to finance any expansion  opportunities  it
may pursue in the near term,  including  the  organization  of a de novo banking
institution headquartered in the City of New York, the Company believes that the
additional  capital to be raised in the offering  will position it for continued
growth. In that regard,  management  believes that additional capital is the key
to any expansion  program and, to this end, it will continually  assess the need
for capital,  both at the Bank and the Company levels.  If it is determined that
additional  capital is necessary to support the operations of the Company or the
Bank  or  to  support  any  expansion  or  acquisition  activities,   additional
transactions to obtain funds will be considered by the Company.

Future Accounting Matters
- -------------------------

        Financial  Accounting  Standards  130 - Reporting  Comprehensive  Income
establishes  standards for reporting  comprehensive income. The Standard defines
comprehensive  income as the  change in equity  of an  enterprise  except  those
resulting from stockholder transactions.  All components of comprehensive income
are required to be reported in a new financial  statement that is displayed with
equal prominence as existing financial statements.  The Company will be required
to adopt this Standard  effective  January 1, 1998.  As the Statement  addresses
reporting  and  presentation  issues only,  there will be no impact on operating
results from the adoption of this Standard.


                                       36

<PAGE>



        Financial  Accounting  Standards 131 - Disclosures  about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information establishes standards for related disclosures
about products and services,  geographic areas, and major customers. The Company
will be  required  to adopt this  Standard  effective  January  1, 1998.  As the
Standard addresses reporting and disclosure issues only, there will be no impact
on operating results from adoption of this Standard.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
- ---------------------------------------

        The financial  statements  and related  financial  data  concerning  the
Company  presented  herein  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles,  which  require the  measurement  of financial
position  and  operating   results  in  terms  of  historical   dollars  without
considering  changes in the relative  purchasing power of money over time due to
inflation.  The primary  impact of inflation on the operations of the Company is
reflected  in  increased  operating  costs.  Unlike most  industrial  companies,
virtually  all of the assets and  liabilities  of a  financial  institution  are
monetary  in  nature.  As a  result,  changes  in  interest  rates  have  a more
significant  impact on the  performance of a financial  institution  than do the
effects of changes  in the  general  rate of  inflation  and  changes in prices.
Interest  rates do not  necessarily  move in the same  direction  or in the same
magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

Market Risk
- -----------

        Market risk is the risk of loss from  adverse  changes in market  prices
and rates.  The Company's  market risk arises  primarily from interest rate risk
inherent in its lending and deposit taking activities.  To that end,  management
actively  monitors and manages its interest rate risk exposure.  The measurement
of market risk associated with financial instruments is meaningful only when all
related and offsetting on- and  off-balance-sheet  transactions  are aggregated,
and the resulting net positions are identified. Disclosures about the fair value
of financial instruments,  which reflect changes in market prices and rates, can
be found in Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The Company's  primary  objective in managing  interest-rate  risk is to
minimize  the  adverse  impact of  changes in  interest  rates on the Bank's net
interest  income and capital,  while  adjusting  the  Company's  asset-liability
structure to obtain the maximum yield-cost spread on that structure. The Company
relies primarily on its asset-liability structure to control interest rate risk.
However,  a sudden and  substantial  increase  in interest  rates may  adversely
impact the Company's  earnings,  to the extent that the interest  rates borne by
assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed,  to the same extent,  or
on the same basis. The Company does not engage in trading activities.

Year 2000 Compliance
- --------------------

        The Bank has an ongoing program  designed to ensure that its operational
and financial  systems will continue to function  properly on and after the year
2000,  free  of  software   failures  due  to  processing  errors  arising  from
calculations  using the year 2000  date.  The Bank does not  expect to incur any
significant  expenditures over the next three years on its program to redevelop,
replace, or repair its computer applications to make them "year 2000 compliant."
While the Bank  believes  it is doing  everything  technologically  possible  to
assure  year  2000  compliance,  it is to  some  extent  dependent  upon  vendor
cooperation.  The Bank is requiring its computer system and software  vendors to
represent that the products  provided are, or will be, year 2000 compliant,  and
has planned a program of testing for compliance.  It is recognized that any year
2000 compliance failures could result in additional expense to the Bank.

                                       37

<PAGE>


                                    BUSINESS

General
- -------

        The Company is a registered bank holding company  incorporated under the
laws of the State of  Delaware in 1993.  Its  99%-owned  subsidiary  and primary
asset is the Bank. The Company,  through its controlling  ownership of the Bank,
engages in the  business of  commercial  banking.  Although  the Company is also
engaged in mortgage lending  activities,  its primary  business  activity is its
ownership of the Bank. The Bank is a Florida chartered  banking  corporation and
is a member of the Federal Reserve System.

        The Bank primarily focuses on providing personalized banking services to
businesses  and  individuals  within the market area where its banking office is
located. Management believes that this local market strategy enables the Bank to
attract and retain low cost core deposits which provide substantially all of the
Bank's funding requirements.

        Deposit services include certificates of deposit,  individual retirement
accounts  ("IRAs") and other time  deposits,  checking and other demand  deposit
accounts,  NOW  accounts,  savings  accounts  and  money  market  accounts.  The
transaction  accounts and time certificates are tailored to the principal market
areas at rates  competitive  to those in the  area.  All  deposit  accounts  are
insured by the FDIC up to the maximum limits permitted by law. The Bank solicits
these accounts from small businesses,  professional firms and households located
throughout its primary market area.

        The Bank has ATM  facilities  and offers ATM cards with access to local,
state,  and national  networks.  The Bank also offers safe deposit  boxes,  wire
transfers,  direct deposit of payroll and social security checks,  and automatic
drafts for  various  accounts.  The Bank  periodically  reviews the scope of the
products and services it offers so as to assess whether  additional  products or
services should,  consistent with market  opportunities and available resources,
be included in the Bank's products and services.

        The  Bank  conducts  commercial  and  consumer  banking  business  which
primarily  consists of attracting  deposits from the areas served by its banking
offices  and using  those  deposits,  together  with  funds  derived  from other
sources,  to originate a variety of  commercial,  consumer and real estate loans
(primarily commercial real estate loans). The Bank offers a broad range of short
to  medium-term  business  and personal  loans.  Commercial  loans  include both
collateralized  and  uncollateralized   loans  for  working  capital  (including
inventory  and   receivables),   business   expansion   (including  real  estate
acquisitions  and  improvements),  and  purchases  of equipment  and  machinery.
Consumer loans include  collateralized and uncollateralized  loans for financing
automobiles, boats, home improvements, and personal investments.

        The Bank's income is derived  principally  from interest and fees earned
in connection with its lending activities, interest and dividends on securities,
short-term investments and other services. The Bank's income is also affected by
provisions for loan losses. Its principal expenses are interest paid on deposits
and operating expenses. The Bank intends to expand its deposit and loan customer
relationships at its existing offices and to examine opportunities for expansion
to new locations. The Bank's operations are also significantly affected by local
economic and competitive conditions in its market areas.

        As  is  the  case  with  banking  institutions  generally,   the  Bank's
operations  are  materially  and  significantly  influenced by general  economic
conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of financial  institution
regulatory  agencies,  including  the FRB,  the FDIC,  and the State of Florida.
Deposit flows and cost of funds are  influenced  by interest  rates on competing
investments  and  general  market  rates of  interest.  Lending  activities  are
affected  by the demand for  financing  of real estate and other types of loans,
which in turn is affected by the interest  rates at which such  financing may be
offered and other factors  affecting local demand and availability of funds. The
Bank faces strong  competition in the attraction of deposits (its primary source
of lendable funds) and in the origination of loans.

Market Area

         The Bank's  facilities  are  located in Pinellas  County,  which is the
Bank's primary market area. Pinellas County has an estimated resident population

                                       38

<PAGE>



of approximately  890,000.  The Bank's deposit gathering and lending markets are
concentrated on the communities surrounding its offices in Clearwater,  Florida.
Management  believes  that its offices are located in an area serving  small and
mid-sized   businesses   and  serving   middle  and  upper  income   residential
communities.

Market for Services
- -------------------

         Management  believes  that the Bank's  principal  markets  are: (i) the
established and expanding  commercial market within the primary market area: and
(ii) the moderate and the affluent  residential market within the primary market
area. Moreover,  management believes that a community bank is well positioned to
establish these  relationships  with both  commercial  customers and households.
Management  believes  a  locally-based  bank is  often  perceived  by the  local
business  community as possessing a clearer  understanding of local commerce and
its needs.

Lending Activities
- ------------------

General
- -------

        The primary source of income  generated by the Bank is from the interest
earned  from  both the  loan  and  securities  portfolios.  The  Bank  maintains
diversification when considering  investments and the granting of loan requests.
Emphasis is placed on the  borrower's  ability to generate  cash flow to support
its debt obligations and other cash related expenses. Lending activities include
commercial  and  consumer  loans and real  estate  loans.  Commercial  loans are
originated  for working  capital  funding.  Consumer loans include those for the
purchase of automobiles,  boats, home improvements and investments.  Real estate
loans include primarily the origination of loans for commercial property.  While
the Bank's lending activities include single-family  residential mortgages, such
lending activities are not emphasized.

        At December 31, 1997 the Bank's net loan  portfolio  was $75.6  million,
representing  50.2% of its total  assets.  As of such date,  the loan  portfolio
consisted of 4.3% commercial  loans,  95.4%  real-estate  mortgage loans and .3%
consumer and other loans.

Real Estate Mortgage Loans
- --------------------------

        A substantial  portion of the Bank's real estate mortgage loans are made
to finance the  acquisition  and holding of  commercial  real  estate.  The Bank
requires  mortgage  title  insurance  and hazard  insurance  in  amounts  deemed
appropriate by Management.  As part of its loan portfolio  management  strategy,
the  Company  typically  limits its loans to 75% of the value of the  underlying
real  estate as  determined  by an MAI  appraisal.  In  addition,  knowledgeable
members of management make physical  inspections of properties  being considered
for mortgage loans.

        Commercial   mortgage  lending  generally  involves  greater  risk  than
residential  mortgage  lending.  Such  lending  typically  involves  larger loan
balances to single borrowers and repayment of loans secured by  income-producing
properties is typically  dependent upon the successful  operation of the related
real estate project.

Commercial Lending
- ------------------

        The Bank offers a variety of  commercial  loan services  including  term
loans, lines of credit and equipment financing.  Short-to-medium term commercial
loans,  both  collateralized  and   uncollateralized,   are  made  available  to
businesses for working capital (including  inventory and receivables),  business
expansion  (including  acquisitions  of real estate and  improvements),  and the
purchase of equipment and machinery.  The purpose of a particular loan generally
determines its structure.


                                       39

<PAGE>



        The Bank's  commercial  loans  primarily are  underwritten in the Bank's
primary market area on the basis of the borrower's  ability to service such debt
from income. As a general  practice,  the Bank takes as collateral a lien on any
available real estate,  equipment,  or other assets.  Working  capital loans are
primarily  collateralized  by short-term assets whereas term loans are primarily
collateralized by long-term assets.

        Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis
of the borrower's ability to make repayment from his employment and other income
and which are  collateralized  by real  property  whose  value  tends to be more
readily ascertainable,  commercial loans typically are underwritten on the basis
of the  borrower's  ability to make repayment from the cash flow of his business
and  generally  are   collateralized  by  business  assets,   such  as  accounts
receivable,  equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for
the repayment of commercial loans may be substantially  dependent on the success
of the  business  itself.  Further,  the  collateral  underlying  the  loans may
depreciate over time,  cannot be appraised with as much precision as residential
real estate, and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

Consumer Loans
- --------------

        Consumer  loans made by the Bank have included  automobiles,  recreation
vehicles,  boats,  home  improvements,  home  equity  lines of credit,  personal
(collateralized and uncollateralized) and deposit account  collateralized loans.
The terms of these loans periodically range from 36 to 120 months and vary based
upon the kind of collateral and size of loan.

        Consumer  loans  typically  have a short term and carry higher  interest
rates than that charged on other types of loans.  Installment loans, however, do
pose additional risks of  collectability  when compared to traditional  types of
loans granted by commercial  banks such as residential  mortgage  loans. In many
instances, the Bank is required to rely on the borrower's ability to repay since
the collateral  may be of reduced value at the time of collection.  Accordingly,
the  initial  determination  of the  borrower's  ability  to repay is of primary
importance in the underwriting of consumer loans.

Loan Solicitation and Processing
- --------------------------------

        Loan   originations   are  derived  from  a  number  of  sources.   Loan
originations  can be  attributed  to  direct  solicitation  by the  Bank's  loan
officers, existing customers and borrowers,  advertising,  walk-in customers and
referrals from brokers.

        Upon receipt of a loan application from a prospective borrower, a credit
report and verifications are ordered to verify specific  information relating to
the loan applicant's employment income and credit standing. An appraisal,  where
required,  of any real estate  intended to  collateralize  the proposed  loan is
undertaken by an appraiser approved by the Bank.

Competition
- -----------

        The  Bank  encounters  strong  competition  both  in  making  loans  and
attracting deposits. The deregulation of the banking industry and the widespread
enactment of state laws which permit multi-bank  holding companies as well as an
increasing  level of  interstate  banking  have  created  a  highly  competitive
environment for commercial  banking in the Bank's primary market area. In one or
more aspects of its business,  the Bank competes  with other  commercial  banks,
savings and loan associations,  credit unions, finance companies,  mutual funds,
insurance  companies,  brokerage and  investment  banking  companies,  and other
financial  intermediaries  operating in Pinellas  County and elsewhere.  Most of
these  competitors,  some of  which  are  affiliated  with  large  bank  holding
companies,  have  substantially  greater  resources and lending limits,  and may
offer certain  services that the Bank does not currently  provide.  In addition,
many of the Company's non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive


                                       40

<PAGE>



federal  regulations  that govern bank holding  companies and federally  insured
banks. See "Investment Considerations and Risk Factors-Competition."

        Management believes that the Company and the Bank are well positioned to
compete  successfully in its primary market area,  although no assurances can be
given.  Competition  among  financial  institutions is based upon interest rates
offered on deposit  accounts,  interest  rates charged on loans and other credit
and  service  charges,  the  quality  and scope of the  services  rendered,  the
convenience  of  banking  facilities,  and,  in the case of loans to  commercial
borrowers,   relative   lending  limits.   As  an  independent   community  bank
headquartered  in the Bank's primary market area,  management  believes that the
Bank's community  commitment and involvement in its primary market area, as well
as its commitment to quality,  personalized  banking services,  are factors that
contribute to the Bank's competitiveness.

Employees
- ---------

        At December  31,  1997,  the Company and the Bank  together  employed 30
full-time employees 1 part-time employee.  None of these employees is covered by
a collective  bargaining  agreement  and the Company  believes that its employee
relations are good.

Properties
- ----------

        The office of the  Company is at 10  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New York,  New
York. The Bank maintains its principal  office at 625 Court Street,  Clearwater,
Florida.  In  addition to its  principal  office the bank  operates  four branch
offices. Three of the branch offices are in Clearwater, Florida, at 1875 Belcher
Road  North,  2175  Nursery  Road and  2575  Ulmerton  Road,  and one is at 6750
Gulfport Blvd., South Pasadena,  Florida. With the exception of the Belcher Road
office, which is leased, all of the offices are owned by the Bank.

         The  office  at 625  Court  Street  consists  of a two  story  building
containing  approximately  22,000  sq. ft. The Bank  occupies  the ground  floor
(approximately  8,500 sq.  ft.) and leases the 2nd floor to a single  commercial
tenant.  The branch office at 1875 Belcher Road is a two story building in which
the bank leases  approximately  5,100 sq. ft. for its branch office.  The branch
office at 2175 Nursery  Road is a one story  building  containing  approximately
2,700 sq. ft. which is entirely  occupied by the Bank. The branch office at 2575
Ulmerton Road is a three story building containing  approximately 17,000 sq. ft.
The bank occupies the ground floor  (approximately 2,500 sq. ft.) and leases the
upper floors to commercial tenants.  The branch office at 6750 Gulfport Blvd. is
a one story building  containing  approximately  2,800 sq. ft. which is entirely
occupied  by  the  Bank.  In  addition,  each  of  the  Bank's  offices  include
drive-through teller facilities.

Litigation
- ----------

        The  Company  and the  Bank are  periodically  parties  to or  otherwise
involved in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business,  such as
claims to enforce  liens,  claims  involving  the making and  servicing  of real
property  loans,  and other issues incident to the Bank's  business.  Management
does not believe that there is any pending or threatened  proceeding against the
Company or the Bank which, if determined adversely, would have a material effect
on the business,  results of operations, or financial position of the Company or
the Bank.

Federal and State Taxation
- --------------------------

         General.  The Company and the Bank file a  consolidated  federal income
tax return on a calendar  year basis.  Consolidated  returns  have the effect of
eliminating   intercompany   distributions,   including   dividends,   from  the

                                       41

<PAGE>



computation  of  consolidated  taxable  income for the taxable year in which the
distributions occur. Banks and bank holding companies are subject to federal and
state income taxes in the same manner as other corporations.  In accordance with
an income tax sharing agreement,  income tax charges or credits are allocated to
the Company and the Bank on the basis of their respective taxable income or loss
included in the consolidated income tax return.

        Federal  Income  Taxation.  Although a bank's  income tax  liability  is
determined  under  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), which is applicable to all taxpayers,  Sections 581 through 597 of
the Code apply specifically to financial institutions.

        The two primary areas in which the  treatment of financial  institutions
differs from the treatment of other corporations under the Code are in the areas
of bond  gains  and  losses  and bad debt  deductions.  Bond  gains  and  losses
generated  from the sale or  exchange of  portfolio  instruments  are  generally
treated for financial  institutions  as ordinary  gains and losses as opposed to
capital  gains and losses for other  corporations,  as the Code  considers  bond
portfolios  held by banks to be  inventory  in a trade or  business  rather than
capital assets.  Banks are allowed a statutory  method for calculating a reserve
for bad  debt  deductions.  Based on the  asset  size of the  Bank,  the Bank is
permitted to maintain a bad debt reserve  calculated  on an  experience  method,
based on charge-offs and recoveries for the current and preceding five years, or
a "grandfathered" base year reserve, if larger.

        State  Taxation.  The Company files state income tax returns in Florida,
New York and New Jersey and  franchise  tax returns in Delaware.  Florida  taxes
banks under  primarily the same  provisions as other  corporations.  The holding
company's activities,  other than the bank operations,  are taxable in the State
of New York. Generally, state taxable income is calculated under applicable Code
sections with some modifications required by state law.


                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers of the Company
- -----------------------------------------------

        The  directors and executive  officers of the Company,  their ages,  and
positions with the Company are set forth below.

        Lawrence G. Bergman,  age 53, serves as a Director,  Vice  President and
Secretary of the Company and has served in such capacities since the Company was
organized.  Mr.  Bergman  received a Bachelor of Science  degree and a Master of
Engineering (Electrical) degree from Cornell University, and a Master of Science
in Engineering and a Ph.D degree from The Johns Hopkins University.  Mr. Bergman
is also Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors and a member of the Loan Committee
of  the  Bank  and  a  Director,   Vice-President  and  Secretary  of  Intervest
Corporation  of New York.  During  the past  five  years  Mr.  Bergman  has been
actively  involved in the  ownership  and  operation of real estate and mortgage
investments.

        Michael A. Callen, age 57, serves as a Director of the Company,  and has
served in such capacity since May,  1994. Mr Callen  received a Bachelor of Arts
degree from the University of Wisconsin in Economics and Russian. Mr. Callen has
been Senior Advisor,  The National  Commercial  Bank,  Jeddah,  Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia since May, 1993.  From the fall of 1992 through  February of 1993, he was
an Adjunct Professor of International  Banking at Columbia  University  Business
School.  From 1987 until February of 1992 he was a Director and Sector Executive
at  Citicorp/Citibank,  responsible  for corporate  banking  activities in North
America, Europe and Japan. He is also a Director of Intervest Corporation of New
York and AMBAC, Inc.

        Jerome Dansker, age 79, serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Executive  Vice  President  of the  Company.  He has  served as  Executive  Vice

                                       42

<PAGE>



President  since 1994 and as  Chairman  of the Board  since  1996.  Mr.  Dansker
received a Bachelor  of Science  degree from the New York  University  School of
Commerce, Accounts and Finance, a law degree from the New York University School
of Law, and is admitted to practice as an attorney in the State of New York. Mr.
Dansker is also a Director and Chairman of the Loan Committee of the Bank and is
Chairman of the Board of Directors  and  Executive  Vice  President of Intervest
Corporation  of New York.  During  the past five  years,  Mr.  Dansker  has been
actively  involved in the  ownership  and  operation of real estate and mortgage
investments.

        Lowell S. Dansker, age 47, serves as a Director, President and Treasurer
of the  Company,  and has  served  in such  capacities  since  the  Company  was
organized. Mr. Dansker received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
from Babson  College,  a law degree from the  University of Akron School of Law,
and is admitted to  practice as an attorney in New York,  Ohio,  Florida and the
District of Columbia.  Mr. Dansker is also Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors
and a member of the Loan  Committee  of the Bank and a Director,  President  and
Treasurer of Intervest  Corporation of New York. During the past five years, Mr.
Dansker has been actively involved in the ownership and operation of real estate
and mortgage investments.

         Milton F. Gidge,  age 68, serves as a Director of the Company,  and has
served in such  capacity  since March,  1994.  Mr. Gidge  received a Bachelor of
Business  Administration  degree in  Accounting  from Adelphi  University  and a
Masters  Degree in Banking  and  Finance  from New York  University.  Mr.  Gidge
retired in 1994 and, prior to his retirement, was a Director and Chairman-Credit
Policy of Lincoln Savings Bank,  F.S.B.  (headquartered in New York City). He is
also a Director of Intervest Corporation of New York, Interboro Mutual Indemnity
Insurance Company and Vicon Industries, Inc. Mr. Gidge was a director and senior
officer of Lincoln Savings Bank, F.S.B. for more than five years.

         William F. Holly,  age 69,  serves as a Director of the Company and has
served in such capacity since March, 1994. Mr. Holly received a Bachelor of Arts
degree in Economics from Alfred  University.  Mr. Holly is Chairman of the Board
and CEO of Sage, Rutty & Co., Inc.,  members of the Boston Stock Exchange,  with
offices in Rochester, New York and Canandaigua, New York, and is also a Director
of Intervest  Corporation  of New York and a Trustee of Alfred  University.  Mr.
Holly has been an officer and director of Sage,  Rutty & Co., Inc. for more than
five years.

        Edward J. Merz,  age 66,  serves as a Director  of the  Company  and has
served in such capacity  since  February,  1998. Mr. Merz received a Bachelor of
Business  Administration  from City College of New York and is a graduate of the
Stonier  School of Banking at Rutgers  University.  Mr.  Merz is Chairman of the
Board of Directors of the Suffolk  County  National Bank of Riverhead and of its
parent, Suffolk Bancorp, and has been an officer and director of those companies
for more than five  years.  He is also a  director  of the  Independent  Bankers
Association of New York.

         David J. Willmott, age 60, serves as a Director of the Company, and has
served in such capacity since March,  1994. Mr. Willmott is a graduate of Becker
Junior  College  and  attended  New York  University  Extension  and Long Island
University  Extension of  Southampton  College.  Mr.  Willmott is the Editor and
Publisher  of Suffolk Life  Newspapers,  which he founded more than 25 years ago
and is a Director of Intervest Corporation of New York.

        Wesley T. Wood,  age 55,  serves as a Director of the  Company,  and has
served in such  capacity  since  March,  1994.  Mr. Wood  received a Bachelor of
Science  degree  from New York  University,  School  of  Commerce.  Mr.  Wood is
President  of  Marketing  Capital   Corporation,   an  international   marketing
consulting and  investment  firm which he founded in 1973. He is also a Director
of  Intervest  Corporation  of New  York,  a  Director  of the  Center of Direct
Marketing  at New  York  University,  a member  of the  Marketing  Committee  at
Fairfield University in Connecticut, and a Trustee of St.
Dominics R.C. Church in Oyster Bay, New York.

        All of the  directors  of the  Company  have  been  elected  to serve as
directors until the next annual meeting of the Company's  shareholders.  Each of
the  officers of the Company has been  elected to serve as an officer  until the
next annual meeting of the Company's directors.


                                       43

<PAGE>



         Mr.  Bergman's  wife is the  sister of Lowell S.  Dansker,  and  Jerome
Dansker is the father of Lowell S. Dansker and Mrs. Bergman.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Bank
- --------------------------------------------

        The current directors and executive officers of the Bank are as follows:

         Lawrence G. Bergman serves as Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors and
as a member of the Loan Committee of the Bank and has served as a director since
May 1993. See "Directors and Executive Officers of the Company."

         Stephen M.  Bragin,  age 67,  serves as a Director  of the Bank and has
served in such capacity since November 1993. Mr. Bragin  attended the University
of  Pennsylvania,  where he majored in business.  Mr.  Bragin is the Director of
Development  at the  University  of South  Florida,  College of Fine Arts. He is
retired from the citrus  growing and processing  business,  where he had over 30
years of experience.

         Robert J. Carroll,  age 55, serves as a Director and as a member of the
Loan Committee of the Bank, and has served as a director since 1987. Mr. Carroll
received a Bachelor  of Arts  degree and a law  degree  from the  University  of
Florida,  Gainesville.  He is a  senior  partner  in the law  firm of  Perenich,
Carroll,  Perenich, Avril & Caulfield,  P.A., and has been a member of such firm
for 25 years.

         Petra H. Coover,  age 51, serves as Vice  President of the Bank and has
served in such capacity since June 1994. Ms. Coover  received a Bachelor of Arts
degree in business administration from Eckerd College. She has also attended The
National School of Real Estate Finance of Ohio State University,  the Commercial
Lending School of the University of South Florida and the International Business
Institute in the  Netherlands.  Ms. Coover has been a bank officer for more than
13 years.

         Jerome  Dansker  serves  as a  Director  and as  Chairman  of the  Loan
Committee  of the Bank and has served as a director  since  November  1993.  See
"Directors and Executive Officers of the Company."

         Lowell S. Dansker  serves as  Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors and
as a member of the Loan  Committee  of the Bank,  and has  served as a  director
since May 1993. See "Directors and Executive Officers of the Company."

         David M.  Egbert,  age 55,  serves  as a  Director  of the Bank and has
served in such capacity since  November 1993. Mr. Egbert  received a Bachelor of
Arts degree from the University of Wisconsin in journalism and advertising.  Mr.
Egbert is the President of the IMS Group, a marketing  services company based in
St. Petersburg,  Florida, which he founded in 1989. Prior to this, he was Senior
Vice  President/Marketing  at Chase Manhattan Bank. Mr. Egbert has over 25 years
of marketing experience,  which includes  approximately 10 years in banking as a
senior officer specializing in marketing.

         Mark W.  Maconi,  age 47,  serves as a Director  and as a member of the
Loan  Committee of the Bank and has served as a director since 1987. He attended
St. Petersburg Junior College and is the President of Mark Maconi Homes, Inc., a
building and land development firm which he founded  approximately 20 years ago.
Mr. Maconi is Vice  President of the  Contractors  and Builders  Association  of
Pinellas  County and is Chairman of the Building  Advisory and Appeals  Board of
Pinellas County.

         Lawrence W.  Nortrup,  age 71, serves as a Director of the Bank and has
served in such capacity since March,  1994.  Mr. Nortrup  received a Bachelor of
Science  degree from the  University  of Illinois  in business  management.  Mr.
Nortrup retired as CEO and President of Michigan Avenue National Bank of Chicago
and has over twenty-five years of banking experience.

         Keith A.  Olsen,  age 44, was  elected  President  of the Bank in 1994.
Prior to such time,  he was Senior Vice  President of the Bank and had served in

                                       44

<PAGE>



that  capacity  since 1991.  Mr. Olsen  received an  Associates  Degree from St.
Petersburg Junior College and a Bachelors Degree in Business  Administration and
Finance from the  University of Florida,  Gainesville.  He is also a graduate of
the Florida  School of Banking of the  University of Florida,  Gainesville,  the
National School of Real Estate Finance of Ohio State University and the Graduate
School of Banking of the South of Louisiana State University. Mr. Olsen has been
a banker for more than 15 years and has served as a senior bank officer for more
than 10 years.

         Lawton  Swan,  III,  age 55,  serves as a Director  of the Bank and has
served in such capacity  since  November,  1997. Mr. Swan received a Bachelor of
Science in Insurance from Florida State University.  He is President of Interisk
Corporation,  a firm  specializing  in  risk  management  and  employee  benefit
consulting  services,  which he founded  more than 20 years ago.  Mr. Swan is an
active member of the insurance  industry  participating on an executive level in
various organizations, as well as lecturing and publishing numerous articles.

         Marti J. Warren,  age 36,  serves as Vice  President and Cashier of the
Bank and has served in that capacity since 1996. Mr. Warren is a graduate of the
Florida School of Banking of the University of Florida,  Gainsville.  Mr. Warren
has been a bank officer for more than ten years.

        All of the directors of the Bank have been elected to serve as directors
until the next annual meeting of the Bank's  shareholders.  Each of the officers
of the Bank has been  elected  to serve  as an  officer  until  the next  annual
meeting of the Bank's directors.

Executive Compensation
- ----------------------

        The  following  table sets forth all  compensation  paid during the last
three  years to the Bank's  chief  executive  officer.  No other  officer of the
Company or Bank had annual compensation in excess of $100,000.



                                       45

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                              Annual Compensation                                   Long-Term Compensation
                                              -------------------                                   ----------------------

                                                                                                     Awards(2)
                                                                                                     ---------
                                                                            Other Annual             Number of
Name and Principal                 Year          Salary(1)     Bonuses      Compensation                Shares         Pay-Outs
- ------------------                 ----          ---------     -------      ------------                ------         --------
    Position
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>                                   <C>                      
Keith A. Olsen, President          1995          $  90,000     $10,000            ----               15,000               ----
                                   1996          $  95,000     $10,000            ----               15,000               ----
                                   1997          $ 115,000     $10,000            ----                  ----              ----
</TABLE>

(1)      All compensation or renumeration paid to employees is paid by the Bank.
         At the present time, there are no employees of the Company and there is
         no compensation paid by the Company.

(2)      These  represent  warrants to purchase  the number of shares of Class A
         Common Stock set forth in the table.


         Directors of the Company are paid  director's fees of $500 per meeting.
Directors of the Bank are paid director's fees of $100 per meeting.

         The Bank has an  employment  agreement  with Mr.  Keith A.  Olsen.  The
agreement  provides  for a base  annual  salary  of not less than  $115,000  and
provides for a maximum of two years' severance upon termination of employment.

Fringe Benefits
- ---------------

         The Bank  maintains a 401(k) and Profit  Sharing Plan which  encourages
the  accumulation  of savings for  participants'  retirement.  The plan  permits
401(k) matching contributions,  as well as employer profit-sharing contributions
in the  discretion  of the Bank.  The Bank  contributed  $21,377 to this Plan in
1997.


Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- ----------------------------------------------

         The Bank has had,  and expects to have in the future,  various loan and
other banking  transactions  in the ordinary  course of business with directors,
and  executive  officers of the Bank (or  associates  of such  persons).  In the
opinion of management, all such transactions: (i) have been and will be made the
ordinary  course of business,  (ii) have been and will be made on  substantially
the same terms,  including  interest  rates and  collateral  on loans,  as those
generally  prevailing at the time for  comparable  transactions  with  unrelated
persons,  and (iii) have not and will not  involve  more than the normal risk of
collectability or present other unfavorable features. The total dollar amount of
extensions  of credit,  including  unused  lines of  credit,  to  directors  and
executive  officers and any of their  associates was $3.2 million as of December
31,  1997,  which  represented   approximately  18.2%  of  the  Company's  total
stockholders'  equity.  There are no loans to directors or officers of Intervest
Bancshares Corporation.

         Except  for the  transactions  described  below and  outside  of normal
customer relationships, none of the directors, officers, or present shareholders
of the Company and no  corporations or firms with which such persons or entities
are associated, currently maintains or has maintained since the beginning of the
last fiscal year, any  significant  business or personal  relationship  with the
Company  or the Bank,  other than such as arises by virtue of such  position  or
ownership interest in the Company or the Bank.

         The Bank leases certain office  facilities  from a corporation in which
Robert J. Carroll,  a director of the Bank, is an officer and in which he has an
ownership interest.  See Note 4 to Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements.
Mr.  William F. Holly,  a director of the Company,  is Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive  Officer of Sage, Rutty & Co., Inc., which is the underwriter in
this offering and which was the underwriter in the Company's  public offering of


                                       46

<PAGE>



units  in  1997.  In  that  public  offering,  Sage,  Rutty  received  aggregate
compensation of  approximately  $256,000,  as well as warrants to related 18,000
shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock.  The holding  company,  as well as
corporations  affiliated with certain directors of the Company, have in the past
and may in the future participate in mortgage loans originated by the Bank. Such
participations are on substantially the same terms as would apply for comparable
transactions  with other  persons and the  interest of the  participants  in the
collateral securing those loans is pari passu with the Bank.

                                       47

<PAGE>



         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information   regarding  beneficial
ownership of the Company's  Common Stock as of March 31, 1998 by (i) each person
who is known by the  Company to be the  beneficial  owner of more than 5% of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company,  (ii) each of the Company's  directors,
(iii) each executive  officer of the Company and (iv) all current  directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Class A Common Stock   Class B Common Stock
                                          --------------------   --------------------
Name and Address of
Beneficial Holder                     Number        Percent of  Number        Percent of
                                    of Shares       Class (1)  of Shares         Class
                                    ---------       ---------  ---------         -----

<S>                                 <C>                <C>      <C>              <C>   
Helene D. Bergman                     225,000          10.73%    75,000          16.67%
   201 East 62nd Street
   New York, New York 10021

Directors and Executive Officers

Lawrence G. Bergman                   307,500(2)       14.11%    75,000          16.67%
   201 East 62nd Street
   New York, New York 10021

Lowell S. Dansker                     532,500(2)       24.27%   150,000          33.33%
   360 West 55th Street
   New York, New York 10019

Michael A. Callen                      45,000(3)        2.11%         0           0%
   Ryutat
   Jeddah, Saudi Arabia

Jerome Dansker                        553,965(4)       20.89%   150,000(4)       33.33%
   860 Fifth Avenue
   New York, New York 10021

Milton F. Gidge                        31,500(5)        1.48%         0           0%
   43 Salem Ridge Drive
   Huntington, New York 11743

William F. Holly                       22,500(6)        1.06%         0           0%
   206 Edgemere Drive
   Rochester, New York 14612

David J. Wilmott                       82,500(7)        3.84%         0           0%
   West Way
   Southhampton, New York

Wesley T. Wood                         97,500(8)        4.52%         0           0%
   24 Timber Ridge Drive
   Oyster Bay, New York 11771

All directors and executive
   officers as a group              1,672,965          56.49%   375,000          83.33%
</TABLE>

                                                                                
                                       48

<PAGE>



- ----------------------------

(1)      Percentages have been computed based upon the total outstanding  shares
         of the Company plus, for each person and the group,  shares that person
         or the group has the right to acquire pursuant to warrants.

(2)      Includes  82,500  shares  of Class A  common  stock  issuable  upon the
         exercise of warrants.

(3)      Includes  33,750  shares  of Class A  common  stock  issuable  upon the
         exercise of warrants.

(4)      The  553,965  shares  of Class A common  stock  are  issuable  upon the
         exercise of outstanding warrants.  The 150,000 shares of Class B Common
         Stock are issuable upon exercise of a warrant.

(5)      Includes  11,250  shares  of Class A  common  stock  issuable  upon the
         exercise of warrants.

(6)      Includes  22,500  shares  of Class A  common  stock  issuable  upon the
         exercise of warrants.

(7)      Includes  52,500  shares  of Class A  common  stock  issuable  upon the
         exercise of warrants.

(8)      Includes  60,000  shares  of Class A  common  stock  issuable  upon the
         exercise of warrants.


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBENTURES

         The Company will issue the Debentures under an Indenture to be dated as
of _________ 1, 1998 (the  "Indenture")  between the Company and the Bank of New
York, 101 Barclay Street,  New York, New York 10286 (the  "Trustee").  A copy of
the Indenture is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
prospectus  is a part.  The  following  summaries of certain  provisions  of the
Indenture do not purport to be complete and where  particular  provisions of the
Indenture are referred to, such particular provisions are incorporated herein by
reference,  and each summary is  qualified in its entirety by such  incorporated
provisions.  Parenthetical   references  in this  summary  are to  Articles  and
Sections of the Indenture.

General

         The  Debentures  will  be  unsecured  subordinated  obligations  of the
Company, will be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000 and will
mature on July 1, 2008. The Debentures will be issued only in  denominations  of
$10,000 and multiples thereof, and with a minimum purchase of $10,000.

         Interest on the Debentures will accrue each calendar quarter at a fixed
rate  reflecting  the prime  rate of Chase  Manhattan  Bank on the date of First
Closing (as defined below) less one-half of one percent.  In addition,  interest
will accrue each calendar  quarter on the balance of the accrued  interest as of
the last day of the preceding  calendar  quarter at the same interest  rate. All
accrued  interest  on the  Debentures  will be  payable at the  maturity  of the
Debentures, whether by acceleration, redemption or otherwise.

         Any debenture holder may, on or before July 1 of each year,  commencing
July 1, 2003,  elect to be paid all accrued  interest on the  Debentures  and to
thereafter  receive  payments of quarterly  interest.  The election must be made
after April 1 and before May 31 and the holder will receive a payment of accrued
interest on July 1 and will thereafter receive quarterly payments of interest on
the first day of each January,  April, July and October until the maturity date.
Once made, an election to receive  interest is irrevocable.  Quarterly  interest
will be payable to holders of record on the first day of the month preceding the
interest payment date.

         Once  the  Company  has  received  orders  for at least  $5,000,000  of
Debentures,  the Company may close as to those Debentures (the "First Closing").
Interest  will  accrue  from the fifth day  preceding  the First  Closing.  With
respect to Debentures  sold after the First  Closing,  interest will accrue from
the fifth day preceding the closing.



                                       49

<PAGE>



Subordination of Debentures

         The Debentures are general unsecured obligations of the Company limited
to $6,000,000  principal amount.  The Debentures will be subordinated in payment
of  principal  and  interest  to  all  senior  indebtedness.   The  term  Senior
Indebtedness  is  defined  in the  Indenture  to mean  all  indebtedness  of the
Company, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created,
which (i) is secured,  in whole or in part,  by any asset or assets owned by the
Company or by a  corporation,  a majority of whose  voting stock is owned by the
Company or a  subsidiary  of the  Company  ("Subsidiary"),  or (ii)  arises from
unsecured  borrowings  by the Company  from  commercial  banks,  savings  banks,
savings and loan associations,  insurance companies,  companies whose securities
are traded in a national securities market, or any majority-owned  subsidiary of
any of the foregoing,  or (iii) arises from unsecured  borrowings by the Company
from any pension  plan (as defined in Section  3(2) of the  Employee  Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended),  or (iv) arises from borrowings by the
Company  which  are  evidenced  by  commercial  paper,  or (v)  other  unsecured
borrowings  by the  Company  which are  subordinate  to  indebtedness  of a type
described  in clauses  (i),  (ii) or (iv) above,  or (vi) is a guaranty or other
liability  of the  Company  of, or with  respect  to any  indebtedness  of,  the
subsidiary  of the type  described in clauses (ii),  (iii) or (iv) above.  As of
December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had  no  senior  indebtedness.  There  is no
limitation or  restriction in the Debentures or the Indenture on the creation of
senior  indebtedness by the Company on the amount of such senior indebtedness to
which the  Debentures  may be  subordinated.  There is also no limitation on the
creation  or amount of  indebtedness  which is pari passu  with (i.e.  having no
priority  of  payment  over and not  subordinated  in right of  payment  to) the
Debentures.

         Upon any  distributions of any assets of the Company in connection with
any dissolution,  winding-up,  liquidation or reorganization of the Company, the
holders of all senior  indebtedness will first be entitled to receive payment in
full of the principal and premium, if any, thereof and any interest due thereof,
before the holders of the  Debentures  are  entitled to receive any payment upon
the principal of or interest on the Debentures,  and thereafter  payments to the
debenture  holders  will be pro rata with  payments  to  holders  of pari  passu
indebtedness. In the absence of any such events, the Company is obligated to pay
principal of and interest on the Debentures in accordance with their terms.  The
Company  will not  maintain  any  sinking fun for the  retirement  of any of the
Debentures.

Conversion Rights

         The Debentures  will be  convertible,  at the option of the holder into
shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company at any time prior to April 1, 2008
(subject to prior  redemption by the Company on not less than 30 days notice and
not more than 90 days  notice),  initially at a conversion  price  determined as
follows. The initial conversion price shall be determined based upon the average
of the closing  sales prices of the shares of Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market  during the 20 trading days  preceding  the First Closing date,
less  $.50,  rounded  down  to  the  nearest  quarter  dollar.  Thereafter,  the
conversion  price will be adjusted,  as follows:  the conversion price per share
shall  increase  by  $1.00  per  share  on the 1st  day of  January,  1999;  the
conversion  price per share  shall  increase by $1.50 per share on July 1, 1999,
July 1, 2000, July 1, 2001 and July 1, 2002; the conversion price per share will
be increased by $2.00 per share on July 1, 2003 and July 1, 2004; the conversion
price per share will be increased by $3.00 per share on July 1, 2005 and July 1,
2006;  and the  conversion  price per share will  increase by $4.00 per share on
July  1,  2007.  The  Company  reseveres  the  right,  from  time to time in its
discretion,  to  establish  conversion  prices per share which are less than the
conversion prices set forth above, which lower prices shall remain in effect for
such  periods,  as the Company may determine and shall be set forth in a written
notice to the holder of Debentures.

         The  Debentures  remain  convertible  until  April  1,  2008 and may be
converted  by written  notice to the Company at the office or agency  maintained
for that purpose and delivery of the certificate  representing the Debentures to
such office or agency.

         The Debentures may not be converted as to a principal  amount less than
$10,000  (unless  exercised  as to the  entire  principal  balance)  and  may be
converted in $10,000 increments of principal, together with the accrued interest
on the principal so converted.

         The conversion  price will be subject to adjustment in certain  events,
including  (i)  dividends  (and other  distributions)  payable in Class A Common
Stock on any class of capital  stock of the  Company,  (ii) the  issuance to all
holders of common stock of rights or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or
purchase  Class A  Common  Stock at less  than  the  current  market  price  (as
defined),  (iii)  subdivisions,  combinations  and  reclassifications  of common

                                       50

<PAGE>



stock, (iv)  distributions to all holders of Class A Common Stock of evidence of
indebtedness of the Company or assets (including securities, but excluding those
dividends, rights, warrants and distributions referred to above and any dividend
or distribution paid exclusively in cash.

         Fractional  shares  of Class A Common  Stock  will not be  issued  upon
conversion,  but, in lieu thereof, the Company will pay cash adjustment equal to
the portion of the principal and/or interest not converted into whole shares.

Transfers

         The  Debentures  are  transferable  on the books of the  Company by the
registered  holders  thereof upon  surrender of the  Debentures to the Registrar
appointed  by  the  Company  and,  if  requested  by  the  Registrar,  shall  be
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
registrar. The Company has appointed The Bank of New York as the "Registrar" for
the  Debentures.  The person in whose name any Debenture is registered  shall be
treated as the absolute  owner of the Debenture for all purposes,  and shall not
be affected by any notice to the contrary. Upon transfer, the Debentures will be
canceled,  and one or more new  registered  Debentures,  in the  same  aggregate
principal  amount,  of the same maturity and with the same terms, will be issued
to the transferee in exchange therefor. (Art. 2, Sec. 2.07(a)).

Duties of the Trustee

         The  Indenture  provides  that in case an Event of Default (as defined)
shall occur and continue, the Trustee will be required to use the same degree of
care and skill as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the  conduct of his own  affairs  in the  exercise  of its  power.  While the
Trustee  may pursue any  available  remedies  to enforce  any  provision  of the
Indenture or the  Debentures,  the holders of a majority in principal  amount of
all outstanding  Debentures may direct the time, method, and place of conducting
any proceeding for exercising any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising
any trust or power  conferred on the Trustee.  Subject to such  provisions,  the
Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of its rights or powers
under the Indenture at the request of any of the Debenture holders,  unless they
shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it.

Authentication and Delivery of Debentures

         The Registrar shall  authenticate  Debentures for original issue in the
aggregate  principal  amount of up to $5,000,000 upon receipt of a written order
of the Company,  specifying the amount of Debentures to be authenticated and the
date of authentication, which is signed by two officers of the Company. (Art. 2,
Sec. 2.02).  Certificates  representing  the Debentures will be delivered to the
purchasers of the Debentures promptly after Closing.

Redemption

         The Company may, at its option, at any time call all or any part of the
Debentures  for  payment,  and redeem the same at any time prior to the maturity
thereof.  The redemption  price for Debentures will be (i) face amount plus a 2%
premium if the date of  redemption  is prior to July 1, 1999,  (ii) face  amount
plus a 1%  premium  if the date of  redemption  is on or after  July 1, 1999 and
prior to July 1, 2000 , and (iii) face amount if the date of redemption is on or
after July 1,  2000.  In all  cases,  the  Debenture  Holder  will also  receive
interest accrued to the date of redemption. Notice of redemption must be sent by
first class mail,  postage prepaid,  to the registered holders of the Debentures
not less than 30 days nor more than 90 days prior to the date the  redemption is
to be made. In the event of a call for  redemption,  no further  interest  shall
accrue after the redemption date on any


                                       51

<PAGE>



Debentures called for redemption. (Art. 3, Section 3.03, Paragraph 5). Since the
payment of principal of, interest on, or any other amounts due on the Debentures
is  subordinate  in right of payment to the prior  payment in full of all Senior
Indebtedness upon the dissolution,  winding up, liquidation or reorganization of
the  Company,  no  redemption  will be permitted  upon the  happening of such an
event.

Limitation On Dividends and Other Payments

         The Indenture will provide that the Company will not declare or pay any
dividend or make any distribution on its Capital Stock (i.e. any and all shares,
interests,  participations,  rights or other equivalents of the Company's stock)
or to its shareholders (other than dividends or distributions payable in Capital
Stock), or purchase,  redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or permit
any Subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire for value,  Capital Stock of the
Company,  if at the time of such  payment,  or after giving effect  thereto,  an
Event of Default, as hereinafter defined,  shall have occurred and be continuing
or a  default  shall  occur as a result  thereof;  provided,  however,  that the
foregoing limitation shall not prevent (A) the payment of any dividend within 60
days after the date of declaration  thereof, if at said date of declaration such
payment complied with the provisions of such limitation,  or (B) the acquisition
or retirement  of any shares of the Company's  Capital Stock by exchange for, or
out of the  proceeds  of the sale of shares  of, its  Capital  Stock.  (Art.  4,
Section 4.04).

Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity

         If the  Company at any time  deposits  with the  Trustee  money or U.S.
Government   Obligations  sufficient  to  pay  principal  and  interest  on  the
Debentures prior to their redemption or maturity, the Company will be discharged
from the Indenture, provided certain other conditions specified in the Indenture
are satisfied.  In the event of such deposit,  which is  irrevocable,  Debenture
Holders must look only to the deposited  money and securities for payment.  U.S.
Government Obligations are securities backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States. (Art. 8, Section 8.01(2)).

Access of Information to Security Holders

         Debenture Holders may obtain from the Trustee information  necessary to
communicate  with other  Debenture  Holders.  Upon  written  application  to the
Trustee  by any three or more  Debenture  Holders  stating  that such  Debenture
Holders desire to communicate with other Debenture Holders with respect to their
rights  under the  Indenture or under the  Debentures,  and upon  providing  the
Trustee  with  the form of proxy or  other  communication  which  the  Debenture
Holders propose to transmit,  and upon receipt by the Trustee from the Debenture
Holders  of  reasonable  proof  that  each  such  Debenture  Holder  has owned a
Debenture  for a  period  of at  least  six  months  preceding  the date of such
application,  the Trustee shall,  within five business days after the receipt of
such information,  either (a) provide the applicant  Debenture Holders access to
all  information  in the  Trustee's  possession  with  respect  to the names and
addresses  of the  Debenture  Holders;  or (b) provide the  applicant  Debenture
Holders  with  information  as to  the  number  of  Debenture  Holders  and  the
approximate cost of mailing to such Debenture Holders the form of proxy or other
communication,   if  any,   specified  in  the  applicant   Debenture   Holders'
application,  and upon written request from such applicant Debenture Holders and
receipt of the material to be mailed and of payment,  the Trustee  shall mail to
all the Debenture Holders copies of the from of proxy or other  communication so
specified in the request. (Art. 2, Section 2.08).

Compliance with Conditions and Covenants

Upon any  request  by the  Company to the  Trustee to take any action  under the
Indenture,  the Company is  required to furnish to the Trustee (i) an  officers'
certificate  of the Company  stating that all  conditions  and  covenants in the
Indenture  relating to the proposed  action have been  complied with and (ii) an
opinion of counsel  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of such  counsel,  all such
conditions and covenants have been complied with. (Art. 11, Sec. 11.03).

                                       52

<PAGE>



Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

         Subject to certain  exceptions,  the Indenture or the Debentures may be
amended or supplemented, and compliance by the Company with any provision of the
Indenture or the Debentures may be waived,  with the consent of the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Without notice to or
consent of any holders of  Debentures,  the Company may amend or supplement  the
Indenture  or  the  Debentures  to  cure  any  ambiguity,  omission,  defect  or
inconsistency,  or to make any change that does not adversely  affect the rights
of any  holders of  Debentures.  However,  without the consent of each holder of
Debentures  affected,  an  amendment,  supplement  or waiver  may not reduce the
amount of Debentures  whose holders must consent to an amendment,  supplement or
waiver,  reduce  the rate or extend  the time for  payment  of  interest  on any
Debentures  (except that the payment of interest on Debentures  may be postponed
for a period not  exceeding  three  years from its due date with the  consent of
holders  of not less  than 75% in  principal  amount of  Debentures  at the time
outstanding,  which  consent  shall be  binding  upon all  holders),  reduce the
principal of or extend the fixed maturity of any Debentures, make any Debentures
payable in money other than that stated in the Indenture, make any change in the
subordination  provisions of the Indenture that adversely  affects the rights of
any holder of  Debentures  or waive a default in the payment of  principal of or
interest on, or other redemption payment on any Debentures. (Art. 9, Sec. 9.02).

Defaults and Remedies

         Each of the following is an "Event of Default" under the Indenture: (a)
failure by the Company to pay any  principal  on the  Debentures  when due;  (b)
failure by the Company to pay any interest  installment on the Debentures within
thirty days after the due date;  (c)  failure to perform  any other  covenant or
agreement of the Company made in the Indenture or the Debentures,  continued for
sixty days after receipt of notice thereof from the Trustee or the holders of at
least 25% in  principal  amount of the  Debentures;  and (d)  certain  events of
bankruptcy,  insolvency or  reorganization.  (Art. 6, Sec. 6.01). If an Event of
Default  (other  than  those  described  in  clause  (d)  above)  occurs  and is
continuing,  the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in  principal  amount of
the  Debentures,  by notice to the  Company,  may declare the  principal  of and
accrued interest on all of the Debentures to be due and payable immediately.  If
an Event of Default of the type described in clause (d) above occurs, all unpaid
principal and accrued interest on the Debentures shall automatically  become due
and payable  without any  declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
any holder.  (Art.  6, Sec.  6.02).  Holders of  Debentures  may not enforce the
Indenture or the Debentures except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may
refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Debentures  unless it receives  indemnity
and security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations,  the holders of
a majority in principal  amount of the  Debentures may direct the Trustee in its
exercise  of any trust or power  conferred  on the  Trustee,  and may rescind an
acceleration  of the  Debentures.  The  Trustee  may  withhold  from  holders of
Debentures  notice of any  continuing  default  (except a default  in payment of
principal or  interest) if it  determines  that  withholding  notice is in their
interest. (Art. 6, Secs. 6.05 and 6.06).

         The Indenture  requires the Company to furnish to the Trustee an annual
statement,  signed by specified officers of the Company,  stating whether or not
such officers have  knowledge of any Default  under the  Indenture,  and, if so,
specifying each such Default and the nature thereof. (Art. 4, Sec. 4.03).


Federal Income Tax Consequences

         Holders of the  Debentures  will be required to include in their income
for federal income tax purposes all of the accrued but unpaid  interest for each
taxable year, since such amounts  constitute  interest income within the meaning
of the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to
date (the "Code").  As a result,  such debenture holders will be required to pay
taxes on interest  which has accrued,  although  such  interest will not be paid
until maturity of the Debenture.

                                       53

<PAGE>



         Interest payments received by holders of Debentures who have elected to
received quarterly payments of interest will be includable in the income of such
holders  for  federal  income tax  purposes  for the  taxable  year in which the
interest was  received,  except with respect to the payment of accrued  interest
that has been included in their income in prior years.

         Holders who hold the Debentures for  investment  purposes  should treat
all  reportable  interest  (whether  actually  received or accrued as  portfolio
income under applicable code provisions.

         The Company's deposit of funds with the Trustee to effect the discharge
of the Company's  obligations  under the Debentures  and the Indenture  prior to
redemption or maturity of the  Debentures,  will have no effect on the amount of
income  realized or recognized  (gain or loss) by the  Debenture  Holders or the
timing of recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General
- -------

         The  Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation  provide for two classes of
common capital stock consisting of 7,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par
value $1.00 per share,  and 700,000  shares of Class B Common  Stock,  par value
$1.00 per share. In addition,  the Company's Articles provide for 300,000 shares
of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share ("Preferred Stock"). The Company's
Articles of Incorporation authorize the Board of Directors,  without shareholder
approval,  to fix  the  preferences,  limitations  and  relative  rights  of the
Preferred  Stock, to establish one or more series or classes of Preferred Stock,
and to determine the variations  between each such series or class. No shares of
Preferred Stock are issued or outstanding.

         As of the date of this  Prospectus,  there were issued and  outstanding
__________  shares  of Class A Common  Stock,  900,000  of which are held by the
initial  stockholders  of the Company and 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
held by the same initial stockholders.

Common Stock
- ------------

         Both  classes  of  common  stock  have  equal  voting  rights as to all
matters,  except that, so long as at least 50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
remain issued and outstanding,  the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B
Common  Stock  are  entitled  to vote  for the  election  of  two-thirds  of the
directors  (rounded  up to the  nearest  whole  number)  and the  holders of the
outstanding  shares  of  Class A  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to vote  for the
remaining  directors of the Company.  Under Delaware law, the holders of Class A
and Class B Common  Stock would be entitled  to vote as  separate  classes  upon
certain  matters which would  adversely  affect or  subordinate  the rights of a
class.

         Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares
of Preferred Stock (none of which are presently outstanding), holders of Class A
Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in dividends  when and as declared by
the Company's Board of Directors out of funds legally  available  therefor.  See
"Dividends."

         No dividends  may be declared or paid with respect to shares of Class B
Common  Stock  until  January 1, 2000,  after  which time the holders of Class A
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will share  ratably in dividends  when and
as declared by the Board of Directors.

         The  shares  of Class B Common  Stock are  convertible,  on a share for
share basis,  into Class A Common Stock, at any time and from time to time after


                                       54

<PAGE>



January 1,  2000.  Neither  Class A nor Class B Common  Stock  holders  have any
preemptive  rights as to  additional  issues of common stock.  Shareholders  are
subject to no assessments and, upon liquidation, both Class A and Class B common
shareholders would be entitled to participate equally per share in the assets of
the Company available to common shareholders.

Class A Warrants
- ----------------

         As of the date of this prospectus,  there are also outstanding warrants
related to 2,494,348  shares of the  Company's  Class A Common  Stock.  Warrants
related to  1,528,665  shares of Class A Common  Stock  entitle  the  registered
holders  thereof  to  purchase  one share of Class A Common  Stock at a price of
$6.67 per share and the  remaining  warrants (the "1997  Warrants")  entitle the
holder to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share
through  December  31,  1999;  $11.50  per share from  January  1, 2000  through
December  31, 2000;  $12.50 per share from January 1, 2001 through  December 31,
2001;  and $13.50 per share from January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2002.  Warrants
related to 1,027,200  shares of Class A Common Stock expire on December 31, 2001
and another warrant related to 501,465 shares of Class A Common Stock expires on
January 31, 2006.  Except for the exercise price,  the expiration  dates and the
redemption  provisions  applicable to the 1997 warrants,  all of the outstanding
warrants  related to Class A Shares are alike in all respects and the  following
discussion applies to all of the warrants for Class A Common Stock. In addition,
there has been  proposed by the Board of  Directors,  subject to approval by the
shareholders of the Company,  the issuance of warrants  related to up to 120,000
shares  of Class A Common  Stock  to  directors  of the  Company  and  officers,
directors and employees of Intervest  Bank.  Such warrants  would be the same as
the 1997 Warrants.

         The exercise  price is subject to  adjustment  in  accordance  with the
anti-dilution and other provisions  referred to below. The holder of any Warrant
may exercise such Warrant or any portion thereof by surrendering the certificate
representing the Warrant to the Company's  transfer and warrant agent,  with the
subscription  on the reverse side of such  certificate  properly  completed  and
executed,  together  with  payment of the  exercise  price.  The  Warrant may be
exercised at any time until expiration of the Warrant. No fractional shares will
be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants. Warrants may not be exercised as to
fewer than 100 shares  unless  exercised as to all  Warrants  held by the holder
thereof. The exercise prices of the Warrants have been arbitrarily determined by
the Company and are not  necessarily  related to the Company's  book value,  net
worth or other  established  criteria of value.  The exercise price should in no
event be regarded as an indication of any future market price of the  securities
offered hereby.

         The Warrants are not exercisable  unless, at the time of exercise,  the
Company has a current  prospectus  covering the shares of common stock  issuable
upon exercise of such Warrants and such shares have been  registered,  qualified
or deemed to be exempt under the securities law of the state of residence of the
holders of such Warrants. Although the Company will use its best efforts to have
all such shares so registered or qualified on or before the exercise date and to
maintain a current  prospectus  relating  thereto  until the  expiration of such
Warrants, there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

         The  exercise  price and the  number of shares of Class A Common  Stock
purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the
occurrence  of  certain  events,   including  stock  dividends,   stock  splits,
combinations or  reclassifications on or of the Class A Common Stock or sales by
the  Company  of shares of its  Class A Common  Stock at a price  below the then
applicable exercise price of the Warrants.  Additionally,  an adjustment will be
made in the case of a  reclassification  or  exchange  of Class A Common  Stock,
consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another  corporation or sale
of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the  Company  in order to enable
warrant  holders  to  acquire  the kind and  number  of shares of stock or other
securities  or  property  receivable  in such event by a holder of the number of
shares of Class A Common Stock that might otherwise have been purchased upon the
exercise of the Warrant.  In most cases,  no  adjustment  will be made until the
number  of shares  issued  by the  Company  exceeds  5% of the  number of shares

                                       55

<PAGE>



outstanding  after the offering and thereafter no adjustments will be made until
the cumulative  adjustments and exercise price per share amount to $.05 or more.
No adjustment to the exercise  price of the shares  subject to the Warrants will
be made for dividends (other than stock  dividends),  if any paid on the Class A
Common Stock or for securities  issued  pursuant to a company stock option plan,
if any, or other employee benefit plans of the Company.

         The Warrants are fully  registered and may be presented to the transfer
and warrant agent for transfer,  exchange or exercise at any time at or prior to
the close of business on the expiration date for such Warrant, at which time the
Warrant  becomes  wholly  void and of no  value.  If a market  for the  Warrants
develops, the holder may sell the Warrants instead of exercising them. There can
be no  assurance,  however,  that a market  for the  Warrants  will  develop  or
continue.

         The  Warrants do not confer upon holders any voting or any other rights
as a shareholder of the Company.

Class B Warrant
- ---------------

         There is an  outstanding  warrant to purchase  up to 150,000  shares of
Class B Common Stock, at any time prior to January 31, 2007, at a purchase price
of $6.67 per share. The warrant  contains terms and conditions  substantially in
conformity  with the  Warrants  related  to shares of Class A Common  Stock.  In
addition,  the Warrant  provides  for an  adjustment  in the number of shares of
Class B Common  Stock  purchasable  upon the  exercise  of the  Warrant  and the
exercise price per share in accordance with  anti-dilution  and other provisions
which are in substantial conformity with those described above, but which relate
to share  issuances  and  recapitalizations  for both Class A and Class B Common
Stock.  There has alos been  proposed  to be issued,  subject to approval of the
shareholders,  a warrant  related to up to 50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
at an exercise price of $10.00 per share to the Company's Chairman.

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent
- --------------------------------

         The registrar  and transfer  agent for the Common Stock and the Warrant
Agent for the Warrants is The Bank of New York.

Preferred Stock
- ---------------

         The  Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation   authorize  the  Board  of
Directors,  without further shareholder  approval,  to issue shares of Preferred
Stock in one or more  series with  powers,  preferences,  rights,  restrictions,
limitations, and other qualifications that could adversely affect the voting and
other rights of the holders of Common Stock.

         The Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 300,000  shares
of the Preferred  Stock of the Company in any number of series (to designate the
rights and  preferences  of such  series)  which  could  operate to render  more
difficult the  accomplishment  of mergers or other  business  combinations.  The
Board of Directors of the Company has no present  intent to issue any  Preferred
Stock at this time. Under certain circumstances and when, in the judgment of the
Board of Directors,  the action will be in the best interest of the stockholders
and the Company,  such shares could be used to create voting  impediments  or to
frustrate  persons seeking to gain control of the Company.  Such shares could be
privately placed with purchasers  friendly to the Board of Directors in opposing
a hostile  takeover  bid. In addition,  the Board of Directors  could  authorize
holders of a series of Preferred  Stock to vote either  separately as a class or
with the holders of the Company's  Common Stock on any merger,  sale or exchange
of assets by the Company or any other extraordinary  corporate transaction.  The
existence  of  the  additional  authorized  shares  could  have  the  effect  of
discouraging unsolicited takeover attempts or delaying,  deferring or preventing
a change  in  control  of the  Company.  Such an  occurrence,  in the event of a
hostile  takeover  attempt,  may have an adverse impact on stockholders  who may
wish to participate  in such offer.  The issuance of new shares could be used to
dilute the stock  ownership of a person or entity  seeking to obtain  control of
the Company should the Board of Directors  consider the action of such entity or
person not to be in the best interest of the stockholders  and the Company.  The

                                       56

<PAGE>



Board of Directors  is not aware of any present  attempt or effort by any person
to accumulate the Company's securities or obtain control of the Company.

Restrictions on Changes in Control
- ----------------------------------

         Under the Federal  Change in Bank Control Act (the  "Control  Act"),  a
notice must be submitted  to the FRB if any person,  or group acting in concert,
seeks to acquire 10% or more of any class of  outstanding  voting  securities of
the Company, unless the FRB determines that the acquisition will not result in a
change of control of the Company. Both the Class A Common Stock and the Warrants
are deemed to be voting  securities for these  purposes.  Under the Control Act,
the  FRB  has  60  days  within  which  to  act  on  such  notice,  taking  into
consideration certain factors,  including the financial and managerial resources
of the acquiror,  the convenience and needs of the community  served by the bank
holding  company and its  subsidiary  banks,  and the  antitrust  effects of the
acquisition.  Under the BHCA a company is  generally  required  to obtain  prior
approval  of the FRB before it may obtain  control  of a bank  holding  company.
Control is generally  described to mean the beneficial  ownership of 25% or more
of all outstanding voting securities of a company.

                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

         Bank holding  companies and Banks are extensively  regulated under both
federal  and state  law.  These laws and  regulations  are  intended  to protect
depositors,  not  stockholders.  To the extent  that the  following  information
describes statutory and regulatory provisions it is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the particular statutory and regulatory  provisions.  Any change in
the applicable law or regulation may have a material  effect on the business and
prospects of the Company and the Bank. See "Investment  Considerations  and Risk
Factors-Supervision and Regulation."

Bank Holding Company Regulation
- -------------------------------

         As a bank holding company registered hereunder the BHCA, the Company is
subject to the regulation and  supervision of the Federal Reserve Board ("FRB").
The  Company  is  required  to  file  with  the FRB  annual  reports  and  other
information  regarding its business  operations  and those of its  subsidiaries.
Under the BHCA,  the  Company's  activities  and those of its  subsidiaries  are
limited to banking,  managing or controlling  banks,  furnishing  services to or
performing services for its subsidiaries or engaging in any other activity which
the  FRB  determines  to be  so  closely  related  to  banking  or  managing  or
controlling banks as to be properly incident thereto.

         As a bank holding company,  the Company is required to obtain the prior
approval of the FRB before acquiring direct or indirect  ownership or control of
more than 5% of the voting  shares of a bank or bank  holding  company.  The FRB
will not  approve any  acquisition,  merger or  consolidation  that would have a
substantial  anti-competitive result, unless the anti-competitive effects of the
proposed  transaction are outweighed by a greater public interest in meeting the
needs and convenience of the public. The FRB also considers managerial,  capital
and other financial factors in acting on acquisition or merger applications.

         A bank holding company may not engage in, or acquire direct or indirect
control  of more than 5% of the  voting  shares of any  company  engaged  in any
non-banking activity,  unless such activity has been determined by the FRB to be
closely  related  to  banking  or  managing  banks.  The FRB has  identified  by
regulation  various  non-banking  activities in which a bank holding company may
engage with notice to, or prior approval by, the FRB.

         It is the policy of the FRB that bank holding companies should pay cash
dividends  on common stock only out of income  available  over the past year and
only if  prospective  earnings  retention is consistent  with the  organizations

                                       57

<PAGE>



expected  future needs and financial  condition.  The policy  provides that bank
holding  companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines
the bank  holding  company's  ability  to serve as a source of  strength  to its
banking subsidiaries.  In the future, dividends from Intervest Bank are expected
to be a significant  source of funds for the Company.  In addition,  the federal
regulatory  agencies are  authorized to prohibit a banking  institution  or bank
holding  company  from  engaging  in an  unsafe  or  unsound  banking  practice.
Depending  upon the  circumstances,  the agencies  could take the position  that
paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.  Under
FRB policy,  a bank holding  company is expected to act as a source of financial
strength to its banking  subsidiaries  and to commit resources to their support.
Such  support may be required at times when,  absent this FRB policy,  a holding
company may not be inclined to provide it. As  discussed  below,  a bank holding
company in certain circumstances could be required to guarantee the capital plan
of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.

         In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of
the U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code,  the trustee  will be deemed to have  assumed and is
required to cure  immediately  any deficit  under any  commitment  by the debtor
holding company to any of the federal  banking  agencies to maintain the capital
of an  insured  depository  institution,  and  any  claim  for  breach  of  such
obligation will generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.

         Because the Company is a legal entity  separate  and distinct  from its
subsidiary,  its  right to  participate  in the  distribution  of  assets of any
subsidiary upon the subsidiary's  liquidation or reorganization  will be subject
to the prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors. In the event of a liquidation
or other  dissolution  of Intervest  Bank,  the claims of  depositors  and other
general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the
claims of holders of any  obligation  of the  institution  to its  stockholders,
including any depository  institution  holding  company (such as the Company) or
any stockholder or creditor thereof.

         The FRB monitors the capital adequacy of bank holding companies and has
adopted  risk-based  capital  adequacy   guidelines  to  evaluate  bank  holding
companies on a consolidated basis. The guidelines require a ratio of "Tier I" or
Core Capital (generally,  common stockholders equity,  perpetual preferred stock
and  minority  interests in  consolidated  subsidiaries,  less good will,  other
disallowed intangibles and disallowed deferred tax assets, among other items) to
total  risk-weighted  assets  of at least 4% and a ratio  of  total  capital  to
risk-weighted  assets of at least 8%. At December 31, 1997,  the Bank's ratio of
total  capital to  risk-weighted  assets was  10.53% and its  risk-based  Tier I
capital ratio was 10.20 percent.

         The FRB also uses a leverage ratio to evaluate the capital  adequacy of
bank holding companies.  The leverage ratio applicable to the Company requires a
ratio of Tier I capital to adjusted  total assets of not less than 3%,  although
most  organizations  are expected to maintain  leverage  ratios that are 100-200
basis points above this minimum ratio. The Bank's leverage ratio at December 31,
1997 was 6.85%.

         The Company expects that a portion of the net proceeds of this offering
will qualify as "Tier 2" capital  under the FRB's  risk-based  capital  adequacy
guidelines.  Tier 2 capital is generally defined to include  allowances for loan
and lease losses,  perpetual preferred stock (to the extent not included in Tier
I capital),  certain  hybrid  capital  instruments,  perpetual  debt,  mandatory
convertible  debt  securities,  terms  subordinated  debt and  intermediate-term
preferred stock. Total capital is the sum of Tier I capital and Tier 2 capital.

         The  federal  banking  agencies'  risk-based  and  leverage  ratios are
minimum  supervisory ratios generally  applicable to banking  organizations that
meet certain specified criteria,  assuming that they have the highest regulatory
rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate
with capital  positions well above the minimum  ratios.  The FRB guidelines also
provide  that  banking  organizations  experiencing  internal  growth  or making
acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially
above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible
assets.  In addition,  the regulations of the FRB provide that  concentration of

                                       58

<PAGE>



credit risk and certain risk arising from nontraditional  activities, as well as
an  institution's  ability to manage these risks,  are  important  factors to be
taken into account by regulatory agencies in assessing an organization's overall
capital adequacy.

         The  FRB  and the  other  federal  banking  agencies  recently  adopted
amendments  to  their  risk-based   capital   regulations  to  provide  for  the
consideration  of interest rate risk in the agency's  determination of a banking
institutions  capital  adequacy.  The amendments  require such  institutions  to
effectively measure and monitor their interest rate risk and to maintain capital
adequate for that risk.

         Bank Regulation
         ---------------

         The  Bank  is a  state-chartered  banking  corporation  subject  to the
supervision of, and regular  examination by the FRB and the State of Florida, as
well as to the supervision of the FDIC.

         The  operations  of the Bank are subject to state and federal  statutes
applicable to banks which are members of the Federal  Reserve  System and to the
regulations of the FRB, the FDIC and the State of Florida.  The FDIC insures the
deposits of the Bank to the current  maximum  allowed by law.  Such statutes and
regulations  relate to required reserves against deposits,  investments,  loans,
mergers  and  consolidations,  issuance  of  securities,  payment of  dividends,
establishment of branches,  and other aspects of the Bank's operations.  Various
consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of the Bank,  including
state  usury  laws,  laws  relating to  fiduciaries,  consumer  credit and equal
credit,  and fair credit reporting.  Under the provisions of the Federal Reserve
Act, the Bank is subject to certain  restrictions on any extensions of credit to
the Company or, with certain exceptions, other affiliates, on investments in the
stock or other  securities of national banks, and on the taking of such stock or
securities as  collateral.  These  regulations  and  restrictions  may limit the
Company's  ability to obtain  funds from the Bank for its cash needs,  including
funds for  acquisitions,  and the payment of  dividends,  interest and operating
expenses.  Further,  the Bank is  prohibited  from  engaging  in  certain  tying
arrangements  in  connection  with any  extension  of  credit,  lease or sale of
property or  furnishing  of services.  For example,  the Bank may not  generally
require a customer to obtain other  services  from the Bank or the Company,  and
may not require the  customer to promise  not to obtain  other  services  from a
competitor as a condition to an extension of credit. The Bank also is subject to
certain  restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit
to executive officers, directors, principal stockholders or any related interest
of such persons. Extensions of credit (i) must be made on substantially the same
terms  (including  interest  rates and  collateral)  as,  and  following  credit
underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing at the
time for, comparable transactions with persons not covered above and who are not
employees  and (ii) must not involve  more than the normal risk of  repayment or
present other unfavorable  features.  In addition,  extensions of credit to such
persons  beyond limits set by FRB  regulations  must be approved by the Board of
Directors.  The Bank also is subject to certain lending limits and  restrictions
on overdrafts to such persons.  A violation of these  restrictions may result in
the  assessment  of  substantial  civil  monetary  penalties  on the Bank or any
officer, director,  employee, agent or other person participating in the conduct
of the affairs of the Bank or the imposition of a cease and desist order.


         Applicable law provides the federal banking  agencies with broad powers
to take  prompt  corrective  action to resolve  problems  of insured  depository
institutions. The extent of those powers depends upon whether the institution in
question is "well capitalized,"  "adequately  capitalized,"  "undercapitalized,"
"significantly  undercapitalized," or "critically undercapitalized." The federal
banking agencies have issued uniform  regulations  defining such capital levels.
Under the regulations,  a bank is considered "well  capitalized" if it has (i) a
total  risk-based  capital  ratio of 10% or  greater,  (ii) a Tier I  risk-based
capital ratio of 6% or greater, (iii) a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and (iv)
is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific
capital  level for any capital  measure.  An  "adequately  capitalized"  bank is
defined as one that has (i) a total  risk-based  capital ratio of 8% or greater,
(ii) a Tier I risk-based  capital  ratio of 4% or greater,  and (iii) a leverage
ratio of 4% or greater  (or 3% or greater in the case of a bank with a composite
CAMELS rating of 1). A bank is considered (A) "undercapitalized" if it has (i) a
total  risk-based  capital  ratio  of less  than  8%,  (ii) a Tier I  risk-based
capitalized ratio of less than 4%, or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 4% (or
3%  in  the  case  of  a  bank  with  a  composite  CAMELS  rating  of  1);  (B)
"significantly  undercapitalized" if the bank has (i) a total risk-based capital
ratio of less than 6%, (ii) a Tier I risk-based  Capital  ratio of less than 3%,

                                       59

<PAGE>



or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 3%, and (C) "critically undercapitalized"
if the bank has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than
2%.

         As of  December  31,  1997,  the  Bank  met the  definition  of a "Well
Capitalized" institution.

         The FDIC has issued rules  regulating  brokered  deposits.  Under these
rules,   "well   capitalized"   banks  may  accept  brokered   deposits  without
restriction,  "adequately capitalized" banks may accept brokered deposits with a
waiver  from the FDIC  (subject to certain  restrictions  on payments of rates),
while "undercapitalized" banks may not accept brokered deposits.

         The deposits of Intervest Bank are insured by the FDIC through the Bank
Insurance  Fund (the  "BIF") to the  extent  provided  by law.  Under the FDIC's
risk-based  insurance system,  BIF-insured  institutions are currently  assessed
premiums of between $.0 and $.27 per $100 of eligible  deposits,  depending upon
the  institutions  capital  position  and other  supervisory  factors.  Congress
recently enacted legislation that, among other things,  provides for assessments
against  BIF-insured  institutions  that will be used to pay  certain  financing
corporation ("FICO") obligations.  In addition to any BIF insurance assessments,
BIF-insured  banks are expected to make payments for the FICO obligations  equal
to an  estimated  $0.0129  per $100 of eligible  deposits  each year during 1997
through 1999 and an estimated $0.024 per $100 of eligible deposits thereafter.

         Intervest  Bank is  subject  to  Sections  23A  and 23B of the  Federal
Reserve Act, which governs certain  transactions,  such as loans,  extensions of
credit,  investments  and  purchases  of assets  between  member banks and their
affiliates,  including their parent holding companies.  These restrictions limit
the transfer of funds to the Company,  as defined in the statute, in the form of
loans, extensions of credit, investment or purchases of assets ("Transfer"), and
they require that Intervest Bank's  transactions with the Company be on terms no
less favorable to Intervest Bank than comparable  transactions between Intervest
Bank and unrelated third parties. Transfers by Intervest Bank to the Company are
limited in amount to 10% of Intervest Bank's capital and surplus,  and transfers
to all  affiliates  are  limited in the  aggregate  to 20% of  Intervest  Bank's
capital and surplus.  Furthermore,  such loans and extensions of credit are also
subject to various collateral requirements.

         Under the Financial  Institutions Reform,  Recovery and Enforcement Act
of 1989  ("FIRREA"),  a depository  institution  insured by the FDIC can be held
liable for any loss incurred by, or  reasonably  expected to be incurred by, the
FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly  controlled  FDIC- insured
depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly
controlled  FDIC-insured  institution endanger of default.  "Default" is defined
generally  as the  appointment  of a  conservator  or receiver and "in danger of
Default" is defined generally as the existence of certain conditions  indicating
that a  "default"  is likely to occur in the absence of  regulatory  assistance.
This provision would become  applicable to the Company and Intervest Bank in the
event  that  the  Company   acquired  or  organized  an  additional   depository
institution subsidiary.

         The  Federal  Community  Reinvestment  Act of 1977  ("CRA")  has become
increasingly  important to financial  institutions.  Among other things, the CRA
allows regulators to withhold approval of an acquisition or the establishment of
a branch  unless  the  applicant  has  performed  satisfactorily  under the CRA.
Satisfactory  performance  means  adequately  meeting  the  credit  needs of the
communities the institution serves, including low and moderate income areas. The
applicable  federal  regulators now regularly conduct CRA examinations to assess
the  performance  of  financial   institutions.   Intervest  Bank  has  received
"satisfactory" ratings in its most recent CRA examination.

         The  federal  regulators  have  adopted   regulations  and  examination
procedures  promoting  the safety and soundness of  individual  institutions  by
specifically addressing, among other things: (i) internal controls,  information
systems and  internal  audit  systems;  (ii) loan  documentation;  (iii)  credit
underwriting;  (iv) interest  rate  exposure;  (v) asset  growth;  (vi) ratio of
classified assets to capital;  (vii) minimum earnings;  and (viii)  compensation
and benefits standards for management officials.

         The laws and regulations affecting banks and bank holding companies are
continually being reviewed and revised.  The rules of the regulatory agencies in

                                       60

<PAGE>



this area have  changed  significantly  over recent years and there is reason to
expect that  similar  changes  will  continue in the future.  It is difficult to
predict the outcome of these changes.

         The FRB and the other federal banking  agencies have broad  enforcement
powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, and poss substantial
fines and other  civil and  criminal  penalties  and appoint a  conservative  or
receiver.  Failure to comply with applicable  laws,  regulations and supervisory
agreements  could  subject  the Company or its  banking  subsidiary,  as well as
officers,   directors   and  other   institution-affiliated   parties  of  these
organizations,  to  administrative  sanctions  and  potentially  civil  monetary
penalties.   In  addition,   the  Florida  Banking  Department  possess  certain
enumerated  enforcement  powers to address violations of the Florida Banking Law
by state-chartered banks and to preserve safety and soundness, including, in the
most severe cases, the authority to take possession of a state bank.

Monetary Policy and Economic Control
- ------------------------------------

         The commercial  banking  business in which the Bank engages is affected
not only by general economic  conditions,  but also by the monetary  policies of
the FRB. Changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing,  availability of
borrowing at the "discount  window," open market  operations,  the imposition of
changes in reserve  requirements  against  member banks'  deposits and assets of
foreign  branches  and the  imposition  of and  changes in reserve  requirements
against  certain  borrowings  by  banks  and  their  affiliates  are some of the
instruments of monetary policy available to the FRB. These monetary policies are
used in varying  combinations to influence  overall growth and  distributions of
bank loans,  investments  and deposits,  and this use may affect  interest rates
charged on loans or paid on deposits.  The monetary policies of the FRB have had
a  significant  effect on the  operating  results  of  commercial  banks and are
expected to do so in the future.  The  monetary  policies of these  agencies are
influenced by various factors, including inflation, unemployment, short-term and
long-term changes in the international  trade balance and in the fiscal policies
of the United States Government. Future monetary policies and the effect of such
policies on the future  business and earnings of the Company and the Bank cannot
be predicted.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The Company has entered into an Underwriting Agreement with Sage, Rutty
& Co., Inc., a New York corporation (the  "Underwriter").  Mr. William F. Holly,
who is a  director  of the  Company,  is the  Chairman  of the  Board  and Chief
Executive  Officer of the Underwriter.  Pursuant to the Underwriting  Agreement,
the  Underwriter  will offer the Debentures for sale on a minimum ($5.0 million)
and maximum ($6.0 million) "best efforts"  basis.  Accordingly,  the Underwriter
will not have any obligation to purchase any Debentures  from the Company in the
event  it is  unable  to  effect  the  sale of  part  or all of the  Debentures.
Moreover,  no Debentures may be sold unless the Company has received  orders for
at least $5.0 million of Debentures.  If, within 75 days after the  Registration
Statement is declared  effective by the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the
"Offering Termination Date"), at least $5.0 million of Debentures have been sold
and subscriptions accepted by the Company, the Company may close the offer as to
those  Debentures  (the "First  Closing"),  and the  underwriter may continue to
offer the balance of the Debentures and  subscriptions may be accepted until 150
days after the minimum has been sold. The Underwriter may enter into one or more
selected dealer agreements with other  broker/dealer  firms which are members of
the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD"),  pursuant to
which such other broker/dealers may offer part of the Debentures for sale.

         The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the   Underwriter   and  such
broker/dealers  participating in the Offering against certain civil liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         The Company will pay to the Underwriter a commission equal to 7% of the
purchase price of Debentures  which are sold by the Underwriter or participating
broker/dealers. In addition, the Company will pay the Underwriter a fee equal to
1% of the aggregate purchase price of Debentures sold in the Offering,  and will
pay  the  fee  of  Underwriter's  counsel.   Pursuant  to  the  selected  dealer
agreements,  the  Underwriter  will reallow to each of the other  broker/dealers
referred to above a commission  equal to 7% of the price of each  Debenture sold

                                       61

<PAGE>



by such  broker/dealer.  Except as provided  below,  no additional  discounts or
commissions  are to be  allowed or paid to such  other  broker/dealers.  Certain
officers of the Company and its  subsidiary  may also offer the  Debentures  for
sale  and no  commissions  or  compensation  shall be paid to such  officers  in
connection with Debentures sold by such officers.

         Until the First Closing, subscription payments for Debentures should be
made  payable  to  "M&T  Bank,   as  escrow  agent  for   Intervest   Bancshares
Corporation."  After the First  Closing,  subscription  payments for  Debentures
should be made payable to the Company.  Payments  received by the Underwriter or
participating  broker/dealers  will be promptly  transmitted to M&T Bank,  where
they  will  be  held  for  subscribers  in a  segregated  escrow  account  until
acceptable  subscriptions  for at least  $5.0  million of  Debentures  have been
received.  At the First  Closing,  the funds in the  escrow  account  (including
interest earned thereon, but after deducting commissions due to the Underwriter)
will be delivered to the Company. If, on the Offering Termination Date, at least
$5.0 million of Debentures have not been sold and subscriptions  accepted by the
Company,   subscription  documents  and  funds  will  be  promptly  refunded  to
subscribers and the offering will terminate.  With respect to interest earned on
the escrow  account,  such interest will, in the event of such  termination,  be
distributed to  subscribers in proportion to the amount paid by each  subscriber
without  regard  to the date  when  such  subscription  funds  were  paid by the
subscriber. It shall be a condition to the refund of subscription funds that the
subscriber  furnish an executed  IRS Form W-9, so that any  interest  earned and
distributed to such subscriber may be properly  reported.  Once the escrow agent
has  received  $5.0  million in  subscriptions  for  Debentures  which have been
accepted  by the  Company,  the  Company  may  close  the  offering  as to those
subscribers,  and the  Underwriter  may  continue  to offer the  balance  of the
Debentures and subscriptions may be accepted by the Company until 150 days after
such minimum has been sold.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The validity of the  Debentures  offered hereby will be passed upon for
the Company by Harris Beach & Wilcox LLP,  Rochester,  New York.  Certain  legal
maters  will be  passed  upon for the  Underwriter  by  Harter  Secrest & Emery,
Rochester, New York.


                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated balance sheets of Intervest Bancshares Corporation and
Subsidiary  as of  December  31,  1997  and 1996  and the  related  consolidated
statements of earnings,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the years then
ended included in this Prospectus,  have been included herein in reliance on the
report  of  Hacker,  Johnson,  Cohen & Grieb  PA,  Tampa,  Florida,  independent
accountants,  given on the authority of that firm as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.


                                       62

<PAGE>



                          Index to Financial Statements
                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Intervest Bancshares Corporation and Subsidiary                  Page
- -----------------------------------------------                  ----

Independent  Auditors' Report                                    F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31,
1997 and 1996                                                    F-3

Consolidated  Statements  of  Earnings  for the  Years  Ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996                                       F-4

Consolidated  Statements of Stockholders'  Equity
for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996                   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996                                       F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                       F-7


         All  schedules are omitted  because of the absence of conditions  under
which they are required or because the required  information  is included in the
Financial Statements and related Notes.





























                                       F-1

<PAGE>




                          Independent Auditors' Report



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Intervest Bancshares Corporation
New York, New York:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Intervest
Bancshares  Corporation  and Subsidiary (the "Company") at December 31, 1997 and
1996 and the related consolidated statements of earnings,  stockholders' equity,
and cash flows for the years then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of the Company at
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of its  operations and its cash flows
for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.





HACKER, JOHNSON, COHEN & GRIEB PA
Tampa, Florida
January 23, 1998








<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                   ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 December 31,
                                                                                           -----------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>                   <C>    
   Assets                                                                                  1997               1996
                                                                                           ----               ----

Cash and due from banks..........................................................      $    1,738               2,318
Federal funds sold...............................................................             162               3,452
Short-term investments...........................................................           7,276                 550
                                                                                        ---------            --------

       Total cash and cash equivalents...........................................           9,176               6,320

Interest-bearing deposits with banks.............................................              99                  99
Securities held to maturity......................................................          58,821              34,507
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,173
   in 1997 and $811 in 1996......................................................          75,652              59,499
Accrued interest receivable......................................................           1,327                 842
Premises and equipment, net......................................................           4,877               2,940
Restricted securities, Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost ......................             233                 203
Foreclosed real estate...........................................................           -                     185
Deferred income tax asset........................................................             485                 526
Other assets      ...............................................................              85                  75
                                                                                       ----------           ---------

                                                                                        $ 150,755             105,196
                                                                                          =======             =======

   Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities:
   Demand deposits...............................................................           3,490               2,401
   Savings and NOW deposits......................................................          17,119               9,278
   Money-market deposits.........................................................          17,180               7,507
   Time deposits.................................................................          93,378              74,261
                                                                                         --------             -------

       Total deposits............................................................         131,167              93,447

   Other liabilities.............................................................           1,947               1,676
                                                                                         --------            --------

       Total liabilities.........................................................         133,114              95,123
                                                                                          -------             -------

Minority interest................................................................              21                 326
                                                                                       ----------           ---------

Commitments (Notes 4 and 7)

Stockholders' Equity:
   Preferred stock, 300,000 shares authorized, issued none.......................           -                   -
   Class A common stock - $1 par value, 7,500,000 shares
     authorized; 2,124,415 and 900,000 shares issued
     and outstanding in 1997 and 1996............................................           2,124                 900
   Class B common stock - $1 par value, 700,000 shares
     authorized; 300,000 and 200,000 shares issued
     and outstanding in 1997 and 1996............................................             300                 200
   Additional paid-in capital....................................................          13,360               7,655
   Retained earnings.............................................................           1,836                 992
                                                                                         --------           ---------

       Total stockholders' equity................................................          17,620               9,747
                                                                                          -------            --------

                                                                                        $ 150,755             105,196
                                                                                          =======             =======
</TABLE>

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                       Consolidated Statements of Earnings
                    ($ in thousands except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                          -----------------------
                                                                                         1997                 1996
                                                                                         ----                 ----
<S>                                                                                  <C>                    <C>      
Interest income:
   Loans receivable..............................................................    $      6,415               4,624
   Securities held to maturity...................................................           2,632               1,514
   Other interest earning assets.................................................             300                 243
                                                                                      -----------         -----------

       Total interest income.....................................................           9,347               6,381

Interest expense on deposits.....................................................           5,894               3,745
                                                                                       ----------          ----------

       Net interest income.......................................................           3,453               2,636

Provision for loan losses........................................................             352                 250
                                                                                      -----------         -----------

       Net interest income after
         provision for loan losses...............................................           3,101               2,386
                                                                                       ----------          ----------

Noninterest income:
   Customer service charges......................................................             121                  89
   Other...       ...............................................................              15                  17
                                                                                     ------------         -----------

       Total noninterest income..................................................             136                 106
                                                                                      -----------         -----------

Noninterest expenses:
   Salaries and employee benefits................................................             907                 739
   Occupancy and equipment.......................................................             406                 342
   Advertising and promotion.....................................................              40                   9
   Professional fees.............................................................              48                  57
   State assessment..............................................................              26                  19
   Audit and accounting..........................................................              48                  27
   Data processing...............................................................              21                   9
   Deposit insurance premiums....................................................              12                   2
   General insurance.............................................................              31                  31
   Stationery, printing and supplies.............................................              83                  51
   Other          ...............................................................             282                 246
   Minority interest in subsidiary...............................................               2                  19
                                                                                     ------------        ------------

       Total noninterest expenses................................................           1,906               1,551
                                                                                       ----------          ----------

Earnings before income taxes.....................................................           1,331                 941

       Income taxes..............................................................             487                 383
                                                                                      -----------         -----------

Net earnings      ...............................................................   $         844                 558
                                                                                      ===========         ===========

Basic earnings per share.........................................................  $          .49                 .34
                                                                                     ============        ============

Diluted earnings per share.......................................................  $          .41                 .34
                                                                                     ============        ============

Weighted-average number of shares
   outstanding for basic earnings per share......................................       1,712,292           1,650,000
                                                                                        =========           =========

Weighted-average number of shares
   outstanding for diluted earnings per share....................................       2,072,459           1,650,000
                                                                                        =========           =========


See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
</TABLE>

                                        3

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                                ($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                   Shares of
                                    Class A        Class A      Class B       Additional                    Total
                                     Common        Common       Common        Paid-In      Retained   Stockholders'
                                     Stock         Stock         Stock         Capital      Earnings       Equity
                                     -----         -----         -----         -------      --------       ------

<S>                               <C>              <C>               <C>        <C>          <C>             <C>   
Balance at December 31,
   1995.........................    900,000          $ 900           200         7,655         434            9,189

Net earnings....................       -                -             -            -           558              558
                                ------------       -------          ----        ------       -----           ------

Balance at December 31,
   1996  .......................    900,000            900           200         7,655         992            9,747

Effect of 1.5 for 1 stock
   split .......................    450,000            450           100          (550)        -                -

Proceeds from 747,500 shares
   of stock issued, net of stock
   issuance cost of $755........    747,500            748            -          5,972         -              6,720

Net earnings....................      -                 -             -            -           844              844

Issuance of common stock
   in exchange for common
   stock of minority
   stockholders of
   subsidiary...................     26,915             26            -            283         -                309
                                  ---------         ------          ----       -------     -------          -------

Balance at December 31,
   1997 ........................  2,124,415        $ 2,124           300        13,360       1,836           17,620
                                  =========          =====           ===        ======       =====           ======
</TABLE>





See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                        4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                 (In thousands)

                                                                                                     Year Ended
                                                                                                    December 31,
                                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                                 1997          1996
                                                                                                 ----          ----

<S>                                                                                             <C>           <C>     
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net earnings.......................................................................        $   844           558
     Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to
         net cash provided by operating activities:
            Depreciation................................................................            260           176
            Provision for deferred income taxes.........................................             41            67
            (Increase) decrease in other assets.........................................            (10)           35
            Increase in other liabilities...............................................            275           850
            Increase in accrued interest receivable.....................................           (485)         (199)
            Net amortization of fees, premiums and discounts............................             19           271
            Provision for loan losses...................................................            352           250
                                                                                                -------       -------

                 Net cash provided by operating activities..............................          1,296         2,008
                                                                                                 ------        ------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Purchase of securities held to maturity............................................        (44,450)      (30,025)
     Maturities of securities held to maturity..........................................         20,175        15,050
     Net purchases of premises and equipment............................................         (2,197)         (667)
     Net increase in loans..............................................................        (16,563)      (23,642)
     Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate.......................................            185           -
     Purchase of Federal Reserve Bank stock.............................................            (30)          -
     Maturity of interest-bearing deposits..............................................           -              199
                                                                                              ---------       -------

                 Net cash used in investing activities..................................        (42,880)      (39,085)
                                                                                                 ------        ------

Cash flows from financing activities:
     Net increase in demand, savings, NOW and
         money market deposits..........................................................         18,603         9,639
     Net increase in time deposits......................................................         19,117        25,207
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of stock issuance costs................          6,720           -
                                                                                                -------     -------

                 Net cash provided by financing activities..............................         44,440        34,846
                                                                                                 ------        ------

                 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...................          2,856        (2,231)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..........................................          6,320         8,551
                                                                                                 ------        ------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year................................................       $  9,176         6,320
                                                                                                 ======        ======

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid during the year for:
                 Interest...............................................................       $  5,832         3,678
                                                                                                 ======        ======

                 Income taxes...........................................................      $     700            17
                                                                                                =======       =======

            Noncash transactions:
                 Reclassification of loans to foreclosed real estate....................    $      -              185
                                                                                              =========       =======

                 Issuance of common stock in exchange of common
                     stock of minority stockholders of subsidiary.......................       $    309          -
                                                                                                 ======     ======
</TABLE>






See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                        5

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996


(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
     General.  Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation  (the  "Holding  Company") was
         incorporated  on February 5, 1993. The Holding Company owned 99.78% and
         95.76% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,  of the outstanding
         common  stock  of  Intervest  Bank  (the  "Bank")   (collectively   the
         "Company").  The Bank is a Florida  state-chartered bank, is insured by
         the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  and is a  member  of the
         Federal  Reserve Bank. The Holding  Company's  primary  business is the
         operation  of the  Bank.  The Bank  provides  a wide  range of  banking
         services to small and middle-market  businesses and individuals through
         its five banking offices located in Pinellas County, Florida.

         The  principal  executive  offices of the Bank are located at 625 Court
         Street,  Clearwater,  Florida.  In  addition,  the Bank has four branch
         offices,  three in  Clearwater,  Florida  located at (i) 2575  Ulmerton
         Road;  (ii) 2175 Nursery  Road;  and (iii) 1875 Belcher Road and one in
         South Pasadena, Florida at 6750 Gulfport Boulevard.

     Basis of Presentation.  The accompanying  consolidated financial statements
         of the  Company  include the  accounts  of the Holding  Company and the
         Bank. All significant  intercompany accounts and transactions have been
         eliminated in consolidation.

         The  accounting  and  reporting  policies  of the  Company  conform  to
         generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and to  general  practices
         within  the  banking  industry.   The  following  summarizes  the  more
         significant of these policies and practices.

     Estimates.  The  preparation  of financial  statements in  conformity  with
         generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make
         estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets
         and liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at
         the  date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
         revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
         differ from those estimates.

     Securities Held to Maturity.  United States government  treasury and agency
         securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to
         hold to maturity are reported at cost,  adjusted  for  amortization  of
         premiums and  accretion of discounts  which are  recognized in interest
         income using the interest method over the period to maturity.

     Loans  Receivable.  Loans  receivable  that  management  has the intent and
         ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off
         are  reported  at  their   outstanding   principal   adjusted  for  any
         charge-offs,  the allowance  for loan losses,  and any deferred fees or
         costs on originated loans.

         Loan  origination  fees  and  certain  direct   origination  costs  are
         capitalized and recognized as an adjustment of the yield of the related
         loan.

         The  accrual of interest on impaired  loans is  discontinued  when,  in
         management's  opinion,  the borrower may be unable to meet  payments as
         they become due.  When  interest  accrual is  discontinued,  all unpaid
         accrued   interest  is  reversed.   Interest   income  is  subsequently
         recognized only to the extent cash payments are received.

                                                                     (continued)

                                        6

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)  Description  of Business and Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,
Continued
     Loans Receivable,  Continued. The allowance for loan losses is increased by
         charges to income and  decreased by  charge-offs  (net of  recoveries).
         Management's  periodic  evaluation  of the adequacy of the allowance is
         based on the Company's  past loan loss  experience,  known and inherent
         risks  in  the  portfolio,  adverse  situations  that  may  affect  the
         borrower's  ability to repay,  the  estimated  value of any  underlying
         collateral, and current economic conditions.

     Foreclosed Real Estate. Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu
         of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially  recorded at fair
         value at the date of foreclosure  establishing a new cost basis.  After
         foreclosure,  valuations are  periodically  performed by management and
         the real  estate is  carried  at the lower of  carrying  amount or fair
         value less cost to sell.  Revenue  and  expenses  from  operations  and
         changes in the  valuation  allowance  are included in the  consolidated
         statement of earnings.

     Income  Taxes.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  reflected  at
         currently  enacted  income tax rates  applicable to the period in which
         the deferred tax assets or  liabilities  are expected to be realized or
         settled.  As changes  in tax laws or rates are  enacted,  deferred  tax
         assets and  liabilities  are adjusted  through the provision for income
         taxes.

     Premises and Equipment.  Land is carried at cost.  Premises,  furniture and
         fixtures  and   equipment  are  carried  at  cost,   less   accumulated
         depreciation computed by the straight-line method.

     Stock-Based  Compensation.  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
         123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based   Compensation"  ("Statement  123")
         establishes a "fair value" based method of accounting  for  stock-based
         compensation  plans and encourages all entities to adopt that method of
         accounting for all of their stock compensation plans.  However, it also
         allows an entity to  continue  to measure  compensation  cost for those
         plans using the intrinsic  value based method of accounting  prescribed
         by APB  Opinion  No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock  Issued to  Employees"
         (Opinion 25). The Company has elected to follow  Opinion 25 and related
         interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation which is
         in the form of stock warrants. Statement 123 requires the disclosure of
         proforma  net earnings  and  earnings  per share  determined  as if the
         Company accounted for its stock warrants under the fair value method of
         that Statement.

     Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments. In the ordinary course of business
         the Company has entered into  off-balance-sheet  financial  instruments
         consisting of commitment to extend  credit,  unused lines of credit and
         stand-by-letters of credit. Such financial  instruments are recorded in
         the consolidated  financial  statements when they are funded or related
         fees are incurred or received.

     FairValues of Financial Instruments.  The following methods and assumptions
         were  used by the  Company  in  estimating  fair  values  of  financial
         instruments:

         Cash and Cash Equivalents and Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks. The
         carrying  amounts  of cash and  interest-bearing  deposits  with  banks
         approximate their fair value.

         Securities  Held  to  Maturity.  Fair  values  for  securities  held to
         maturity are based on quoted market prices.

                                                                     (continued)

                                        7

<PAGE>

                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)  Description  of Business and Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,
Continued
     FairValues  of  Financial  Instruments,  Continued.  Federal  Reserve  Bank
         Stock. Book value for these securities approximates fair value.

         Loans Receivable.  For variable-rate  loans that reprice frequently and
         have no  significant  change in credit  risk,  fair values are based on
         carrying values. Fair values for fixed-rate mortgage (e.g.  one-to-four
         family  residential),  commercial real estate and commercial  loans are
         estimated  using  discounted  cash flow analyses,  using interest rates
         currently  being  offered for loans with similar  terms to borrowers of
         similar credit quality.

         Deposit  Liabilities.  The  fair  values  disclosed  for  demand,  NOW,
         money-market  and savings  deposits  are, by  definition,  equal to the
         amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying
         amounts).  Fair  values for  fixed-rate  certificates  of  deposit  are
         estimated  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  calculation  that  applies
         interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of
         aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

         Accrued Interest.  The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate
         their fair values.

         Off-Balance-Sheet   Instruments.   Fair  values  for  off-balance-sheet
         lending  commitments are based on fees currently  charged to enter into
         similar  agreements,  taking into  account the  remaining  terms of the
         agreements and the counterparties' credit standing.

     Advertising.  The Company expenses all advertising as incurred.

     Earnings Per Share.  Earnings  per share  ("EPS") of common  stock has been
         computed  on the  basis of the  weighted-average  number  of  shares of
         common  stock  outstanding.  Prior  to the  public  stock  offering  in
         November,  1997,  there was no public market for the  Company's  common
         stock.  For purposes of calculating  diluted EPS the $10 stock offering
         price is  assumed  to be the  market  price for the  entire  year ended
         December  31,  1997.  For 1997,  outstanding  warrants  are  considered
         dilutive  securities for purposes of  calculating  diluted EPS which is
         computed  using the  treasury  stock  method.  Such  warrants  were not
         considered   dilutive  in  1996.  The  following   table  presents  the
         calculations  of EPS (See Note 16) ($ in  thousands,  except  per share
         amounts).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               For the Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                                                               ------------------------------------
                                                                             Earnings       Shares          Per Share
                                                                            (Numerator)     (Denominator)      Amount
                                                                            -----------     -------------      ------
         Basic EPS:
<S>                                                                               <C>           <C>             <C>  
            Net earnings available to common stockholders.............            $ 844         1,712,292       $ .49
                                                                                                                  ===

         Effect of dilutive securities-
            Incremental shares from assumed conversion
            of warrants    ...........................................                            360,167
                                                                                               ----------

         Diluted EPS:
            Net earnings available to common stockholders
              and assumed conversions.................................            $ 844         2,072,459       $ .41
                                                                                    ===         =========         ===
</TABLE>

                                                                     (continued)


                                        8

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(1)  Description  of Business and Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,
Continued
     Earnings Per Share,  Continued.  Warrants to purchase 1,528,665 and 150,000
         shares  of Class A and Class B common  stock at $6.67  per  share  were
         assumed  to  be  exercised  on  January  1,  1997  and  June  1,  1997,
         respectively.  Warrants  to purchase  989,083  shares of Class A common
         stock at $10.00  per  share  are not  included  in the  computation  of
         diluted EPS because  the  warrants'  exercise  price  approximated  the
         market  price  of the  stock.  None of the  above  warrants  have  been
         exercised as of December 31, 1997.

     Reclassifications.  Certain  amounts in the 1996 financial  statements have
         been reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.

     Future  Accounting  Requirements.  Financial  Accounting  Standards  130  -
         Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  establishes  standards  for reporting
         comprehensive  income. The Standard defines comprehensive income as the
         change  in  equity  of  an  enterprise   except  those  resulting  from
         stockholder  transactions.  All components of comprehensive  income are
         required to be reported in a new financial  statement that is displayed
         with equal  prominence as existing  financial  statements.  The Company
         will be required to adopt this Standard  effective  January 1, 1998. As
         the Statement  addresses  reporting and presentation issues only, there
         will be no  impact  on  operating  results  from the  adoption  of this
         Standard.

         Financial  Accounting  Standards 131 - Disclosures about Segments of an
         Enterprise and Related  Information  establishes  standards for related
         disclosures  about products and services,  geographic  areas, and major
         customers.  The  Company  will  be  required  to  adopt  this  Standard
         effective  January 1, 1998.  As the Standard  addresses  reporting  and
         disclosure  issues only,  there will be no impact on operating  results
         from adoption of this Standard.

                                                                     (continued)




                                        9

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(2)  Securities Held to Maturity
     Debtsecurities  have been  classified in the  consolidated  balance  sheets
         according to management's intent. The carrying amount of securities and
         their approximate fair values are summarized as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Gross              Gross
                                                      Amortized        Unrealized        Unrealized             Fair
                                                        Cost             Gains             Losses              Value
                                                        ----             -----             ------              -----
<S>                                                   <C>                  <C>               <C>                <C>   
         December 31, 1997:
              U.S. Treasury securities.............  $   4,027             15                -                   4,042
              U.S. Government and
                  agency securities................     54,794             64                 64                54,794
                                                        ------             --                ---                ------

                  Total............................   $ 58,821             79                 64                58,836
                                                        ======             ==                ===                ======

         December 31, 1996:
              U.S. Treasury securities.............      1,499              7                 -                  1,506
              U.S. Government and
                  agency securities................     33,008             44                105                32,947
                                                        ------             --                ---                ------

                  Total............................   $ 34,507             51                105                34,453
                                                        ======             ==                ===                ======
</TABLE>

    There were no sales of securities  during the years ended  December 31, 1997
or 1996.

    The  scheduled  maturities  of  securities  held to maturity at December 31,
         1997 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            Amortized        Fair
                                                                                             Cost            Value
                                                                                             ----            -----

<S>                                                                                         <C>                <C>   
              Due in one year or less...................................................    $ 13,169           13,186
              Due after one year through five years.....................................      32,890           32,896
              Due after five years through ten years....................................      12,762           12,754
                                                                                              ------           ------

                  Total    .............................................................    $ 58,821           58,836
                                                                                              ======           ======
</TABLE>

                                                                     (continued)


                                       10

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued



(3)  Loans Receivable
     The components of loans in the  consolidated  balance sheets are summarized
         as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               At December 31,
                                                                                               ---------------
                                                                                          1997                1996
                                                                                          ----                ----

<S>                                                                                      <C>                  <C>   
              Commercial loans........................................................   $  3,281              3,514
              Commercial real estate..................................................     70,533             54,198
              Residential real estate.................................................      3,150              2,784
              Consumer loans..........................................................        262                157
                                                                                         --------           --------

                                                                                           77,226             60,653

              Deferred loan fees......................................................       (401)              (343)
              Allowance for loan losses...............................................     (1,173)              (811)
                                                                                           ------             ------

                                                                                         $ 75,652             59,499
                                                                                           ======             ======
</TABLE>

    An  analysis  of the change in the  allowance  for loan  losses  follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       Year Ended
                                                                                                      December 31,
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                   1997         1996
                                                                                                   ----         ----

<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
              Balance at beginning of year..............................................         $   811         593
                                                                                                   -----         ---

              Loans charged-off.........................................................             -           (65)
              Recoveries................................................................              10          33
                                                                                                  ------         ---

                  Net...................................................................              10         (32)
                                                                                                  ------         ---

              Provision for loan losses.................................................             352         250
                                                                                                   -----         ---

              Balance at end of year....................................................         $ 1,173         811
                                                                                                   =====         ===
</TABLE>

    The  Company had no impaired loans at December 31, 1997 or 1996. The average
         recorded  investment in impaired  loans during the year ended  December
         31, 1996 was $31,000.  There were no impaired loans  identified  during
         1997. No interest income was recognized on impaired loans during 1996.

                                                                     (continued)







                                       11

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(4) Premises and Equipment
    Premises and equipment is summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              At December 31,
                                                                                              ---------------
                                                                                          1997               1996
                                                                                          ----               ----

<S>                                                                                     <C>                  <C>  
               Land.................................................................   $    915                729
               Bank buildings.......................................................      3,570              1,926
               Leasehold improvements...............................................        162                 61
               Furniture and fixtures and equipment.................................      1,203                565
                                                                                          -----              -----

                  Total, at cost....................................................      5,850              3,281

               Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.......................       (973)              (341)
                                                                                         ------              -----

                  Net book value....................................................    $ 4,877              2,940
                                                                                          =====              =====
</TABLE>

   The   Bank leases its Belcher Road office.  The lease is accounted  for as an
         operating  lease  and will  expire  on  October  31,  2007.  The  lease
         agreement  contains  escalation  clauses based upon the consumer  price
         index and contains annual  adjustments up to a maximum of 3% based upon
         the previous  year's  rental.  Rental expense was $125,000 and $163,000
         for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1997  and  1996,   respectively.
         Approximate   future   minimum   annual  rental   payments  under  this
         noncancellable lease at December 31, 1997 is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Year Ending
                  December 31,
                  ------------

<S>                   <C>                                                                                 <C>     
                      1998..........................................................................      $     94
                      1999..........................................................................            96
                      2000..........................................................................            99
                      2001..........................................................................           102
                      2002..........................................................................           106
                      Thereafter....................................................................           514
                                                                                                            ------

                      Total.........................................................................       $ 1,011
                                                                                                             =====
</TABLE>


                                                                     (continued)













                                       12

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(4) Premises and Equipment, Continued
   The   Company  leases a portion of their  office  space in the branch  office
         located on Ulmerton Road and beginning in September, 1997, office space
         at the new main office on Court Street, to other companies. Such leases
         begin to expire in 1998.  Rental income during the years ended December
         31,  1997  and  1996  totaled  approximately   $195,000  and  $159,000,
         respectively.  Approximate  future  minimum  lease  income  under these
         leases at December 31, 1997 is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Year Ending
             December 31,

<S>            <C>                                                                                       <C>      
               1998.................................................................................     $     343
               1999.................................................................................           275
               2000.................................................................................           271
               2001.................................................................................           211
               2002.................................................................................           190
               Thereafter...........................................................................           792
                                                                                                            ------

               Total................................................................................       $ 2,082
                                                                                                             =====
</TABLE>

   This  table  gives no  effect to the  future  rental  value of  office  space
         subsequent to lease expiration dates.

(5)  Deposits
   The   aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination
         of $100,000,  was  approximately  $9,506,000 and $7,261,000 at December
         31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

   Scheduled  maturities of  certificates of deposit at December 31, 1997 are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Year Ending
             December 31,
             ------------

<S>            <C>                                                                                        <C>     
               1998.................................................................................      $ 46,954
               1999.................................................................................        16,554
               2000.................................................................................         9,446
               2001.................................................................................         9,362
               2002 and thereafter..................................................................        11,062
                                                                                                            ------

               Total................................................................................      $ 93,378
                                                                                                            ======
</TABLE>

                                                                     (continued)





                                       13

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(6) Other Borrowings
   The   Company has agreements with correspondent banks whereby the Company may
         borrow  up to  $1,000,000  on an  overnight  basis  under a  repurchase
         agreement  and  up to  $3,457,000  in  federal  funds.  There  were  no
         borrowings under these agreements at December 31, 1997 or 1996.

(7) Financial Instruments
   The   Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
         in the normal  course of  business to meet the  financing  needs of its
         customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit
         and  standby  letters of credit and may  involve,  to varying  degrees,
         elements  of credit  and  interest-rate  risk in  excess of the  amount
         recognized in the  consolidated  balance sheet. The contract amounts of
         these instruments  reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in
         these financial instruments.

   The   Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
         other  party to the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to extend
         credit and standby  letters of credit is represented by the contractual
         amount of those instruments.  The Company uses the same credit policies
         in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

   Commitments to extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as long as
         there is no violation of any  condition  established  in the  contract.
         Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination
         clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments
         are expected to expire without being drawn upon,  the total  commitment
         amounts do not  necessarily  represent  future cash  requirements.  The
         Company  evaluates each customer's  credit worthiness on a case-by-case
         basis.  The amount of  collateral  obtained if deemed  necessary by the
         Company  upon  extension  of  credit  is based on  management's  credit
         evaluation of the counterparty.

   Standby letters of credit are conditional  commitments  issued by the Company
         to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit
         risk involved in issuing  letters of credit is essentially  the same as
         that involved in extending loans to customers.

                                                                     (continued)











                                       14

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued



(7)  Financial Instruments, Continued
   The estimated  fair values of the  Company's  financial  instruments  were as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         At December 31, 1997    At December 31, 1996
                                                                         --------------------    --------------------
                                                                         Carrying      Fair       Carrying       Fair
                                                                           Amount      Value       Amount        Value
                                                                           ------      -----       ------        -----
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>   
         Financial assets:
              Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $   9,176       9,176        6,320      6,320
              Securities held to maturity.............................     58,821      58,836       34,507     34,453
              Loans receivable, net...................................     75,652      75,658       59,499     59,692
              Accrued interest receivable.............................      1,327       1,327          842        842
              Federal Reserve Bank stock..............................        233         233          203        203
              Interest-bearing deposits with bank.....................         99          99           99         99

         Financial liabilities-
              Deposit liabilities.....................................    131,167     131,491       93,447     93,713
</TABLE>

    A    summary of the notional amounts of the Company's financial instruments,
         which  approximate fair value,  with off balance sheet risk at December
         31, 1997 follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                              <C>    
              Unfunded loan commitments at variable rates...............................         $ 2,950
                                                                                                   =====

              Available lines of credit.................................................         $   527
                                                                                                   =====

              Standby letters of credit.................................................         $   100
                                                                                                   =====
</TABLE>

(8)  Credit Risk
    The  Company  grants a majority  of its loans to  borrowers  throughout  the
         State  of  Florida.   Although  the  Company  has  a  diversified  loan
         portfolio,  a significant  portion of its  borrowers'  ability to honor
         their  contracts is dependent upon the economy of the State of Florida.
         In  addition,  at December  31,  1997,  the  Company's  loan  portfolio
         contained a concentration  of credit risk in retail  shopping  centers,
         apartment buildings and office buildings totaling $55,707,000.

                                                                     (continued)



                                       15

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(9) Income Taxes
    The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Year Ended December 31, 1997:                                         Current      Deferred            Total
         -----------------------------                                         -------      --------            -----

<S>                                                                              <C>              <C>             <C>
              Federal.......................................................     $ 377            35              412
              State.........................................................        69             6               75
                                                                                  ----           ---              ---

                  Total.....................................................     $ 446            41              487
                                                                                   ===            ==              ===

         Year Ended December 31, 1996:

              Federal.......................................................       244            63              307
              State.........................................................        72             4               76
                                                                                   ---           ---              ---

                  Total.....................................................     $ 316            67              383
                                                                                   ===            ==              ===
</TABLE>

     The reasons for the  differences  between the statutory  Federal income tax
         rate and the effective tax rate are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       Year Ended
                                                                                                      December 31,
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                  1997           1996
                                                                                                  ----           ----

<S>                                                                                                <C>           <C>  
              Tax provision at statutory rate............................................          34.0%         34.0%
              Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                  State income taxes.....................................................           3.8           8.1
                  Other..................................................................          (1.2)         (1.4)
                                                                                                   ----          ----

              Income tax provision ......................................................          36.6%         40.7%
                                                                                                   ====          ====
</TABLE>

     The tax  effects of  temporary  differences  that give rise to  significant
         portions  of the  deferred  tax  assets  relate  to the  following  (in
         thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               At December 31,
                                                                                               ---------------
                                                                                           1997              1996
                                                                                           ----              ----
             Net deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                                                         <C>                 <C>
                 Allowance for loan losses.............................................     $ 298               185
                 Depreciation..........................................................       (19)              (20)
                 Deferred loan fees....................................................        13                19
                 Net operating loss carryforward.......................................       186               311
                 Other.................................................................         7                31
                                                                                            -----               ---

                     Net deferred tax assets...........................................     $ 485               526
                                                                                              ===               ===
</TABLE>

                                                                     (continued)



                                       16

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued



(9) Income Taxes, Continued
     At  December 31, 1997,  the Company has the following  net  operating  loss
         carryforwards relating to the operations of the Bank for federal income
         tax purposes  available to offset  future  federal  taxable  income (in
         thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Expiration
                                ----------

<S>                             <C>                                                                           <C>  
                                2006.....................................................................     $ 194
                                2007.....................................................................       297
                                2008.....................................................................         3
                                                                                                               ----

                                                                                                              $ 494
</TABLE>

    The  net operating loss carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation of
         $332,000  due to the  ownership  change  of the Bank  when the  Holding
         Company purchased its controlling ownership interest.

(10)  Related Parties
    The  Bank has entered into loan  transactions  with certain of its directors
         and their related entities. The activity is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   Year Ended
                                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                             1997             1996
                                                                                             ----             ----

<S>                                                                                         <C>                 <C>  
              Balance at beginning of year............................................      $ 2,941             1,484
              Additions...............................................................          510             1,570
              Repayments..............................................................         (209)             (113)
                                                                                              -----            ------

              Balance at end of year..................................................      $ 3,242             2,941
                                                                                              =====             =====
</TABLE>

    Thereare  no  loans  to  directors  or  officers  of  the  Holding  Company,
         Intervest Bancshares Corporation.

(11)  Employee Stock Option Plan of the Bank
    Priorto 1993,  an  officer of the Bank had been  granted  options to acquire
         11,000 shares of the Bank's common stock.  These options were to expire
         on December 31, 2001, and were  exercisable  at $5 per share.  All such
         options  were  exchanged  for  warrants of the  Holding  Company by the
         officer during 1997. In 1997 the option plan was terminated.

                                                                     (continued)




                                       17

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(12)  Profit Sharing Plan
    The  Bank sponsors a profit sharing plan  established in accordance with the
         provisions of Section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code. The profit
         sharing  plan is  available to all  employees  electing to  participate
         after  meeting  certain  length-of-service   requirements.  The  Bank's
         contributions  to the profit  sharing  plan are  discretionary  and are
         determined  annually.  Expense relating to the Bank's  contributions to
         the profit  sharing  plan  included  in the  accompanying  consolidated
         financial  statements  was  $21,377  and  $12,181  for the years  ended
         December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(13)  Common Stock Warrants of the Bank
    In   1995, Intervest Bancshares  Corporation purchased 200,000 shares of the
         Bank's  common stock at $5 per share and received  warrants to purchase
         an additional  200,000 shares of common stock at $5 par value. In June,
         1997,  Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation  exercised  the  warrants and
         purchased 200,000 shares of the Bank's common stock.

(14)  Stockholders' Equity
    The  Bank,  as a  state-chartered  bank,  is  limited  in the amount of cash
         dividends  that may be paid.  The amount of cash  dividends that may be
         paid is based on the Bank's net earnings of the current  year  combined
         with the Bank's  retained net earnings of the preceding  two years,  as
         defined  by  state  banking  regulations.  However,  for  any  dividend
         declaration,  the Bank must  consider  additional  factors  such as the
         amount of  current  period  net  earnings,  liquidity,  asset  quality,
         capital  adequacy  and  economic  conditions.  It is likely  that these
         factors  would  further  limit the amount of  dividends  which the Bank
         could  declare.  In addition,  bank  regulators  have the  authority to
         prohibit banks from paying dividends if they deem such payment to be an
         unsafe or unsound  practice.  The ability of the Holding Company to pay
         dividends could be affected by the amount of dividends the Bank is able
         to pay to the Holding Company.

(15)  Regulatory Matters
    The  Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
         by the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure  to meet  minimum  capital
         requirements  can initiate  certain  mandatory and possibly  additional
         discretionary  actions by regulators that, if undertaken,  could have a
         direct  material  effect  on the  Bank's  financial  statements.  Under
         capital  adequacy  guidelines and the  regulatory  framework for prompt
         corrective  action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that
         involve quantitative  measures of the Bank's assets,  liabilities,  and
         certain   off-balance-sheet   items  as  calculated   under  regulatory
         accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are
         also  subject  to  qualitative   judgements  by  the  regulators  about
         components, risk weightings, and other factors.

    Quantitative  measures  established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
         require the Bank to maintain  minimum  amounts and ratios (set forth in
         the  table  below)  of total  and Tier I  capital  (as  defined  in the
         regulations)  to  risk-weighted  assets  (as  defined),  and of  Tier I
         capital  (as  defined)  to  average  assets  (as  defined).  Management
         believes,  as of  December  31,  1997,  that the Bank meets all capital
         adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

                                                                     (continued)



                                       18

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued



(15)  Regulatory Matters, Continued
    As   of December 31, 1997, the most recent  notification  from the State and
         Federal  regulators  categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the
         regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as
         well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk- based, Tier
         I  risk-based,  and Tier I  leverage  ratios as set forth in the table.
         There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that
         management believes have changed the Bank's category. The Bank's actual
         capital  amounts and ratios are also presented in the table (dollars in
         thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       For Well
                                                                        For Capital                    Capitalized
                                                  Actual             Adequacy Purposes:                Purposes:
                                           -----------------        --------------------        ---------------------
                                           Amount      Ratio        Amount         Ratio        Amount          Ratio
                                           ------      -----        ------         -----        ------          -----

     As of December 31, 1997:
         Total capital (to Risk
<S>                                       <C>           <C>        <C>              <C>         <C>             <C>   
         Weighted Assets)...............  $ 9,420       10.53%     $ 7,157          8.00%       $ 8,948         10.00%
         Tier I Capital (to Risk
         Weighted Assets)...............    9,125       10.20        3,578          4.00          5,367          6.00
         Tier I Capital
         (to Average Assets)............    9,125        6.85        5,328          4.00          6,660          5.00

     As of December 31, 1996:
         Total capital (to Risk
         Weighted Assets)...............    8,051       11.90        5,412          8.00          6,765          10.0
         Tier I Capital (to Risk
         Weighted Assets)...............    7,240       10.70        2,706          4.00          4,059           6.0
         Tier I Capital
         (to Average Assets)............    7,240        7.48        3,871          4.00          4,839           5.0
</TABLE>

(16)  Capital Stock
     Bothclasses of common  stock have equal  voting  rights as to all  matters,
         except that,  so long as at least 50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
         remain issued and outstanding the holders of the outstanding  shares of
         Class B  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to  vote  for  the  election  of
         two-thirds of the  directors  (rounded to the nearest whole number) and
         the  holders  of the  outstanding  shares  of Class A Common  Stock are
         entitled  to vote  for  the  remaining  directors  of the  Company.  No
         dividends  may be  declared  or paid with  respect to shares of Class B
         Common  Stock  until  January 1, 2000,  after which time the holders of
         Class A Common  Stock and Class B Common  Stock will  share  ratably in
         dividends.  The shares of Class B Common  Stock are  convertible,  on a
         share-for-share  basis,  into  Class A Common  Stock at any time  after
         January 1, 2000.

                                                                     (continued)






                                       19

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued



(16)  Capital Stock, Continued
     On  September  19,  1997,  the  Holding  Company's  charter  was amended to
         increase  the  authorized  number of shares of Class A common  stock to
         7,500,000,  Class B common  stock to  700,000  and  preferred  stock to
         300,000.

     In  addition,  on September 18, 1997, the Board of Directors of the Holding
         Company  declared  a 1.5 for 1 Class A and Class B common  stock  split
         payable on September  19, 1997 to  stockholders  of record on September
         19,  1997.  All per share  amounts  reflect  the effect of these  stock
         splits.

(17) Common Stock Warrants
     The Company has outstanding  warrants which entitle the registered  holders
         thereof to purchase one share of common stock for each issued  warrant.
         All warrants were  exercisable  when issued.  These  warrants have been
         issued in  connection  with public stock  offerings,  to directors  and
         employees  of the Bank and  directors  of the  Holding  Company  and to
         outside third parties for  performance of services.  A summary of stock
         warrant  transactions  follows  ($  in  thousands,   except  per  share
         amounts).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                         Weighted-
                                                                               Weighted-                  Average
                                                                                 Average                 Contractual
                                                                 Exercise         Per      Aggregate      Life At
                                                   Number of     Price Per       Warrant    Warrant     December 31,
     Class A Common Stock Warrants:                 Warrants       Warrant       Price      Price          1997
                                                    --------       -------     --------- -----------   --------

<S>                                                <C>        <C>                 <C>         <C>          <C>      
         Outstanding at December 31,1995.......    1,288,500        $ 6.67        $ 6.67    $  8,594       5.4 years
         Warrants granted......................      240,165          6.67          6.67       1,602       5.1 years
                                                   ---------                                  ------

         Outstanding at December 31, 1996......    1,528,665          6.67          6.67      10,196       5.4 years
         Warrants granted......................      949,183         10.00         10.00       9,492     2.0 years(1)
         Warrants granted......................       16,500         10.00         10.00         165       4.0 years
                                                  ----------                                 -------

         Outstanding at December 31, 1997......    2,494,348  $ 6.67-10.00        $ 7.96      19,853       4.1 years
                                                   =========    ==========          ====      ======       =========
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------
     (1) These  warrants  entitle  the holder to  purchase  one share of Class A
     common  stock at a price of $10.00 per share  through  December  31,  1999;
     $11.50 per share from January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000; $12.50 per
     share from January 1, 2001  through  December 31, 2001 and $13.50 per share
     from January 1, 2002 through  December 31, 2002.  For purposes of the above
     table it is assumed that these  warrants  will be exercised on December 31,
     1999.

                                                                     (continued)




                                       20

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(17)  Common Stock Warrants, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                          Weighted-
                                                                                Weighted-                  Average
                                                                                 Average                 Contractual
                                                                   Option         Per      Aggregate      Life At
                                                   Number of     Price Per       Warrant    Warrant     December 31,
     Class B Common Stock Warrants:                 Warrants       Warrant       Price      Price            1997
                                                    --------       -------     ---------  -----------     --------

<S>                                                  <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>      
         Outstanding at December 31,1995
              and 1996...........................      -               -             -          -               -
         Warrants granted........................    150,000        $ 6.67        $ 6.67     $ 1,001       9.0 years
                                                     -------                                   -----


         Outstanding at December 31, 1997........    150,000        $ 6.67        $ 6.67     $ 1,001       9.0 years
                                                     =======          ====          ====       =====       =========
</TABLE>

     On  January 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting
         Standards No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which
         establishes   financial   accounting   and   reporting   standards  for
         stock-based   employee   compensation   plans.  As  permitted  by  this
         Statement,  the Company has elected to continue utilizing the intrinsic
         value  method of  accounting  defined in APB Opinion No. 25. Due to the
         exercise price of the warrants issued to employees and directors of the
         Bank, directors of the Holding Company and to outside third parties for
         performance of services being greater than or approximating  the market
         value of the common stock at the date of grant, no compensation expense
         has been recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

     In  order to calculate  the fair value of the warrants  issued to employees
         and  directors  of the Bank,  directors  of the Holding  Company and to
         outside third parties for the  performance of services,  it was assumed
         that the risk-free  interest rate was 6.0%, there would be no dividends
         paid by the Company over the exercise period,  the expected life of the
         warrants  would be the entire  exercise  period,  except  for  warrants
         issued in 1997 that have  increasing  option prices which is the end of
         the initial exercise period,  and stock volatility would be zero due to
         the lack of an active market for the stock.  The following  information
         pertains  to the fair value of the such  warrants  granted to  purchase
         common stock in 1996 and 1997 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                               -----------------------
                                                                                                1997            1996
                                                                                                ----            ----
         Weighted-average grant date fair value of warrants
<S>                                                                                            <C>               <C>
              issued during the year....................................................       $ 622             470
                                                                                                 ===             ===

         Proforma net earnings..........................................................       $ 222              88
                                                                                                 ===             ===

         Proforma basic earnings per share..............................................       $ .13             .05
                                                                                                 ===             ===
</TABLE>

                                                                     (continued)



                                       21

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(18)  Holding Company Financial Information
     The Holding Company's financial information is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Condensed Balance Sheets
                                                                                                At December 31,
                                                                                                ---------------
                                                                                           1997                1996
                                                                                           ----                ----
                  Assets

<S>                                                                                      <C>                   <C>  
              Cash..................................................................... $     223                698
              Short-term securities....................................................     7,276                550
                                                                                           ------             ------

                  Cash and cash equivalents............................................     7,499              1,248

              Loans receivable.........................................................       752              1,230
              Investment in subsidiary.................................................     9,399              7,340
              Organizational costs, net................................................         2                 32
              Other assets.............................................................        23                 17
                                                                                         --------             ------

                  Total assets.........................................................  $ 17,675              9,867
                                                                                           ======              =====

                  Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

              Liabilities..............................................................        55                120
              Stockholders' equity.....................................................    17,620              9,747
                                                                                           ------              -----

                  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...........................  $ 17,675              9,867
                                                                                           ======              =====

                                           Condensed Statements of Earnings

                                                                                               For the Year Ended
                                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                            1997                1996
                                                                                            ----                ----

         Revenues.....................................................................      $ 264                325
         Expenses.....................................................................        172                224
                                                                                              ---                ---

              Earnings before earnings of subsidiary..................................         92                101
              Earnings of subsidiary..................................................        752                457
                                                                                              ---                ---

              Net earnings............................................................      $ 844                558
                                                                                              ===                ===
</TABLE>

                                                                     (continued)



                                       22

<PAGE>



                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued



(18)  Holding Company Financial Information, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

                                                                                                   Year Ended
                                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                            1997                1996
                                                                                            ----                ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>                  <C>  
         Cash flows from operating activities:
              Net earnings..........................................................      $   844                558
              Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
                provided by operating activities:
                  Equity in undistributed earnings of
                      subsidiary....................................................         (752)              (457)
                  Net decrease in organizational costs..............................           30                 29
                  Other.............................................................          (69)                72
                                                                                           ------             ------

                      Net cash provided by operating activities.....................           53                202
                                                                                           ------              -----

         Cash flows used in investing activities -
              Net decrease (increase) in loans......................................          478                (62)
                                                                                           ------              -----

         Cash flows from financing activities:
              Proceeds from issuance of common stock................................        6,720               -
              Purchase of common stock of subsidiary................................       (1,000)               (40)
                                                                                            -----              -----

                      Net cash provided by (used in) financing
                        activities..................................................        5,720                (40)
                                                                                            -----              -----

         Net increase in cash and cash equivalents..................................        6,251                100

         Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
              the year..............................................................        1,248              1,148
                                                                                            -----              -----

         Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...................................      $ 7,499              1,248
                                                                                            =====              =====
</TABLE>

                                                                     (continued)



                                       23

<PAGE>


                 INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued


(19)  Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
    Summarized  quarterly  financial  data follows ($ in  thousands,  except per
share figures):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                        First        Second         Third      Fourth
                                                                       Quarter       Quarter       Quarter     Quarter
                                                                       -------       -------       -------     -------

<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>           <C>         <C>  
          Interest income..........................................   $  2,085         2,219         2,337       2,706
          Interest expense.........................................      1,309         1,379         1,480       1,726
                                                                         -----         -----         -----       -----

          Net interest income......................................        776           840           857         980

          Provision for loan losses................................         92            92            82          86
                                                                       -------        ------        ------      ------

          Net interest income after provision
             for loan losses.......................................        684           748           775         894

          Noninterest income.......................................         31            37            28          40
          Noninterest expense......................................        461           479           467         499
                                                                        ------        ------         -----       -----

          Earnings before income taxes.............................        254           306           336         435

          Income taxes.............................................         94           119           121         153
                                                                        ------         -----         -----       -----

          Net earnings ............................................    $   160           187           215         282
                                                                         =====         =====         =====       =====

          Basic earnings per share.................................    $   .10           .11           .13         .15
                                                                         =====         =====        ======       =====

          Diluted earnings per share...............................    $   .09           .09           .11         .12
                                                                         =====         =====        ======       =====


                                                                                 Year Ended December 31, 1996
                                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                        First        Second         Third      Fourth
                                                                       Quarter       Quarter       Quarter     Quarter
                                                                       -------       -------       -------     -------

          Interest income..........................................    $ 1,377         1,480         1,637       1,887
          Interest expense.........................................        788           840           975       1,142
                                                                        ------         -----         -----       -----

          Net interest income......................................        589           640           662         745

          Provision for loan losses................................         73            55            62          60
                                                                        ------         -----         -----      ------

          Net interest income after provision
             for loan losses.......................................        516           585           600         685

          Noninterest income.......................................         30            48            24           4
          Noninterest expense......................................        361           404           374         412
                                                                        ------         -----         -----      ------

          Earnings before income taxes.............................        185           229           250         277

          Income taxes.............................................         75            97           101         110
                                                                        ------        ------         -----       -----

          Net earnings ............................................    $   110           132           149         167
                                                                         =====        ======         =====       =====

          Basic earnings per share.................................   $    .07           .08           .09         .10
                                                                        ======        ======         =====      ======

          Diluted earnings per share...............................   $    .07           .08           .09         .10
                                                                        ======        ======         =====      ======
</TABLE>

                                       24

<PAGE>



No dealer, salesman or any other person is authorized to give any information or
to make any representation  not contained in this Prospectus.  If given or made,
such  information  or  representation  must not be relied  upon as  having  been
authorized by the Company.  This  Prospectus does not constitute an offer of any
securities other than the registered  securities to which it relates or an offer
to any person in any jurisdiction where such an offer would be unlawful. Neither
the delivery of this Prospectus,  nor any sale made hereunder,  shall, under any
circumstances,  create  any  implication  that  there  has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the  information  herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

                                ----------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                      Page
                                      ----
Available Information                  3
Prospectus Summary                     4
Investment Considerations and Risk
  Factors                              8
Use of Proceeds                       11
Market for Securities                 12
Dividends                             12
Capitalization                        14
Selected Financial Data               15
Management's Discussion and
  Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operation            16
Business                              38
Management                            42
Principal Stockholders                42
Description of Debentures             42
Description of Capital Stock          48
Supervision and Regulation            51
Plan of Distribution                  58
Legal Matters                         59
Experts                               59
Index to Financial Statements         F-1

<PAGE>

                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION







                                   $6,000,000
                           SERIES __/__/98 CONVERTIBLE
                             SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
                                Due July 1, 2008














                                 --------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 --------------





                             Sage, Rutty & Co., Inc.





                                ___________, 1998



                                       64

<PAGE>



PART II

                     Information Not Required In Prospectus

Item 24.          Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
- --------          ------------------------------------------

         Section 145 of the General  Corporation Law of Delaware provides that a
corporation  may  indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that he
is or was a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the corporation,  or is or
was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,  officer,  employee
or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise,  against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and
amounts  paid  in  settlement,  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in
a manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of
the corporation  and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  No indemnification  shall
be made in respect of any claim,  issue or matter as to which such person  shall
have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent
that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought
shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but
in view of all  the  circumstances  of the  case,  such  person  is  fairly  and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses  which the Court of Chancery
or such other court shall deem proper.

         The  Company's  bylaws  provide  that the Company  will  indemnify  the
officers and directors of the Company to the fullest extent  permitted under the
laws of the State of  Delaware.  In that  regard,  the Company is  obligated  to
indemnify  officers  and  directors  of the Company from and against any and all
judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and reasonable expenses, including
attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily  incurred by an officer or director as
a result of any action or proceeding,  or any appeal therein, to the extent such
amounts may be indemnified under the laws of Delaware; and to pay any officer or
director  of the  Company in advance  of the final  disposition  of any civil or
criminal  proceeding,  the  expenses  incurred  by such  officer or  director in
defending such action or proceeding.  The Company's  obligation to indemnify its
officers and directors  continues to individuals  who have ceased to be officers
or  directors of the Company and to the heirs and  personal  representatives  of
former officers and directors of the Company.

Item 25.          Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
- --------          --------------------------------------------

         The following  table sets forth the  estimated  cost and expenses to be
borne  by  the  company  in  connection  with  the  offering  described  in  the
Registration Statement,  other than underwriting  commissions and discounts. All
amounts except the registration fee are estimates.


Registration Fee                      $ 1,819
Printing and Engraving expenses       $25,000
Accounting fees and expenses          $15,000
Legal fees and expenses               $40,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses            $15,000
Transfer Agents and Registrar fees    $ 5,000
Miscellaneous                         $18,181
                                      -------
                      Total          $120,000
- ------------------------------------













<PAGE>



Item 26.          Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

         Unregistered  Warrants  related to a total of 188,700 shares of Class A
Common Stock were issued to officers, directors and employees of the Company and
the Bank in 1996. In addition,  in 1996 the Company authorized the issuance of a
warrant  to  purchase  150,000  shares of Class B Common  Stock to an  executive
officer of the Company.  These warrants were issued without  registration  under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  in reliance upon the exemption afforded
by Section 4(2) thereof. All of the foregoing warrants and the shares of Class A
Common Stock  issuable  upon their  exercise  are included in this  Registration
Statement.

Item 27.          Exhibits.
- --------          ---------

Exhibit Number             Description of Exhibit
- --------------             ----------------------

   1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement between the
        Company and the Underwriter.

   1.2  Form of Selected Dealer Agreement

   3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
        Company(1)

   3.2  Bylaws of the Company(1)

   4.1  Form of Indenture between the Company and the
        Bank of New York, as Trustee (the "Trustee")

   4.2  Form of Certificate for Shares of Class A
        Common Stock(2)

   4.3  Form of Certificate for Shares of Class B
        Common Stock(2)

   4.4  Form of Warrant for Class A Common Stock(1)

   4.5  Form of Warrant Agreement between the
        Company and the Bank of New York(1)

   5.1  Opinion of Harris Beach & Wilcox, LLP

  10.1  Form of Escrow Agreement between the Company
        and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company.

  24.1  Consent of Harris Beach & Wilcox, LLP is
        included in the Opinion of Harris Beach &
        Wilcox, LLP, filed as Exhibit 5.1

  24.2  Consent of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb

  25.1  Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under
        Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 for The
        Bank of New York(3)
- ----------------------

1        Incorporated  by  reference  from  Amendment  No.  1 to  the  Company's
         Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 (No.  333-33419),  filed with the
         Commission on September 22, 1997.

2        Incorporated  by reference  from  Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to the
         Company's  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 (No.  33-82246),  filed
         with the Commission on September 15, 1994.

3        To be filed by amendment.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>



Item 28.          Undertakings.
- --------          -------------

         (a)      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                  1.         To file, during any period in which offers or sales
are being made, a post- effective amendment to this registration statement;

                  (i)        To include any prospectus required by Section
10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

                  (ii) To reflect in the  prospectus any facts or events arising
after the  effective  date of the  registration  statement  for the most  recent
post-effective  amendment  thereof,  which,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
represent a fundamental  change in the information set forth in the registration
statement;

                  (iii) To include any material  information with respect to the
plan of distribution not previously  disclosed in the registration  statement or
any material change to such information in the registration statement;

                  2. That,  for  purposes  of  determining  liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed a new
registration  statement  relating to the securities  offering  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

                  3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

         (b)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and
controlling  persons of the small  business  issuer  pursuant  to the  foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the
opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

         In the event that a claim for indemnification  against such liabilities
(other than the  payment by the small  business  issuer of expenses  incurred or
paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of the small business issuer
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.














                                                       II-3

<PAGE>



         The undersigned small business issuer will:

                  1. For  determining  any liability  under the Securities  Act,
treat any information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration  Statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a Form of
Prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act as part of this  Registration  Statement as of the time
the Commission declared it effective.

                  2. For  determining  any liability  under the Securities  Act,
treat each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new
registration statement for the securities offered in the Registration Statement,
and the  offering  of the  securities  at that  time as the  initial  bona  fide
offering of those securities.












































                                                       II-4

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  of filing on this form and has  caused  this  Registration
Statement or Amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized,  in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 14th day of
April, 1998.

                                   INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                                   (Registrant)


                                   By:          /s/ Lowell S. Dansker
                                                ---------------------
                                                Lowell S. Dansker, President

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement or Amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                         Title                                     Date
                         -----                                     ----

/s/LAWRENCE G. BERGMAN   Vice President,                     April 13, 1998
- ---------------------
Lawrence G. Bergman      Secretary and Director

                         Director                            ________, 1998
Michael A. Callen

/s/JEROME DANSKER
- -----------------
Jerome Dansker           Chairman of the Board,              April 13, 1998
                         Executive Vice President, Director

/s/LOWELL S. DANSKER
- --------------------     President, Treasurer and Director   April 13, 1998
Lowell S. Dansker        (Principal Executive, Financial 
                         and Accounting Officer)

                         Director                            ________, 1998
Milton F. Gidge

/s/WILLIAM F. HOLLY
- -------------------      Director                            April 13, 1998
William F. Holly

                         Director                            ________, 1998
Edward J. Merz

/s/DAVID J. WILLMOTT
- --------------------     Director                            April 13, 1998
David J. Willmott

/s/WESLEY T. WOOD
- --------------------     Director                            April 13, 1998
Wesley T. Wood








                                      II-5


<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit Number           Description of Exhibit
- --------------           ----------------------

   1.1              Form of Underwriting Agreement

   1.2              Form of Selected Dealer Agreement

   4.1              Form of Indenture

   5.1              Opinion of Harris Beach & Wilcox, LLP

  10.1              Form of Escrow Agreement

  24.1              Consent of Harris Beach & Wilcox, LLP is
                    included in the Opinion of Harris Beach
                    & Wilcox, LLP, filed as Exhibit 5.1

  24.2              Consent of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb

  25.1              Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1


                                       70



                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                              10 Rockefeller Plaza
                                   Suite 1015
                          New York, New York 10020-1903


                                                                  ________, 1998


Sage, Rutty & Co., Inc.
183 East Main Street, 4th Floor
Rochester, New York 14604

Dear Sirs:

         Intervest   Bancshares   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation  (the
"Company"),  hereby confirms its agreement with you (sometimes herein called the
"Underwriter") as follows:

         1.       Introductory
                  ------------

         The Company proposes to issue and offer, through the Underwriter acting
as agent for the Company,  up to an aggregate of $6,000,000  principal amount of
its Series __/__98 Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures"). If at
least  $5,000,000 of  Debentures  are not sold within 75 days after the date the
Registration   Statement  (as  defined  below)  is  declared  effective  by  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  all  subscription  documents  and  funds
(together with any net interest thereon) will be returned to subscribers and the
offering  will  terminate.  The  Debentures  will  be  issued  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of an Indenture,  dated as of __________ 1, 1998 (the  "Indenture"),
between the Company and The Bank of New York,  as Trustee (the  "Trustee").  The
Debentures will be sold in denominations of $10,000,  with a minimum purchase of
$10,000,  and are more fully described in the Prospectus  referred to below. The
Company  hereby  appoints the  Underwriter  as its  exclusive  agent to sell the
Debentures,  subject to the terms and provisions of this  Agreement,  on a "best
efforts" basis with at least  $5,000,000 of the  Debentures  required to be sold
within 75 days after the date the  Registration  Statement (as defined below) is
declared  effective by the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Termination
Date").  If at  least  $5,000,000  of  the  Debentures  are  sold  prior  to the
Termination  Date,  any remaining  Debentures  may continue to be sold until 150
days after the First Closing Date, as herein defined.

         2.       Representations and Warranties of the Company
                  ---------------------------------------------

         The Company  hereby  represents  and warrants to, and agrees with,  the
Underwriter as follows:

                  (a) A registration statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-_____)
(the  "Registration  Statement")  with respect to the Debentures,  including the
related Prospectus (the  "Prospectus"),  and any amendments  thereto,  copies of
which have heretofore been delivered by the Company to you, has been prepared by
the Company in conformity  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act") and the published rules and  regulations  (the "Rules and
Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under
the Act, and has been filed with the  Commission  under the Act. The Company may
file on or prior to the Effective  Date (as defined in Section 3(a))  additional
amendments to said Registration Statement, including the final Prospectus.


                                        1

<PAGE>



                  (b) The Registration  Statement and the Prospectus (other than
the financial  statements and other  financial  data and schedules  which are or
should be contained  therein) conform as to form in all material respects to the
requirements  of the Act and the Rules and  Regulations  and do not  contain any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light of
the circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading,  and no event has
occurred which should have been set forth in the  Registration  Statement or the
Prospectus  which  has not been so set forth  therein;  provided,  however,  the
Company makes no  representation  or warranty as to statements or omissions made
in reliance upon and in  conformity  with written  information  furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto.

                  (c)  Neither  the  Commission  nor the  "blue  sky"  or  state
securities  authority of any  jurisdiction  has issued an order (a "Stop Order")
suspending  the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement,  preventing  or
suspending  the  use  of  the  Prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement  or any
amendment or supplement  thereto,  refusing to permit the  effectiveness  of the
Registration  Statement or suspending the  registration of the  Debentures,  nor
have  any  of  such  authorities  instituted  or  threatened  to  institute  any
proceedings with respect to a Stop Order.

                  (d) The  Company  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under  the laws of the  State of  Delaware  and
Intervest Bank (the  "Subsidiary")  is a  state-chartered  bank duly  organized,
validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Florida.
Each has full power and  authority  to conduct its own business and own or lease
its properties as described in the Prospectus, and is duly qualified and in good
standing as a foreign  corporation in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its
business or its  ownership or leasing of property  requires it to be  qualified,
except where the failure so to qualify would not have a material  adverse effect
on the Company or the Subsidiary.

                  (e) The  authorized  capital stock of the Company is set forth
in the Prospectus  under the caption  "Capitalization."  All of the  outstanding
shares  of  Class A and  Class B Common  Stock of the  Company  have  been  duly
authorized and are validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable.  The Company
owns  approximately  99% of the outstanding  shares of the Subsidiary,  free and
clear of any liens or  encumbrances  and all such  shares  are duly  authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (f) The  financial  statements  of the Company  together  with
related  schedules and notes as set forth in the Registration  Statement and the
Prospectus fairly present the financial condition of the Company and the results
of its operations and the changes in its financial  position as of the dates and
for the  periods  therein  specified  and such  financial  statements  have been
prepared  in  conformity   with   generally   accepted   accounting   principles
consistently applied throughout the periods involved.

                  (g) Except as reflected in or contemplated by the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus,  since the date as of which information is given in
the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,  there has not been any material
adverse change in the condition,  financial or otherwise,  of the Company or the
Subsidiary.  Since the date as of which information is given in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have entered
into  any  transaction,  other  than  transactions  in the  ordinary  course  of
business.

                  (h) There are no actions,  suits or proceedings pending, or to
the knowledge of the Company threatened,  against or with respect to the Company

                                        2

<PAGE>



or its business or assets, or the Subsidiary,  or its business or assets, at law
or in equity, or before or by any federal or state  commission,  regulatory body
or administrative  agency or other  governmental body,  domestic or foreign,  in
which an adverse  decision might have a material  adverse effect on the business
or assets of the Company or the business or assets of the Subsidiary.

                  (i) The  Company  and the  Subsidiary  have good  title to all
properties and assets which the Prospectus indicates are owned by them, free and
clear of all liens,  security  interests,  pledges,  charges,  encumbrances  and
mortgages  (except  as may be  described  in the  Prospectus  or  such as in the
aggregate will not have a material adverse effect upon the business or assets of
the Company or the Subsidiary).

                  (j) The Company and the  Subsidiary  are not in default in any
material  respect under,  and no event has occurred  which,  with the passage of
time or the giving of  notice,  or both,  would  constitute  a material  default
under,  any  contract,  agreement,  instrument,  lease or  license  to which the
Company or the  Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them are bound,  except
as may be properly  described in the Prospectus or such as in the aggregate will
not have a material  adverse  effect on the business or assets of the Company or
on the business or assets of the Subsidiary.  The Company and the Subsidiary are
not in violation of their certificates of incorporation or bylaws.

                  (k) The  Company  has all  requisite  power and  authority  to
execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and to
issue, sell and deliver the Debentures in accordance with and upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.  All necessary corporate  proceedings of
the  Company  have been duly taken to  authorize  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance by the Company of this Agreement and the issuance, sale and delivery
of the  Debentures.  This  Agreement  has been  duly  authorized,  executed  and
delivered  by the Company,  is the legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of the
Company,  and is  enforceable  as to the Company in  accordance  with its terms,
except as rights to  indemnity  and  contribution  hereunder  may be  limited by
federal  or state  securities  laws,  court  decisions  or  public  policy.  The
Indenture  has been duly  authorized  by the Company and, when the Indenture has
been  executed  and  delivered,  will  constitute  the legal,  valid and binding
obligation  of the  Company,  and  will  be  enforceable  as to the  Company  in
accordance  with its terms.  The  Debentures  have been duly  authorized  by the
Company,  and when the Debentures  have been executed and  authenticated  in the
manner set forth in the Indenture and issued, sold and delivered against payment
therefor in accordance with this Agreement, will constitute the legal, valid and
binding  obligations  of the Company,  will be  enforceable as to the Company in
accordance  with their terms and the terms of the  Indenture  and the holders of
the Debentures will be entitled to the benefits  provided by the Indenture.  The
Debentures and the Indenture  conform to the description  thereof in the section
entitled  "Description of Debentures" in the Prospectus.  The  enforceability of
this  Agreement  and the  Indenture  is  subject to (i)  applicable  bankruptcy,
moratorium, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of
whether such principles are considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  (l)  No  consent,  authorization,  approval,  order,  license,
certificate  or permit of or from, or  declaration  or filing with, any federal,
state, local or other  governmental  authority or any court or other tribunal is
required  for the  execution,  delivery  or  performance  by the Company of this
Agreement or the Indenture, or the execution, authentication,  issuance, sale or
delivery  of the  Debentures  (except  (i)  registration  under the Act and (ii)
registration or qualification under "blue sky" or state securities laws).


                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (m) No  consent  of any  party  to  any  contract,  agreement,
instrument,  lease or license to which the Company or its Subsidiary is a party,
or to which any of the  Company's or its  Subsidiary's  properties or assets are
subject,  is  required  for  the  execution,  delivery  or  performance  of this
Agreement, or the Indenture, or the execution, authentication, issuance, sale or
delivery of the Debentures; and the execution,  delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the execution, authentication,  issuance, sale and delivery of the
Debentures,  will not violate,  result in a material breach of, conflict with or
(with or without o the giving of notice or the  passage of time or both)  result
in a default under any such contract,  agreement,  instrument, lease or license,
or violate  the  certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws of the Company or the
Subsidiary,  or violate  or  conflict  with any law,  rule,  regulation,  order,
judgment or decree  binding on the Company or its  Subsidiary or to which any of
the Company's or the Subsidiary's  properties or assets are subject or result in
the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of
the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of any contract,  agreement,
instrument,  lease or license to which the Company or its  Subsidiary is a party
or to which any of their properties or assets are subject.

                  (n) The Company knows of no outstanding claims for services in
the nature of a finder's fee or origination  fee with respect to the sale of the
Debentures  hereunder  resulting from its acts for which the  Underwriter may be
responsible.

                  (o) The Company and the Subsidiary  have filed all federal and
state tax  returns  which  were  required  to be filed by them and have paid all
taxes shown on such returns and all assessments  received by them, to the extent
such taxes or returns have become due (after giving  effect to applicable  grace
periods or extensions, if any).

         3.       Employment of Underwriter
                  -------------------------

                  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions  herein set forth, the
effective date of this  Agreement  commences on the effective date under the Act
of the  Registration  Statement (the "Effective  Date"),  and the Company hereby
appoints the  Underwriter as its exclusive  agent as of the Effective  Date, for
the purpose of offering the  Debentures as provided in this Agreement on a "best
efforts" basis with at least  $5,000,000 of the  Debentures  required to be sold
within  75 days  after  the  Effective  Date if any  Debentures  are  sold.  The
Underwriter  agrees to use its best efforts to sell the  Debentures as agent for
the Company. It is understood and agreed that there is no firm commitment on the
part of the Underwriter to purchase any of the Debentures.

                  (b) The Underwriter  will offer the Debentures  hereunder at a
price of $10,000 per Debenture. The Underwriter will be entitled to a commission
of  seven  percent  (7%) of the  purchase  price on each  Debenture  sold in the
offering by the  Underwriter or any of its selected  dealers.  In addition,  the
Company will pay the Underwriter a fee in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of
the aggregate  gross amount of Debentures  sold in the offering,  such fee to be
paid upon completion of the offering.  The  Underwriter  shall have the right to
associate with other dealers  selected by the Underwriter who are members of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., pursuant to a written Selected
Dealer Agreement, and to offer a part of the Debentures to such selected dealers
for  sale by them at the  offering  price.  In no event  shall  sales be made to
accounts  over which the  Underwriter  or any dealer may exercise  discretionary
authority without the written approval of the customer and the Underwriter prior
to the execution of any order,  and the Selected  Dealer  Agreement will include
provisions so as to assure compliance with this restriction. The Selected Dealer
Agreement  will provide  that if a Debenture  is sold through any such  selected
dealer, the Underwriter will allow to such selected dealer the entire commission

                                        4

<PAGE>



paid by the Company for such  Debenture.  If a Debenture is sold directly by the
Underwriter,  the  Underwriter  will  retain the entire  commission  paid by the
Company for such Debenture.  The  Underwriter  shall take such steps as it deems
appropriate  to  assure  that  purchasers  of  Debentures  meet the  suitability
standards set forth in the  Prospectus  or otherwise  imposed by the Company and
will  maintain  for a  period  of at  least  four  (4)  years  a  record  of the
information obtained to indicate that such standards have been met.

                  (c) The obligation of the  Underwriter to offer the Debentures
is subject to receipt by the  Underwriter  of a copy of written  advice from the
Commission that the Registration  Statement is effective.  It is also subject to
the Debentures  being qualified for offering under  applicable  state securities
laws.

                  (d)  (i)  A  special  interest-bearing  account  (the  "Escrow
Account"')  will be opened and  maintained  at  Manufacturers  and Traders Trust
Company  (the  "Bank")  in  Rochester,  New York,  for the  purpose  of  holding
subscription  funds in  escrow  until  the First  Closing  Date (as  hereinafter
defined).  The  title  of the  Escrow  Account  will  be  "Intervest  Bancshares
Corporation Escrow Account". All subscription funds shall be in the form of wire
transfers of immediately  available  funds, or checks,  and all checks should be
made  payable  to  "M&T  Bank,   as  Escrow  Agent  for   Intervest   Bancshares
Corporation."  After the First  Closing  Date all  checks for  subscriptions  of
Debentures  shall be made payable to  "Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation",  the
Company.  The Company, the Underwriter and the Bank will, prior to the beginning
of the offering of the Debentures,  enter into an escrow  agreement with respect
to the Escrow Account in form  satisfactory  to the parties.  The parties hereto
agree to  faithfully  perform  their  obligations  under such escrow  agreement.
Except to the extent that interest earned on the funds in the Escrow Account may
be applied to pay escrow expenses in the event the offering is terminated  prior
to the First  Closing  Date,  all  costs,  expenses,  and  charges  incurred  in
connection with the Escrow Account shall be paid by the Company.

                           (ii) Until the First Closing Date all funds  received
from  subscribers  by any selected  dealer shall be promptly  transmitted to the
Bank (for deposit in the Escrow  Account),  but in any event such funds shall be
so transmitted by noon of the next business day following the day such funds are
received  from the  subscriber by the selected  dealer.  The  Underwriter  shall
promptly  transmit  to the Bank all funds  received by it from  subscribers  for
deposit  in the  Escrow  Account  in  accordance  with  Rule  15c2-4  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  but in any event such funds shall
be so transmitted for deposit by noon of the next business day following the day
such funds are received.  After the First  Closing Date all funds  received from
subscribers  by  any  selected  dealer  shall  be  promptly  transmitted  to the
Underwriter for  distribution to the Company,  but in any event such funds shall
be transmitted by noon of the next business day following the day such funds are
received by the selected dealer.

                           (iii) The first  closing  of the  offering  will take
place at the  offices of counsel to the  Company on a date (the  "First  Closing
Date")  which is within ten  business  days  after the date on which  acceptable
subscriptions  have  been  received  in  cleared,  collected  funds for at least
$5,000,000 of Debentures.

                           (iv) On the First Closing Date the  Underwriter  will
cause the Bank to distribute  the funds on deposit in the Escrow  Account to the
Company,  selected dealers and the  Underwriter,  as their interests may appear.
The  Underwriter  will be  entitled  to  cause  the  Bank to  distribute  to the
Underwriter  from the  Escrow  Account  an amount  sufficient  to pay all of the


                                        5

<PAGE>



commissions on the Debentures sold to which the Underwriter and selected dealers
are  entitled  under the  provisions  of Section  3(c)  hereof.  Debentures  may
continue to be offered and sold for up to 150 days after the First Closing Date.
After the First Closing Date,  the  Underwriter  will  distribute the checks for
subscriptions  of Debentures  directly to the Company within one business day of
receipt by the Underwriter.  The Company shall, upon each subsequent  closing in
which  Debentures  are  issued,  remit  to the  Underwriter  commissions  on the
Debentures sold to which the Underwriter and selected dealers are entitled under
the provisions of Section 3(c) hereof.

                           (v)  In  the  event  the  offering  pursuant  to  the
Prospectus  is  terminated  prior  to the  First  Closing  Date  for any  reason
whatsoever,  the  Underwriter  shall  promptly  cause  the Bank to refund to the
subscribers  of the  Debentures  all funds which have been received from them by
the Underwriter. Interest earned on funds in the Escrow Account shall be applied
to pay escrow  expenses,  with the  balance of  interest,  if any, to be paid to
subscribers  in  proportion  to the amount of funds paid by each  subscriber  on
subscription  and without regard to the date when such  subscription  funds were
paid by the subscriber.

                  (e) In the event the offering is terminated prior to the First
Closing Date, this Agreement shall terminate,  and upon the payments and refunds
to subscribers  being made as provided in Section 3(f)(v),  neither party hereto
shall have any further  liability  to the other  hereunder.  In such event,  the
Underwriter shall not be entitled to any fees or commissions  hereunder and none
of the Warrants described in Section 3(d) will be delivered or deliverable.

                  (f) The Company  shall pay all costs and expenses  incident to
the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder,  including the fees
and expenses of the Company's  counsel and accountants,  registration  fees, the
costs and  expenses  incident to the  preparation,  printing and shipping of the
Registration  Statement,   each  preliminary  prospectus,   if  any,  the  final
Prospectus  and all amendments  and  supplements  thereto and this Agreement and
related documents,  filing fees required to be paid to the National  Association
of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,  the  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the
qualification  of the Debentures  under applicable state securities laws and the
fee of Underwriter's  legal counsel.  The Underwriter  shall pay all other costs
incurred or to be incurred by it, or by its  personnel,  in connection  with the
offering of the Debentures.

         4.       Covenants of the Company
                  ------------------------

                  (a) The  Company  will  furnish  to the  Underwriter,  without
charge,  as soon as the Registration  Statement or any amendment thereto becomes
effective  or a  supplement  is filed,  two  signed  copies of the  Registration
Statement and each  amendment  thereto,  including all financial  statements and
exhibits,  and two  copies of any  supplement  thereto.  The  Company  will also
furnish to the Underwriter  such number of conformed  copies of the Registration
Statement and of each amendment thereto,  including all financial statements but
excluding  exhibits,  and of each  supplement  thereto,  as the  Underwriter may
reasonably request.

                  (b) The Company  will  furnish to the  Underwriter  as soon as
possible after the Effective Date and thereafter  during the period  required by
law  for  the  Prospectus  to be  delivered  in  connection  with  sales  of the
Debentures, as many copies of the Prospectus (and of any amended or supplemented
Prospectus) as the Underwriter may reasonably request. If during such period any
event occurs as a result of which the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,
as then amended or supplemented, would include an untrue statement of a material


                                        6

<PAGE>



fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary in order to make the statements
made, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading,
or it shall be necessary to amend or supplement  the  Registration  Statement or
the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the Rules and Regulations,  the Company
will  forthwith  notify the  Underwriter  thereof and prepare and furnish to the
Underwriter  and dealers  selected by the  Underwriter,  in such quantity as the
Underwriter and such dealers may reasonably  request, an amendment or supplement
which  will  correct  such  statement  or  omission  or cause  the  Registration
Statement  and  the  Prospectus  to  comply  with  the Act  and  the  Rules  and
Regulations.  The Company will not at any time prior to the  expiration  of such
period,  whether before or after the Effective  Date,  file any amendment to the
Registration  Statement of which the Underwriter  will not have been advised and
furnished with a copy, or which is not in compliance  with the Act and the Rules
and Regulations.

                  (c) The  Company  will  use its  best  efforts  to  cause  the
Registration  Statement  to  become  effective  and  will  promptly  advise  the
Underwriter and will confirm such advice in writing, of the following:  (i) when
the Registration  Statement or any  post-effective  amendment thereto shall have
become  effective,  and when any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus is
filed  with the  Commission;  (ii) when the  Commission  shall make a request or
suggestion for any amendment to the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or
for additional  information and the nature and substance thereof;  and (iii) the
issuance by the Commission of a stop order  suspending the  effectiveness of the
Registration  Statement or the suspension of the qualification of the Debentures
for sale in any  jurisdiction,  or of the  initiation of any proceeding for that
purpose.

                  (d) The Company  will take all action  necessary to permit the
offering  of the  Debentures  as  contemplated  hereby  under the "blue  sky" or
securities laws of the states in which it determines  that  Debentures  shall be
sold; provided,  however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify as a
foreign  corporation  or to file a consent to service of process in any state in
any action other than one arising out of the offering or sale of the Debentures.
The Company shall furnish the  Underwriter  with written notice as to the states
in which  the  Debentures  are to be  offered,  together  with  such  reasonable
documentation  as may be requested  by the  Underwriter  to  establish  that the
Debentures  have been duly  registered for offer and sale in those states or are
exempt from the registration requirements of such states, including, among other
things,  "blue sky" memoranda or surveys prepared by the Company's  counsel with
respect to those states in which the Company has determined  that the Debentures
are to be offered.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  nothing in this  agreement
shall be construed as obligating the Underwriter or any selected dealers engaged
in the offering of the Debentures to offer Debentures in any states in which the
Underwriter  or  selected  dealer,  as the case may be, is not  registered  as a
broker-dealer.

                  (e) The  Company  will make  generally  available  (within the
meaning  of  Section  11(a) of the Act and the  Rules  and  Regulations)  to its
security  holders,  within 120 days of the first day of the  fiscal  year of the
Company,  an  earnings  statement  of the Company  (which will be in  reasonable
detail and will comply with the  requirements  of Section 11 (a) of the Act, but
need not be audited)  covering the prior fiscal year of the Company,  commencing
with the fiscal year of the Company during which this Agreement is executed.

                  (f) For a period of five years  after the  termination  of the
Offering,  the Company will furnish the Underwriter  without  charge,  within 90
days  after the end of each  fiscal  year,  a copy of its  financial  statements
certified by independent certified public accountants.


                                        7

<PAGE>



                  (g) The  Company  will apply the net  proceeds  received by it
from the  offering  in the  manner  set forth  under  "Use of  Proceeds"  in the
Prospectus.

                  (h) The Company  will furnish to the  Underwriter  as early as
practicable  prior to the First Closing Date, but no less than two full business
days prior thereto,  a copy of the latest available  unaudited interim financial
statements  of the  Company  which have been read by the  Company's  independent
certified  public  accountants,  as  stated  in their  letters  to be  furnished
pursuant to Section 5(f).

                  (i) The Company will comply with all registration, filing, and
reporting  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  which may from
time to time be  applicable  to the  Company,  and,  for a period of three years
after the termination of the Offering, the Company will furnish the Underwriter,
without charge,  with copies of all filings made with the Commission pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

                  (j)  The  Company  will  comply  with  all  provisions  of all
undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

                  (k) Offers and sales of  Debentures  by the Company shall only
be made by persons who meet the safe harbor  provisions  of Rule 3a4-1 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

         5.       Conditions of Underwriter's Obligations
                  ---------------------------------------

         The  obligations of the Underwriter as provided herein shall be subject
to the continuing  accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company
herein  contained  as of the date hereof and through and  including  the date of
termination  of  the  offering,  to  the  performance  by  the  Company  of  its
obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed,  and the following additional
conditions:

                  (a) The Registration  Statement shall have become effective at
the time of any sale of  Debentures  hereunder,  no Stop  Order  suspending  the
effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  shall  have been  issued  and no
proceeding  for that  purpose  shall have been  initiated or  threatened  by the
Commission or be pending.

                  (b) The Company shall not have sustained after the date hereof
any material loss or interference  with its business from any calamity,  whether
or not  covered  by  insurance,  which  in your  reasonable  judgment  makes  it
impracticable or inadvisable to sell the Debentures as contemplated hereby.

                  (c)  All  corporate   proceedings   and  related   matters  in
connection  with the  organization  of the Company and the  Subsidiary,  and the
registration,  authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Debentures, and
in connection with this Agreement,  shall be reasonably  satisfactory to you and
you shall  have been  furnished  with such  papers  and  information  as you may
reasonably have requested in this connection.

                  (d) Between the date hereof and the First Closing Date,  there
shall have been no litigation  instituted  or threatened  against the Company or
the Subsidiary and there shall have been no proceeding  instituted or threatened
against  the  Company  or the  Subsidiary  before  or by any  federal  or  state
commission, regulatory body or administrative agency or other governmental body,
domestic or foreign,  wherein an unfavorable  ruling,  decision or finding would
materially  adversely affect the business,  operations or financial condition or
income of the Company or the Subsidiary.

                                        8

<PAGE>



                  (e) At the time of the execution of this Agreement, and at the
First Closing Date, counsel for the Company shall provide to the Underwriter its
written  opinion,  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  counsel  for  the
Underwriter, with respect to the following matters:

                           (i)       The matters set forth in Paragraph 2(d).

                           (ii)      The matters set forth in Paragraph 2(e).

                           (iii)     The matters set forth in Paragraph 2(k).

                           (iv)      To the  best of  counsel's  knowledge,  the
                                     matters  set forth in  Paragraphs  2(l) and
                                     (m).

                           (v)       To the  best of  counsel's  knowledge,  the
                                     matters set forth in paragraph  2(h).  (vi)
                                     That the Registration  Statement has become
                                     effective  and to  the  best  of  counsel's
                                     knowledge,   the   matters   set  forth  in
                                     Paragraph 2(c).

                           (vii)     The matters set forth in paragraph 2(b).

                           (viii)    To the best of counsel's  knowledge,  there
                                     are  no  contracts,  agreements,  or  other
                                     understandings  required to be described in
                                     the Registration Statement or Prospectus or
                                     to be filed as exhibits to the Registration
                                     Statement  which  are not so  described  or
                                     filed.

                  (f) At the First Closing Date, Hacker,  Johnson, Cohen & Grieb
PA shall have furnished a letter addressed to you and dated as of the date it is
required to be delivered in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to you,
to the effect  that:  (i) with  respect to the Company  they are, and during the
period covered by their reports included in the  Registration  Statement and the
Prospectus they were,  independent  public accountants within the meaning of the
Act and the Rules and  Regulations,  and the response to Item 509 of  Regulation
S-K as reflected by the Registration  Statement is correct insofar as it relates
to them; (ii) in their opinion, the financial statements of the Company examined
by them at all  dates  and for all  periods  referred  to in their  opinion  and
included in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  comply in all material
respects with the applicable  accounting  requirements  of the Act and Rules and
Regulations;  (iii) on the basis of  certain  indicated  procedures  (but not an
examination  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles),
including,  but not  limited  to, a  reading  of the  latest  available  interim
unaudited financial  statements of the Company,  whether or not appearing in the
Prospectus,   inquiries  of  the  officers  of  the  Company  or  other  persons
responsible for its financial and accounting matters and a reading of the minute
book of the Company,  nothing has come to their attention which would cause them
to  believe  that (A) there has been any  change in the  capital  stock or other
securities of the Company or any payment or declaration of any dividend or other
distribution  in respect  thereof or  exchange  therefor  from that shown on its
audited balance sheets or a change in the debt of the Company from that shown or
contemplated under  "Capitalization" in the Registration Statement other than as
set forth in or contemplated by the Registration  Statement,  (B) there has been
any material adverse change in the financial  condition of the Company except as
set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, or (C) the unaudited
financial  statements and schedules of the Company  included in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus do not comply in form in all material respects with the
applicable accounting requirements of the Act and Rules and Regulations,  or are
not fairly presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles

                                        9

<PAGE>



applied on a consistent  basis; and (iv) they have compared  specific  numerical
data and  financial  information  pertaining  to the  Company  set  forth in the
Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  which  have  been  specified  by  the
Underwriter  prior to the date of this  Agreement,  to the extent that such data
and  information  may be  derived  from the  general  accounting  records of the
Company, and found them to be in agreement.

                  (g) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished
to you a  certificate  by the  President of the  Company,  dated as of the First
Closing Date and at the termination of the offering,  to the effect that (i) the
representations  and warranties of the Company herein are true and correct as of
each such date,  and the Company has complied  with all the  agreements  and has
satisfied  all the  conditions  on its part to be  performed  or satisfied at or
prior to each such date; (ii) the  Registration  Statement has become  effective
and no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been
issued and to the best  knowledge of the signer,  no proceeding for that purpose
has been  initiated or  threatened  by the  Commission;  and (iii) except as set
forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  since the respective dates
as of which and the periods for which  information is given in the  Registration
Statement and Prospectus and prior to the date of such certificate (A) there has
not been any substantial adverse change,  financial or otherwise, in the affairs
or  condition of the Company or the  Subsidiary  and (B) neither the Company nor
the Subsidiary have incurred any liabilities,  direct or contingent,  or entered
into any transactions, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business.

         6.       Indemnification
                  ---------------

                  (a) Subject to the  conditions  set forth  below,  the Company
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless you and each person,  if any, who controls
you within the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the Act,  against  any and all loss,
liability,  claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to,
any and all expense  and  counsel  fees  reasonably  incurred in  investigating,
preparing or defending against any litigation,  commenced or threatened,  or any
claim  whatsoever),  and any and all amounts paid in  settlement of any claim or
litigation,  arising out of, based upon or in connection  with (i) any untrue or
alleged  untrue  statement of a material fact  contained in (A) any  preliminary
prospectus,  the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended and  supplemented)  or (B) any  application  or other  document (in this
Section  6(a) called  "application")  executed by or on behalf of the Company or
based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in
any  jurisdiction  in order to qualify  the  Debentures  under the "blue sky" or
securities  laws  thereof;  (ii)  the  omission  or  alleged  omission  from any
preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (as from time
to time amended and supplemented) or any application of a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
unless such  statement or omission was made in reliance  upon and in  conformity
with written  information  furnished to the Company with respect to you by or on
behalf of you expressly for use in any preliminary prospectus,  the Registration
Statement  or  Prospectus  or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereof  or in any
application,  as the case may be;  or (iii) any  breach  of any  representation,
warranty,  covenant,  or agreement of the Company  contained in this  Agreement.
This  indemnity  shall  not  apply to  amounts  paid in  settlement  of any such
litigation if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company.

                  If any action is brought  against you or any of your officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents or counsel, or any controlling persons of
you (an "indemnified party") in respect of which indemnity may be sought against
the Company  pursuant to the  foregoing  paragraph,  such  indemnified  party or
parties shall promptly  notify the Company in writing of the institution of such
action  (but the failure so to notify  shall not  relieve  the Company  from any
liability it may have other than  pursuant to this Section 6(a)) and the Company


                                       10

<PAGE>



shall  promptly  assume the defense of such action,  including the employment of
counsel  (reasonably  satisfactory  to such  indemnified  party or parties)  and
payment of expenses.  Such indemnified  party or parties shall have the right to
employ its or their own counsel in any such case,  but the fees and  expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless
the  employment  of such counsel  shall have been  authorized  in writing by the
Company in  connection  with the defense of such action or the Company shall not
have promptly employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party
or parties to have  charge of the  defense  of such  action,  in either of which
events  such fees and  expenses  shall be borne by the  Company  and the Company
shall not have the right to direct the  defense of such  action on behalf of the
indemnified  party  or  parties.  Anything  in this  paragraph  to the  contrary
notwithstanding,  the Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any such
claim or action  effected  without  its  written  consent.  The  Company  agrees
promptly to notify you of the  commencement  of any  litigation  or  proceedings
against the Company or any of its officers or directors in  connection  with the
sale of the Debentures,  any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement,
the Prospectus,  any amendment or supplement  thereto or any  application.  With
respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made in, or omission
or alleged  omission from, any  preliminary  prospectus or the  Prospectus,  the
indemnity  agreement  contained  in  this  Section  6(a)  with  respect  to such
preliminary prospectus or Prospectus,  to the extent it is based on the claim of
a person who purchased  Debentures  directly  from you,  shall not inure to your
benefit  (or,  to the  benefit  of any of your  officers,  directors,  partners,
employees,  agents or counsel, or any person controlling you), if the Prospectus
(or the  Prospectus as amended or  supplemented  if the Company shall have filed
with the Commission  any amendment or supplement  thereto) which shall have been
furnished to you prior to the time you sent written confirmation of such sale to
such person does not contain  such  statement,  alleged  statement,  omission or
alleged  omission and a copy of the  Prospectus (or the Prospectus as amended or
supplemented  if the Company shall have filed with the  Commission any amendment
or supplement thereto) shall not have been sent or given to such person and such
person shall not otherwise  have received a copy thereof at or prior to the time
of the written confirmation of such sale to such person.

                  (b) You agree to indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company and
each of the officers and directors of the Company and each other person, if any,
who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act against any
and  all  such  losses,  liabilities,   claims,  damages  and  expenses  as  are
indemnified  by the Company under Section 6(a) above,  provided,  however,  that
such  indemnification  by you hereunder shall only be with respect to statements
or  omissions,  if any, made in any  preliminary  prospectus,  the  Registration
Statement,   the  Prospectus,   any  amendment  or  supplement  thereof  or  any
application,  in reliance  upon,  and in conformity  with,  written  information
furnished  by or  on  behalf  of  you  expressly  for  use  in  any  preliminary
prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  any  amendment  or
supplement thereof or in any of said  applications.  In case any action shall be
brought  against the  Company or any other  person so  indemnified  based on any
preliminary  prospectus,   the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,   any
amendment or supplement  thereof or any such application and in respect of which
indemnity may be sought  against you, you shall have the rights and duties given
to the Company,  and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have
the rights and duties given to you by the provisions of Section 6(a) above.

         7.       Underwriter's Representations and Warranties
                  --------------------------------------------

                  (a) The Underwriter represents and warrants to and agrees with
the Company that: (i) the Underwriter is a corporation  duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing  under the laws of the State of New York;  (ii) it
is  duly  authorized  to  execute  this  Agreement  and to  perform  its  duties
hereunder,  and the  execution  and  delivery  by it of this  Agreement  and the

                                       11

<PAGE>



consummation  of the  transactions  herein  contemplated  will not result in any
violation of, be in conflict with or constitute a default  under,  any agreement
or instrument to which the  Underwriter  is a party or by which it is bound,  or
any  judgment,  decree,  order,  or,  to its  knowledge,  any  statute,  rule or
regulation   applicable  to  it;  (iii)  the  Underwriter  is  registered  as  a
broker/dealer  with the Commission and is registered as a  broker/dealer  in all
states in which it  conducts  business  and is a member in good  standing of the
National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.;  and (iv) there is not now
pending or threatened  against the Underwriter any action or proceeding of which
it has been  advised,  in any court of  competent  jurisdiction  or  before  the
Commission or any state  securities  commission  concerning  its activities as a
broker/dealer, which would materially impair the Underwriter's ability to act as
such pursuant to this Agreement.

                  (b) The Underwriter will deliver a certificate dated as of the
First Closing Date and at the  termination  of the  offering,  and signed by the
president of the Underwriter stating that the representations of the Underwriter
set forth herein are true and correct in all  material  respects as of each such
date.

                  (c) The  Underwriter  covenants  that promptly after the First
Closing  Date,  and until such time as the earlier of:  $6,000,000 in Debentures
are sold or the  offering is  terminated  pursuant to Section 8 hereof,  it will
supply the Company with such  information as the Company may reasonably  request
to be  supplied  to the  securities  commissions  of such  states  in which  the
Debentures have been qualified for sale.

         8.       Effectiveness and Termination
                  -----------------------------

                  (a) This Agreement shall become  effective at 9:00 A.M. on the
first full business day after the  Effective  Date unless prior to such time you
shall have received  notice from the Company that it elects that this  Agreement
shall not become effective.

                  (b) This  Agreement may be terminated by you by written notice
to the Company in the event that the Company shall have failed or been unable to
comply with any of the terms,  conditions or provisions of this Agreement on the
part of the  Company to be  performed,  complied  with or  fulfilled  within the
respective times herein provided for, unless compliance therewith or performance
or satisfaction thereof shall have been expressly waived by you in writing.

                  (c) This  Agreement may be terminated by you by written notice
to the  Company  if you  believe  in your  reasonable  judgment  that a material
adverse  change has occurred in the  management of the Company,  that a material
adverse  change has occurred in the financial  condition or  obligations  of the
Company,  or if the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike,  fire, flood,
accident or other calamity of such a character as, in your reasonable  judgment,
may  interfere  materially  with  the  conduct  of the  Company's  business  and
operations regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured.

                  (d) This  Agreement may be terminated by you by written notice
to the Company at any time if, in your reasonable judgment,  the payment for and
delivery of the Debentures is rendered  impracticable or inadvisable because (i)
additional  material  governmental  restrictions  not in force and effect on the
date  hereof  shall  have been  imposed  upon the  registration  and/or  sale of
securities generally,  or (ii) there shall be a material outbreak of hostilities
or a material  escalation of existing  hostilities between the United States and
any foreign power or a formal declaration of war by the United States shall have
occurred,  or (iii)  substantial  and material  changes in the  condition of the
market  (either  generally or with reference to the sale of the Debentures to be

                                       12

<PAGE>



offered  hereby)  beyond  normal   fluctuations   are  such  that  it  would  be
undesirable, impracticable or inadvisable in your reasonable judgment to proceed
with this Agreement or with the offering of the Debentures.

                  (e)  This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by  either  party by
written  notice  to the  other  at any  time  before  it  becomes  effective  as
hereinabove provided.

                  (f) In the event, at any time prior to the First Closing Date,
any action or proceeding  shall be  instituted or threatened  against you in any
court of competent  jurisdiction,  before the Commission or any state securities
commission or in any court  pursuant to any federal,  state,  local or municipal
statute,  concerning your activities as a broker or dealer that would materially
impair  your  ability to act as  Underwriter  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or a
petition  in  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  or  for   reorganization  or  for  the
appointment  of a receiver  or trustee of your  assets is filed or if you make a
assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  the Company  shall have the right on
three  days'  written  notice to you to  terminate  this  Agreement  without any
liability to you of any kind.

                  (g) This Agreement shall  terminate if at least  $5,000,000 of
the  Debentures  are not sold  within 75 days  after  the date the  Registration
Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

                  (h) Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section
8 shall be without liability (including, but not limited to, loss of anticipated
profits or consequential  damages) on the part of any party hereto,  except that
the Company  shall  nevertheless  be  obligated  to pay to the  Underwriter  its
accountable  out-of-pocket  expenses  pursuant  to  Paragraph  3(f),  unless the
Agreement is  terminated  pursuant to Section  8(f),  and further  provided that
Paragraph 9(b) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         9.       Miscellaneous
                  -------------

                  (a)  Whenever  notice is  required by the  provisions  of this
Agreement to be given to the parties hereto, such notice shall be in writing and
shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid,  and shall be deemed  delivered  two days after  mailing,  and shall be
addressed  to the party to whom such notice is directed at the address set forth
above or at such other address as a party has designated by like notice.

                  (b) The respective indemnities,  agreements,  representations,
warranties and other statements of you and the Company  hereunder,  as set forth
in this Agreement or made pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force
and effect,  regardless  of any  investigation  made by or on behalf of you, the
Company, or any officers, directors or controlling person of you or the Company,
and shall survive delivery ofo and payment for the Debentures.

                  (c) This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure solely to
the  benefit of you and the  Company  and,  to the extent  provided in Section 6
hereof,  the officers  and  directors of the Company and any person who controls
you,  the Company and their  respective  successors  and  assigns,  and no other
person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  No
purchaser of any of the  Debentures  shall be construed a successor or assign by
reason merely of such purchase.

                  (d) This Agreement shall be construed and governed by the laws
of the State of New York. This Agreement cannot be changed or terminated orally.


                                       13

<PAGE>


                  (e)  This   Agreement   may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  each of which may be deemed an original and all of which together
will constitute one and the same instrument.

         Please confirm that the foregoing sets forth the Agreement  between you
and the Company by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter.


                                   Very truly yours,

                                   INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION

                                   By:      ___________________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


WE HEREBY  CONFIRM AS OF THE DATE  HEREOF  THAT THE ABOVE  LETTER SETS FORTH THE
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND UNDERSIGNED.

SAGE, RUTTY & CO., INC.

By:      ___________________________________
Name:
Title:
                                       14



                             SAGE, RUTTY & CO., INC.
                              183 East Main Street
                                    4th Floor
                            Rochester, New York 14604

                                                           Date:  ________, 1998

                            SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT

Dear Sirs:

         Sage, Rutty & Co., Inc., the underwriter (the  "Underwriter")  named in
the Prospectus  (as  hereinafter  defined) has agreed,  subject to the terms and
conditions of that certain underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement")
dated  ______________,  1998,  between the Underwriter and Intervest  Bancshares
Corporation (the "Issuer"),  to act as exclusive agent for the Issuer and to use
its best efforts to sell up to an aggregate of  $6,000,000  principal  amount of
its Series __/__/98  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures due July 1, 2008 (the
"Debentures").  The Debentures are more  particularly  described in the enclosed
prospectus (the  "Prospectus"),  additional  copies of which will be supplied in
reasonable quantities upon request.

         The  Underwriter  is  offering  a part of the  Debentures  for  sale by
selected  dealers  (the  "Selected  Dealers"),   including  yourself,   who  are
registered   with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  (the  "SEC")  as
broker-dealers  under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934
Act"),  and who are members in good  standing  of the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), on a "best efforts" basis.

         The  offering  is subject to the  delivery of the  Debentures,  and the
acceptance of the offering by the Underwriter, the approval of all legal matters
by counsel, and the terms and conditions herein set forth.

         Subject to the foregoing,  the Underwriter  confirms its agreement with
you (sometimes herein called the "Dealer"') as follows:

         1. Non-Exclusive Right to Offer and Sell.  Underwriter hereby grants to
you the non-exclusive  right to offer and sell the Debentures upon such terms as
the  Underwriter  shall from time to time determine and as set forth in the then
effective Prospectus relating to such Debentures. The amount of Debentures which
the Underwriter has initially  determined to permit you to offer and sell is set
forth at the end of this letter,  although the Underwriter reserves the right to
change  such  allotment.  You  agree (a) upon our  request,  to advise us of the
number  of  Debentures  allotted  to you  which  remain  unsold;  and (b) at our
request, to stop offering any such Debentures remaining unsold.

         2.  Compliance  with Laws. A  registration  statement on Form SB-2 (the
"Registration Statement") with respect to the Debentures has been filed with the
SEC  and  has  become  effective.  You  agree  to  comply  with  the  applicable
requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),  the
1934 Act and any  applicable  rules and  regulations  issued under said Acts. No
person is authorized by the Issuer or by the Underwriter to give any information
or to make any  representation  other than those  contained in the Prospectus in
connection with the sale of the Debentures.

         3. Dealer  Representations.  Dealer  represents  that it is a member in
good  standing  of the NASD and  agrees  to abide by all of the NASD  rules  and
regulations, and any interpretations thereof, including, without limitation, the
NASD  interpretation with respect to Free-Riding and Withholding and Rules 2420,
2730, 2740 and 2750 of the NASD Conduct Rules. Dealer also agrees to comply with
the  requirements  of all  applicable  Federal  and State Laws and all rules and
regulations  thereunder,   and  interpretations  thereof,   promulgated  by  any
regulatory agency having jurisdiction.

         In the event that a domestic or foreign Dealer should sell or offer for
sale the Debentures in any jurisdiction  outside the United States,  Dealer also
agrees to comply with the laws,  rules and  regulations of any  governmental  or
regulatory body applicable within such foreign jurisdiction.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         4. State  Registrations.  You will be informed by the Underwriter as to
the states in which we have been  advised by counsel  that the  Debentures  have
been  qualified  or  registered  for sale or are  exempt  under  the  respective
securities  or "blue sky" laws of such states,  but we have not assumed and will
not  assume  any  obligation  or  responsibility  as to  the  accuracy  of  such
information or as to the eligibility or right of any Selected Dealer to offer or
sell the Debentures in any state.

         5. Underwriter Authority and Liability. The Underwriter shall have full
authority to take such action as it may deem advisable in respect of all matters
pertaining to the offering or arising  thereunder.  The Underwriter shall not be
under any  liability  to you with  respect to any matter,  except such as may be
incurred under the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, except for
lack of good faith and except for  obligations  assumed by us in this Agreement,
and no obligation on our part shall be implied or inferred herefrom.

         6. Payment and Procedures.  All  subscriptions for investments shall be
confirmed on forms of a type  acceptable  under the rules and regulations of the
NASD and in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the 1934 Act. If at least  $5,000,000
in collected  funds (as defined in the Escrow  Agreement) have been received and
such subscriptions accepted by the Issuer by ____________,  1998, the Issuer may
close the Offering as to those subscribers (the "First Closing Date"). Until the
First  Closing  Date,  you shall  promptly,  upon receipt of any and all checks,
drafts, and money orders received from prospective purchasers of the Debentures,
transmit,  in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-4(b)  of the 1934 Act,  such items to
Manufacturers  and Traders Trust Company,  as Escrow Agent,  for deposit into an
account entitled "Intervest Bancshares  Corporation Escrow Account",  but in any
event such  transmittal  to the Escrow  Agent  shall be made by noon of the next
business day after your receipt of such funds.  Any Debentures  remaining unsold
after the First  Closing  Date may continue to be offered and sold for up to 150
days after the First  Closing  Date.  After the First  Closing  Date,  you shall
promptly  transmit any and all checks,  drafts,  and money orders  received from
prospective  purchasers of the Debentures to the Underwriter by noon of the next
business  day after you receive such funds.  At the same time you deliver  funds
received to the Escrow  Agent,  or directly to the  Underwriter,  you shall also
deliver to  Underwriter,  a written  account of each purchaser which sets forth,
among  other  things,  the name,  address and tax  identification  number of the
purchaser,  the number of  Debentures  purchased,  and the amount paid  therefor
which shall be accompanied by a copy of the check and any transmittal  letter to
the Escrow Agent.

         You agree to be bound by the terms of the Escrow Agreement  executed by
Underwriter and the Issuer and acknowledge that you have received a copy of such
Escrow Agreement.

         Until the First  Closing  Date,  checks  shall be made  payable to "M&T
Bank, as Escrow Agent for  Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation".  After the First
Closing   Date,   checks  shall  be  made  payable  to   "Intervest   Bancshares
Corporation",  the Issuer.  Until the First Closing Date, any checks received by
the  Escrow  Agent  which are made  payable  to any party  other than the Escrow
Agent,  shall be returned by the Escrow Agent to the purchaser who submitted the
check and shall not be accepted.

         All  Debentures  shall be registered and issued as designated by Dealer
after the Closing Dates specified in the Prospectus.

         The Issuer reserves the right to reject any  subscription,  and in such
case,  the Issuer will instruct the Escrow Agent or  Underwriter,  as may be the
case, to return, in full, any payment made in connection therewith.

         If at least  $5,000,000  in  collected  funds (as defined in the Escrow
Agreement) have not been received and such subscriptions  accepted by the Issuer
by  ___________,  1998,  subscription  documents  and  funds  shall be  promptly
returned to subscribers. Interest earned on funds in the Escrow Account shall be
applied to pay escrow expenses, with the balance of interest, if any, to be paid
to subscribers in proportion to the amount of funds paid by each such subscriber
without regard to the date when such subscription funds were paid. It shall be a
condition  of making any such  refund to a  subscriber,  however,  that there be
delivered to the Escrow Agent a Form W-9 executed by such subscriber.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         7.  Delivery of  Prospectus.  You shall solicit  subscriptions  for the
Debentures only in accordance with the then current Prospectus,  shall deliver a
current Prospectus to each prospective  investor,  shall utilize as solicitation
material only the Prospectus and such supplemental  sales literature as shall be
identified as such and  furnished or  authorized  in writing by the Issuer,  and
shall make no representations  other than those contained in such Prospectus and
supplemental  literature.  You shall also be  responsible  for the  servicing of
investors,  including  responding  to  inquiries  by, and  maintaining  periodic
contacts with, the investor.

         8.  Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Debentures.  During the term
of this Agreement,  you will not,  directly or indirectly,  buy, sell, or induce
others to buy or sell, the Debentures except (a) pursuant to this Agreement, (b)
as expressly  authorized by the  Underwriter in writing,  or (c) in the ordinary
course of business as broker or agent for a customer  pursuant to an unsolicited
order.  You  represent  that  you  have  not  participated  in  any  transaction
prohibited  by the  preceding  sentence and that you have at all times  complied
with the provisions of Regulation M of the 1934 Act applicable to this offering.
You will take such steps as you deem necessary to assure that  purchasers of the
Debentures  meet  the  suitability  standards  set  forth in the  Prospectus  or
otherwise  imposed by the Issuer and will maintain for a period of at least four
(4) years a record of the  information  obtained to indicate that such standards
have been met.

         9.  Commissions:  You will be  entitled to receive  commissions  in the
amount of 7% of the  purchase  price of each  Debenture  sold by you under  this
Agreement,  provided,  however,  that the  offering  will be  terminated  and no
commissions  will be payable  unless an aggregate of at least  $5,000,000 of the
Debentures are sold by _____________, 1998.

         10.  Dealer  Responsibility  for  Training  and  Representatives.   You
undertake  full  responsibility  for adequate  training of your  salesmen in all
features   of  the   Debentures   offered,   with   special   emphasis   on  the
responsibilities  of such salesmen for full disclosure to prospective  investors
and the necessity of delivering a Prospectus to each  investor.  You will accept
subscriptions only from persons whose investment objectives, to the best of your
knowledge and belief, are consistent with those of the Debentures offered.

         11.  Sales in  Discretionary  Accounts.  You agree  that,  without  the
written  approval of the customer and the Underwriter  prior to the execution of
any  order,   you  will  not  sell  to  any  account  over  which  you  exercise
discretionary  authority any of the Debentures  which you have been allotted and
which are subject to the terms of this Agreement.

         12.  Advertisements.  It is expected that public  advertisement of this
issue will be made on or about the effective date of the Registration Statement.
After the date of appearance of such advertisement, but not before, you are free
to  advertise  over your own name and at your own  expense  and  risk,  subject,
however, to our prior review and approval of any advertisement.

         13.  Termination  of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  may be terminated by
either party at any time by written or telegraphic  notice to the other, but the
Agreement  shall  not be valid  for more  than six (6)  months  from the date of
execution or beyond  completion  of the offering,  whichever is earlier,  except
when  extended by the  Underwriter  to complete the offering of the  Debentures.
Such termination  shall not affect your obligation to comply with this Agreement
nor your right to commissions,  as set forth in Paragraph 9 of this Agreement on
subscriptions confirmed by the Issuer by the time of such termination.

         14.  Relationship  of  Parties.  Nothing  in this  Agreement  shall  be
construed to constitute  Dealer a partner,  employee or agent of the Underwriter
or Issuer,  and neither  Underwriter,  Issuer or Dealer  shall be liable for any
obligation, act or omission of the other to third parties. However, in the event
such a claim is made, you agree to bear your share of any liability  arising out
of such claim.

         15. Dealer Expenses. All expenses incurred by Dealer in connection with
its  activities  under  this  Agreement  shall be borne by Dealer,  except  that
Underwriter will furnish,  without charge, a reasonable quantity of Prospectuses
and supplemental literature as issued.


                                        3

<PAGE>


         16.  Miscellaneous.  This Agreement supersedes all previous agreements,
whether  oral  or  written,  between  Underwriter  and  Dealer  relating  to the
Debentures and may not be modified except in writing.  All previous  agreements,
if any,  whether  oral or  written,  between  Underwriter  and dealer are hereby
canceled.  Neither party hereto  assumes any liability or obligation  toward the
other under this or any previous  agreement,  except as may be specifically  set
forth in this Agreement,  nor is any such liability or obligation to be inferred
or implied hereunder.

         All  communications  from you shall be addressed to the  Underwriter at
the address set forth above.  All  communications  from the  Underwriter  to you
shall be directed to the address to which this letter is mailed.

         This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of the
State of New York.

         Please confirm that the foregoing sets forth the Agreement  between you
and the  Underwriter  by signing and  returning to us the enclosed  copy of this
letter.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             SAGE, RUTTY & CO., INC.


                                             By:      __________________________

                                             -----------------------------------
                                                           (Title)

WE HEREBY CONFIRM AS OF THE DATE HEREOF
THAT THE ABOVE LETTER SETS FORTH THE
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERWRITER AND
THE UNDERSIGNED



                                                            AMOUNT OF DEBENTURES
                                                            TO  BE  OFFERED  FOR
                                                            SALE BY DEALER
- -------------------------------------
                  (Dealer)
                                                            --------------------

By:      ______________________________

- -------------------------------------
                  (Title)



                                        4


            =========================================================

            =========================================================

                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION


                                       AND


                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                   as Trustee



                                    INDENTURE

                          Dated as of ___________, 1998





                                   $6,000,000
                    Series __/__/98 Convertible Subordinated
                           Debentures Due July 1, 2008


            =========================================================

            =========================================================



<PAGE>



                              CROSS REFERENCE TABLE


TIA Section                                            Indenture Section

310(a)(1) and (2)...........................                  7.10
310(a)(3) and (4)...........................                  N.A.
310(b)......................................     7.08, 7.10, 11.02
310(c)......................................                  N.A.
311(a) and (b)..............................                  7.11
311(c)......................................                  N.A.
312(a)......................................                  2.05
312(b) and (c)..............................                  2.06
313(a)......................................                  7.06
313(b)(1)...................................                  N.A.
313(b)(2)...................................                  7.06
313(c)......................................           7.06, 11.02
313(d)......................................                  7.06
314(a)......................................           4.02, 11.02
314(b)......................................                  N.A.
314(c)(1) and (c)(2)........................                 11.03
314(c)(3) and (d)...........................                  N.A.
314(e)......................................                 11.04
314(f)......................................                  N.A.
315(a), (c) and (d).........................                  7.01
315(b)......................................           7.05, 11.02
315(e)......................................                  6.11
316(a)(1)(A)................................                  6.05
316(a)(1)(B)................................                  6.04
316(a)(2)...................................                  9.02
316(a) Last Paragraph.......................           2.10, 11.05
316(b)......................................                  6.07
317(a)......................................            6.08, 6.09
317(b)......................................                  2.04
318(a)......................................                 11.01



N.A. means Not Applicable.

Note:    This cross reference table shall not, for any purpose,  be deemed to be
         a part of the Indenture.



                                        2

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE ONE
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
                   ------------------------------------------

1.01.  Definitions.....................................................    9

1.02.  Other Definitions...............................................   11

1.03   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act...............   11

1.04.  Acts of Holders.................................................   12

1.05.  Rules of Construction...........................................   13

                                   ARTICLE TWO
                                 THE DEBENTURES
                                 --------------

2.01.  Form and Dating.................................................   13

2.02.  Execution and Authentication....................................   14

2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent......................................   14

2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.............................   15

2.05.  Debentureholder Lists...........................................   15

2.06.  Access of Information to Debentureholders. .....................   15

2.07.  Transfer and Exchange...........................................   16

2.08.  Replacement Debentures..........................................   17

2.09.  Outstanding Debentures..........................................   17

2.10.  Treasury Debentures.............................................   17

2.11.  Temporary Debentures............................................   17

2.12.  Cancellation....................................................   17

2.13.  Defaulted Interest..............................................   18

2.14.  CUSIP Numbers...................................................   18


                                        3

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE THREE
                                   REDEMPTION
                                   ----------

3.01.  Notices to Trustee.........................................    18

3.02.  Selection of Debentures to be Redeemed.....................    19

3.03.  Notice of Redemption.......................................    19

3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.............................    19

3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price................................    19

3.06.  Debentures Redeemed in Part................................    19

                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                                    COVENANTS
                                    ---------

4.01.  Payment of Debentures......................................    20

4.02.  SEC Reports................................................    20

4.03.  Compliance Certificate.....................................    20

4.04.  Limitation on Dividends and Stock Purchases................    20

4.05.  Pari Passu Indebtedness....................................    21

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                              SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
                              ---------------------

5.01.  When the Company May Merge, etc............................    21

                                   ARTICLE SIX
                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
                              ---------------------

6.01.  Events of Default..........................................    21

6.02.  Acceleration...............................................    22

6.03.  Other Remedies.............................................    22

6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults....................................    23


                                        4

<PAGE>



6.05.  Control by Majority.......................................     23

6.06.  Limitation of Suits.......................................     23

6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment......................     23

6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee................................     24

6.09.  Trustee May File Proof of Claim...........................     24

6.10.  Priorities................................................     24

6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.....................................     24

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN
                                     TRUSTEE
                                     -------

7.01.  Duties of Trustee..........................................    25

7.02.  Rights of Trustee..........................................    26

7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee...............................    26

7.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer.......................................    26

7.05.  Notice of Defaults.........................................    27

7.06.  Reports by Trustees to Holders.............................    27

7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.................................    27

7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.....................................    28

7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, etc...........................    29

7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification..............................    29

7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company......    29

7.12.  Paying Agents..............................................    29



                                        5

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE EIGHT
                             DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
                             ----------------------

8.01.  Termination of the Company's Obligations.......................     29

8.02.  Application of Trust Money.....................................     30

8.03.  Repayment to the Company.......................................     31

                                  ARTICLE NINE
                       AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
                       -----------------------------------

9.01.  Without Consent of Holders......................................    31

9.02.  With Consent of Holders.........................................    31

9.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures............................    32

9.04.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.............................    32

9.05.  Revocation and Effect of Consents...............................    32

9.06.  Notation on or Exchange of Debentures...........................    33

9.07.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.................................    33

                                   ARTICLE TEN
                                  SUBORDINATION
                                  -------------

10.01.  Agreement to Subordinate......................................     33

10.02.  Debentures Subordinated to Prior Payment of All
        Senior Indebtedness on Dissolution,
        Liquidation or Reorganization of the Company.................     34

10.03.  Debentureholders to be Subrogated to Rights of Holders
        of Senior Indebtedness.......................................     35

10.04.  Obligation of the Company Unconditional......................     35

10.05.  Knowledge of Trustee.........................................     36

10.06.  Application by Trustee of Monies Deposited With It...........     36

10.07.  Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or
        Omissions of the Company or Holders
        of Senior Indebtedness.......................................     37

                                        6

<PAGE>




10.08.  Debentureholders Authorize Trustee to
        Effectuate Subordination of Debentures.......................     37

10.09.  Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness.................     37

10.10.  Article Ten Not to Prevent Events of Default.................     37

10.11.  No Fiduciary Duty Created to Holders of Senior Indebtedness..     37

10.12.  Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced........................     38

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN
                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES
                            ------------------------

11.01.  Conversion Privilege and Conversion Price....................     38

11.02.  Exercise of Conversion Privilege.............................     38

11.03.  Fractions of Shares..........................................     39

11.04.  Adjustment of Conversion Price...............................     39

11.05.  Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Price....................     43

11.06.  Notice of Certain Corporate Actions..........................     43

11.07.  Company to Reserve Class A Common Stock.....................      44

11.08.  Taxes on Conversions........................................      44

11.09.  Covenant as to Class A Common Stock.........................      44

11.10.  Cancellation of Converted Debentures........................      44

11.11  Provisions in Case of Consolidation,
       Merger or Sale of Assets.....................................      44

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE
                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

12.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls................................      45

12.02.  Notices.....................................................      45

12.03.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent..........      46

                                        7

<PAGE>




12.04.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion...............      46

12.05.  Rules by Trustee and Agents.................................      47

12.06.  Legal Holidays..............................................      47

12.07.  Governing Law...............................................      47

12.08.  No Recourse Against Others..................................      47

12.09.  Successors..................................................      47

12.10.  Duplicate Originals.........................................      47

12.11.  Separability................................................      47



                                        8

<PAGE>



         INDENTURE,  dated as of ________ 1, 1998, between INTERVEST  BANCSHARES
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a
New York banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").

         Intending to be legally bound hereby,  each party agrees as follows for
the  benefit  of the other  party and for the equal and  ratable  benefit of the
Holders of the Company's Series __/__/98 Convertible Subordinated Debentures.

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
                   ------------------------------------------

         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

         "Affiliate"  means any person  directly or  indirectly  controlling  or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any
Subsidiary. For purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to
any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person,
directly or indirectly,  whether through the ownership of voting securities,  by
contract  or  otherwise;  and the  terms  "controlling"  and  "controlled"  have
meanings correlative to the foregoing.

         "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

         "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any
committee of that Board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

         "Business Day" means a day that is not a Legal Holiday.

         "Capital  Stock" means any and all shares,  interests,  participations,
rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.

         "Closing Price" means,  with respect to the Class A Common Stock of the
Company, for any day, the reported last sales price or, in case no such reported
sale takes place on such day,  the average of the  reported  closing bid and ask
prices,  in either  case (i) on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market or, if the Class A
Common  Stock is not  quoted on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  on the  principal
national  security  exchange  on which  the  Class A Common  Stock is  listed or
admitted  to  trading or (ii) if not  quoted on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market or
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities  exchange,  the average
of the closing bid and ask prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished by
any National  Securities  Exchange Member firm selected from time to time by the
Trustee for that purpose.

         "Class A Common Stock" means the Class A Common Stock,  par value $1.00
per share of the Company.


                                        9

<PAGE>



         "Common Stock" includes any stock of any class of the Company which has
no preference in respect of dividends or upon liquidation, include the Company's
Class A and Class B Common Stock.

         "Company"  means  the  party  named as such in this  Indenture  until a
successor  replaces  it  pursuant  to  the  applicable   provisions  hereof  and
thereafter means any such successor.

         "Debentures"  means:  the  Series  __/__/98  Convertible   Subordinated
Debentures,  issued  under this  Indenture,  and  maturing  on July 1, 2008;  as
amended  or  supplemented  from  time  to time  pursuant  to the  terms  of this
Indenture; "Debenture" means any one of such Debentures.

         "Default"  means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time
or both would be, an Event of Default.

         "Holder"  or  "Debentureholder"  means  the  person  in  whose  name  a
Debenture is registered on the Registrar's books.

         "Indebtedness"   means,   with  respect  to  any  person:   (i)(A)  all
indebtedness  of such person for borrowed  money,  (B) all  indebtedness of such
person which is evidenced by a note, debenture, bond or other similar instrument
(including  capitalized  lease  and  purchase  money  obligations),  and (C) all
indebtedness  (including  capitalized lease  obligations)  incurred,  assumed or
given in the  acquisition  (whether by way of purchase,  merger or otherwise) of
any  business,  real  property or other assets  (except  assets  acquired in the
ordinary  course of the acquiror's  business);  (ii) any  indebtedness of others
described in the  preceding  clause (i) which such person has  guaranteed or for
which it is otherwise  liable;  and (iii) any amendment,  renewal,  extension or
refunding of any indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above.

         "Indenture"  means this instrument as originally  executed or as it may
from  time  to  time  be  supplemented  or  amended  by one or  more  indentures
supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

         "Maturity" means July 1, 2008.

         "Officer"  means the  Chairman or  co-Chairman  of the Board,  the Vice
Chairman of the Board, the President,  any Vice President,  the Treasurer or the
Secretary of the Company.

         "Officers'  Certificate"  means a certificate signed by two Officers or
by an Officer  and an  Assistant  Treasurer  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the
Company.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who may
be counsel for the Company or other counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee.


                                       10

<PAGE>



         "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association,   joint-stock  company,  trust,   unincorporated   organization  or
government or other agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "principal" of a debt security means the principal of the security plus
the premium, if any, on the security.

         "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust
business.

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Subsidiary"  means a corporation,  a majority of whose voting stock is
owned by the  Company or a  Subsidiary.  Voting  stock is Capital  Stock  having
voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect directors.

         "TIA"  means  the  Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 (15 U.S.  Code  ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb)  as in effect on the date this  Indenture was executed,  except as
provided in Section 9.04.

         "Trading  Date" means each  Monday,  Tuesday,  Wednesday,  Thursday and
Friday,  other  than any day on which the Class A Common  Stock is not traded on
the principal  exchange or market on which the Class A Common Stock is traded or
quoted.

         "Trustee"  means  the  party  named as such in this  Indenture  until a
successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

         "United States" means the United State of America.

         SECTION 1.02.  Other Definitions.

Term                             Defined in Section

"Bankruptcy Law"                     6.01
"Custodian"                          6.01
"Event of Default"                   6.01
"Legal Holiday"                     11.06
"Paying Agent"                       2.03
"Registrar"                          2.03
"Restricted Payments"                4.04
"Senior Indebtedness"               10.01
"U.S. Government Obligations"        8.01

         SECTION  1.03.  Incorporation  by  Reference  of Trust  Indenture  Act.
Whenever  this  Indenture  refers to a provision  of the TIA,  the  provision is
incorporated by reference in and

                                       11

<PAGE>



made a part of this  Indenture.  The following TIA terms used in this  Indenture
have the following meanings:

         "Commission" means the SEC.

         "indenture securities" means the Debentures.

         "indenture security holder" means a Debentureholder.

         "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

         "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

         "obligor" on the  indenture  securities  means the Company or any other
         obligor on the Debentures.

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA  reference  to  another  statute or defined by SEC rules have the
meanings assigned to them.

         SECTION 1.04. Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand,  authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to
be given or taken by Holders  may be embodied  in and  evidenced  by one or more
instruments of  substantially  similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or
by agent duly appointed in writing;  and, except as herein  otherwise  expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required,  to the
Company.  Such instrument or instruments  (and the action  embodied  therein and
evidenced  thereby)  are herein  sometimes  referred  to as the "Act" of Holders
signing  such  instrument  or  instruments.  Proof  of  execution  of  any  such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose  of this  Indenture  and  conclusive  in  favor of the  Trustee  and the
Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

         (b) The  fact  and  date of the  execution  by any  person  of any such
instrument  or  writing  may be proved  by the  affidavit  of a witness  of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer  authorized by
law to take  acknowledgments  of deeds,  certifying that the individual  signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution  is by a  signer  acting  in a  capacity  other  than  his  individual
capacity,  such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute  sufficient proof
of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such  instrument or
writing,  or the authority of the Person  executing the same, may also be proved
in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

         (c) The ownership of Debentures  shall be proved by the registration of
the books of the Registrar.


                                       12

<PAGE>



         (d) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or other Act of the  Holder of any  Debenture  shall  bind  every  future
Holder of the same Debenture and the Holder of every  Debenture  issued upon the
registration of transfer  thereof or in exchange  therefor or in lieu thereof in
respect of anything  done,  omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the
Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon
such Debenture.

         (e) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request,  demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may,
at its option,  by or pursuant  to a Board  Resolution,  fix in advance a record
date for the  determination  of Holders  entitled to give such request,  demand,
authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company
shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request,
demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be
given  before or after such record  date,  but only the Holders of record at the
close of  business  on such  record  date shall be deemed to be Holders  for the
purposes  of  determining  whether  Holders  of  the  requisite   proportion  of
outstanding  Debentures  have authorized or agreed or consented to such request,
demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for
that  purpose  the  outstanding  Debentures  shall be computed as of such record
date; provided that no such  authorization,  agreement or consent by the Holders
on such record date shall be deemed  effective  unless it shall become effective
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the
record date.

         SECTION  1.05.  Rules of  Construction.  Unless the  context  otherwise
requires: (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (ii) an accounting term not
otherwise  defined has the meaning  assigned to it in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles;  (iii) "or" is not exclusive;  and (iv) words in
the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular.

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                 THE DEBENTURES
                                 --------------

         SECTION  2.01.  Form  and  Dating.  The  Debentures  and the  Trustee's
certificate of  authentication  shall be  substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibits A and B which are  incorporated  in and form a part of this  Indenture.
The  Debentures may have  notations,  legends or  endorsements  required by law,
securities  exchange  rule or usage.  The Company  shall approve the form of the
Debentures  and any notation,  legend or  endorsement  on them and its execution
shall constitute  conclusive  evidence of its approval.  Each Debenture shall be
dated the date of its authentication.  The terms and provisions contained in the
forms of Debenture annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B shall constitute,  and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication.  Two Officers shall execute
the Debentures for the Company by manual or facsimile  signature.  The Company's
seal shall be affixed or reproduced on the Debentures.

         If an Officer  whose  signature  is on a Debenture no longer holds that
office at the time the Registrar,  as  hereinafter  defined,  authenticates  the
Debenture, the Debenture shall be valid nevertheless.

         A Debenture  shall not be valid until the Registrar  manually signs the
certificate  of  authentication  on  the  Debenture.   The  signature  shall  be
conclusive  evidence  that the  Debenture  has  been  authenticated  under  this
Indenture.

         The Registrar shall  authenticate  Debentures for original issue in the
aggregate  principal  amount of up to  $6,000,000  upon a  written  order of the
Company  signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an  Assistant  Treasurer of
the Company. The order shall specify the amount and Maturity of Debentures to be
authenticated,  and the date on which the original  issue of Debentures is to be
authenticated.  The aggregate principal amount of Debentures  outstanding at any
time may not exceed the amount set forth  above  except as  provided in Sections
2.08 and 2.09.

         The Registrar  may appoint an  authenticating  agent  acceptable to the
Company  to  authenticate  Debentures.  Unless  limited  by the  terms  of  said
appointment,  an authenticating  agent may authenticate  Debentures whenever the
Registrar may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to  authentication  by the
Registrar   includes   authentication   by   such   authenticating   agent.   An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or
an Affiliate.

         The  Debentures  shall be  issuable  only in  registered  form  without
coupons and only in denominations of $10,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

         SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an
office or agency where  Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer
or  for  exchange  and  where  Debentures  may  be  surrendered  for  conversion
("Registrar")  and an office or agency where  Debentures  may be  presented  for
payment ("Paying Agent").  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Debentures
and  of  their  transfer  and  exchange.  The  Company  may  have  one  or  more
co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents.  The term "Paying Agent"
includes any additional paying agent. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.

         The Company shall enter into an appropriate  agency  agreement with any
Agent  not a  party  to  this  Indenture.  The  agreement  shall  implement  the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent and shall incorporate the
provisions  of the TIA.  The  Company  shall  notify the Trustee of the name and
address of any such  Agent.  If the Company  fails to  maintain a  Registrar  or
Paying Agent, upon notification and delivery of necessary  records,  the Trustee


                                       14

<PAGE>



shall  act as  such  and  shall  be  entitled  to  appropriate  compensation  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.07.

         The Company initially appoints THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking
corporation, as Registrar and Paying Agent.

         SECTION  2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.  The Company shall
require  each Paying  Agent to agree in writing to hold in trust for the benefit
of the  Debentureholders  or the Trustee all money held by the Paying  Agent for
the payment of principal of or interest on the  Debentures,  and the Company and
the Paying  Agent shall each notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in
making any such  payment.  While any such  default  continues,  the  Trustee may
require  a  Paying  Agent to pay all  money  held by it to the  Trustee.  If the
Company or a Subsidiary  acts as Paying Agent,  it shall segregate the money and
hold it as a separate  trust fund.  The Company at any time may require a Paying
Agent to pay all  money  held by it to the  Trustee.  Upon such  payment  to the
Trustee the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered
to the Trustee.

         SECTION 2.05.  Debentureholder  Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as
current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it
of the  names and  addresses  of  Debentureholders.  If the  Trustee  is not the
Registrar,  the Company  shall  furnish to the Trustee at least every six months
and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing,  a list,  in such
form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and
addresses of Debentureholders.

         SECTION 2.06.  Access of Information to  Debentureholders.  Within five
business days after the receipt by the Trustee of a written  application  by any
three or more Debentureholders stating that the applicants desire to communicate
with other  Debentureholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or
under the Debentures,  and accompanied by a form of proxy or other communication
which such applicants  proposed to transmit,  and by reasonable  proof that each
such  applicant  has  owned a  Debenture  for a period  of at least  six  months
preceding  the date of such  application,  the Trustee  shall,  at its election,
either:

                  (a) afford to such applicants access to all information in the
possession of the Trustee as to the names and addresses of the Debentureholders;
or

                  (b) inform such  applicants  as to the  approximate  number of
Debentureholders  according  to the most  recent  information  so  furnished  or
received  by the  Trustee,  and as to the  approximate  cost of  mailing to such
Debentureholders the form of proxy or other communication,  if any, specified in
such application.

         If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such
information,  the Trustee shall,  upon the written  request of such  applicants,
mail  to all  the  Debentureholders  copies  of  the  form  of  proxy  or  other
communication  which is  specified in the request,  with  reasonable  promptness

                                       15

<PAGE>



after a tender to the Trustee of the  material  to be mailed and of payment,  or
provision for the payment,  of the reasonable  expenses of such mailing,  unless
within five days after such tender,  the Trustee shall mail to such  applicants,
and file with the SEC  together  with a copy of the  material  to be  mailed,  a
written  statement  to the effect  that,  in the  opinion of the  Trustee,  such
mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Debentureholders or would
be in violation of  applicable  law.  Such written  statement  shall specify the
basis of such opinion.

         The Company,  the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the
protection of TIA ss.312.

         SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. (a) Where a Debenture is presented
to the Registrar or a  co-Registrar  with a request to register a transfer,  the
Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its  requirements for such
transaction  are met. To permit  transfers and exchanges,  upon surrender of any
Debenture  for  registration  of  transfer  at the  office or agency  maintained
pursuant to Section 2.03,  the Company  shall  execute and the  Registrar  shall
authenticate  Debentures to be issued upon transfer or exchange. If so requested
by the  Registrar,  all  Debentures  presented  for  exchange,  registration  of
transfer,  redemption or payment shall be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar,  duly executed by the registered
owner or by his attorney duly  authorized  in writing.  Any exchange or transfer
shall be without  charge to the  Debentureholder,  except  that the  Company may
require payment from the Debentureholder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. The Registrar
shall not transfer or exchange any Debenture or portion of a Debenture  selected
for  redemption,  or transfer or exchange any Debentures for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Debentures to be redeemed.

         (b)  Commencing  July 1,  2003,  Holders of  Debentures  in the Form of
Exhibit A shall have the right,  during the period between April 1 and May 31 of
each year, to surrender  such  Debentures in exchange for Debentures in the form
of  Exhibit  B. The  Registrar  shall  make the  exchange  as  requested  if the
Registrar's  requirements  for such  transactions  are met.  To  permit  such an
exchange,  the  Debentureholder  shall  deliver  the  Debenture  for  surrender,
accompanied  by a  letter  requesting  the  exchange,  and  such  other  written
instrument(s)  as may be requested by the  Registrar,  all duly  executed by the
registered owner or by his attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon delivery of
the Debentures for surrender,  the letter  requesting  such exchange,  and other
written instrument(s) that may be requested by the Registrar,  the Company shall
execute and the Registrar  shall  authenticate  Debentures to be issued upon the
effective  date of such  exchange.  The exchange shall be effective on the first
day of July following delivery of the Debentures for surrender. On the effective
date of an exchange,  the Company  shall pay to the  exchanging  Debentureholder
cash in an amount  equal to any  accrued  interest on the  Debentures  up to the
effective  date of such  exchange.  Such exchange shall be without charge to the
Debentureholder,   except  that  the  Company  may  require   payment  from  the
Debentureholder  of a sum  sufficient  to cover  any tax or  other  governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. The Registrar shall not exchange
any Debenture or portion of a Debenture selected for redemption, or exchange any
Debentures  for a  period  of 15  days  before  selection  of  Debentures  to be
redeemed.

                                       16

<PAGE>



         SECTION  2.08.  Replacement  Debentures.  If a mutilated  Debenture  is
surrendered  to the  Registrar  or if the Holder of a Debenture  claims that the
Debenture has been lost,  destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue
and the Registrar shall authenticate a replacement Debenture if the requirements
of the Company or the Registrar for such  transaction are met. The Registrar may
require an  indemnity  bond which  shall be  sufficient  in the  judgment of the
Registrar and the Company to protect the Company,  the Trustee,  the  Registrar,
any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which any of them may suffer
if a Debenture is replaced, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken. The Company may
charge  such  Holder  for  its  expenses  in  replacing  such  Debenture.  Every
replacement Debenture is an additional obligation of the Company.

         SECTION 2.09.  Outstanding  Debentures.  Debentures  outstanding at any
time are all Debentures authenticated by the Registrar except for those canceled
by it,  those  delivered  to it for  cancellation,  and those  described in this
Section 2.09. A Debenture does not cease to be  outstanding  because the Company
or one of its Subsidiaries holds the Debenture.

         If a Debenture is replaced  pursuant to Section  2.08,  it ceases to be
outstanding  unless the Trustee or the Registrar  receives proof satisfactory to
it that the replaced Debenture is held by a bona fide purchaser.

         If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) holds on a
redemption date or maturity date money  sufficient to pay Debentures  payable on
that date, then on and after that date such Debentures  shall be deemed to be no
longer outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.

         SECTION 2.10. Treasury  Debentures.  In determining whether the Holders
of the required amount of Debentures have concurred in any direction,  waiver or
consent,  and for the purpose of calculating and making payments of interest and
selecting  Debentures  for  redemption,  Debentures  owned by the  Company or an
Affiliate  shall be  disregarded,  except that for the  purposes of  determining
whether the Trustee  shall be protected in relying on any  direction,  waiver or
consent,  only  Debentures  the Trustee  actually knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded.

         SECTION 2.11.  Temporary  Debentures.  Until definitive  Debentures are
ready for delivery,  the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall  authenticate
temporary Debentures. Temporary Debentures shall be substantially in the form of
definitive  Debentures  but may  have  variations  that  the  Company  considers
appropriate for temporary  Debentures.  Without  unreasonable delay, the Company
shall  prepare and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  definitive  Debentures  in
exchange for temporary  Debentures.  Until such exchange,  temporary  Debentures
shall be entitled to the same rights,  benefits  and  privileges  as  definitive
Debentures.

         SECTION  2.12.  Cancellation.  The  Company  at any  time  may  deliver
Debentures to the Trustee or the Registrar for  cancellation.  The Registrar and
Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Debentures surrendered to them for

                                       17

<PAGE>



transfer,  exchange or payment.  The  Trustee or the  Registrar  and no one else
shall cancel and may destroy any Debentures surrendered for transfer,  exchange,
payment or cancellation and deliver a certificate of any such destruction to the
Company unless the Company  instructs the Trustee or the Registrar in writing to
deliver the Debentures to the Company.  The Company may not issue new Debentures
to replace,  or reissue or recall Debentures that it has (i) paid or redeemed or
(ii)  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired  and  delivered  to the  Trustee or the
Registrar for cancellation.

         SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.  If the Company defaults in a payment
of  interest  on the  Debentures,  it shall pay the  defaulted  interest  to the
persons who are  Debentureholders  on a  subsequent  special  record  date.  The
Company shall fix the special  payment date and special record date. The special
record  date shall be at least 15 days prior to the  special  payment  date.  At
least 15 days before such special  record date,  the Company  shall mail to each
Debentureholder  a notice that  states such  special  record  date,  the special
payment  date and the amount of defaulted  interest to be paid.  The Company may
pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner. Pursuant to Section 4.01, the
Company shall pay interest on overdue  installments  of interest,  to the extent
lawful.

         SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers.  The Company in issuing the Debentures may
use "CUSIP"  numbers (if then  generally in use),  and, if so, the Trustee shall
use  "CUSIP"  numbers in notices of  redemption  as a  convenience  to  Holders;
provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness  of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained
in any notice of a redemption  and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Debentures,  and any such redemption shall
not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                   REDEMPTION
                                   ----------

         SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. The Debentures may be redeemed at any
time in whole or in part, at the  redemption  price(s) set forth in section 5 of
the  Debentures.  The  Registrar  may  select  for  redemption  portions  of the
principal  amount of  Debentures  that have  denominations  larger than $10,000.
Debentures  and  portions  of them it selects  shall be in amounts of $10,000 or
integral multiples of $10,000.  If the Company elects to redeem  Debentures,  it
shall notify the Registrar in writing of the  redemption  date,  the Maturity or
Maturities  to be  redeemed,  and  the  principal  amount  of each  Maturity  of
Debentures to be redeemed. In the case of any such redemption, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  stating  that such  redemption
will comply  with the  provisions  for  redemption  contained  herein and in the
Debentures.

         The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.01 at
least 45 days before the  redemption  date  (except  that the Trustee may in its
sole discretion waive such notice period at any time).


                                       18

<PAGE>



         SECTION 3.02. Selection of Debentures to be Redeemed.  If less than all
the  Debentures of any Maturity are to be redeemed,  the Registrar  shall select
the  Debentures to be redeemed by such method as the  Registrar  shall deem fair
and  appropriate  or if the  Debentures  are  listed  on a  national  securities
exchange,  in accordance  with the rules of such exchange.  The Registrar  shall
make the selection from  Debentures  outstanding  and not previously  called for
redemption.  Provisions of this  Indenture  that apply to Debentures  called for
redemption also apply to portions of Debentures called for redemption.

         SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.  At least 30 days but not more than
90 days before a redemption  date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption
by  first-class  mail to each Holder of  Debentures  to be redeemed.  The notice
shall identify the Debentures to be redeemed and shall state: (i) the redemption
date; (ii) the redemption price and accrued interest, if any; (iii) the name and
address of the Paying Agent;  (iv) that Debentures called for redemption must be
surrendered  to the Paying  Agent to collect  the  redemption  price and accrued
interest, if any; (v) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption
payments,  interest on Debentures  called for redemption ceases to accrue on and
after the  redemption  date and the only  remaining  right of the  Holders is to
receive  payment of the  redemption  price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of
the Debentures;  (vi) if any Debenture is being redeemed in part, the portion of
the  principal  amount  of such  Debenture  to be  redeemed  and (vii) the CUSIP
number, if any. At the Company's request and expense, the Trustee shall give the
notice of redemption in the Company's name.

         SECTION  3.04.  Effect  of  Notice  of  Redemption.  Once a  notice  of
redemption is mailed, Debentures called for redemption become due and payable on
the redemption  date and at the redemption  price.  Upon surrender to the Paying
Agent,  such  Debentures  shall be paid at the  redemption  price,  plus accrued
interest  to the  redemption  date,  but  interest  installments  for  which the
interest  payment date is on or prior to such redemption date will be payable to
the  Holders of record at the close of  business on the  relevant  record  dates
referred to in the Debentures.

         SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption  Price.  At least one Business Day
prior to the  redemption  date,  the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent
(or if the Company is its own Paying Agent,  shall  segregate and hold in trust)
immediately  available  funds  sufficient  to pay the  redemption  price of, and
accrued interest on, all Debentures to be redeemed on that date.

         SECTION  3.06.  Debentures  Redeemed  in  Part.  Upon  surrender  of  a
Debenture that is redeemed in part,  the Registrar  shall  authenticate  for the
Holder,  at the expense of the Company,  a new  Debenture  of the same  Maturity
equal  in  principal   amount  to  the  unredeemed   portion  of  the  Debenture
surrendered.



                                       19

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                                    COVENANTS
                                    ---------

         SECTION  4.01.  Payment  of  Debentures.  The  Company  shall  pay  the
principal  of and  interest  on the  Debentures  on the dates and in the  manner
provided in the  Debentures.  An  installment  of principal or interest shall be
considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent (other than the Company or a
Subsidiary)  holds on that date money  designated  for and sufficient to pay the
installment.  The  Company  shall  deposit  with the  Paying  Agent  immediately
available funds sufficient to pay the principal of or interest on the Debentures
at least one Business Day prior to the dates provided in the Debentures.

         The Company  shall pay  interest on overdue  principal  and interest on
overdue  installments of interest,  to the extent lawful,  at the rate per annum
borne by the Debentures.

         SECTION 4.02.  SEC Reports.  Within 5 days after the Company files with
the SEC  copies of its  annual  reports  and other  information,  documents  and
reports (or copies of such  portions of any of the  foregoing  as the SEC may by
rules  and  regulations  prescribe)  which it is  required  to file with the SEC
pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  the
Company shall file the same with the Trustee. The Company also shall comply with
the other provisions of TIA ss. 314(a).

         SECTION 4.03. Compliance Certificate.  The Company shall deliver to the
Trustee  within 120 days  after the end of each  fiscal  year of the  Company an
Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company has
been  made  under  the  supervision  of the  signing  Officers  with  a view  to
determining  whether a Default or Event of Default has  occurred  and whether or
not the  signers  know of any Default by the  Company in  performing  any of its
obligations  under  this  Indenture.  If they do  know  of such a  Default,  the
certificate shall describe all such Events of Default or Defaults,  their status
and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect  thereto.
Upon  becoming  aware of any  Default or Event of  Default,  the  Company  shall
deliver an Officers'  Certificate to the Trustee specifying the Default or Event
of Default,  its status and the action the Company proposes to take with respect
thereto.

         SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Dividends and Stock Purchases.  The Company
shall not declare or pay any  dividend or make any  distribution  on its Capital
Stock or to its shareholders  (other than dividends or distributions  payable in
its Capital Stock) or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value,
or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire for value, any Capital
Stock of the Company  (collectively,  "Restricted  Payments") if, at the time of
such Restricted Payment, or after giving effect thereto, (i) an Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, or (ii) a Default shall occur as a result
thereof; provided,  however, that the provisions of this limitation on dividends
shall not prevent (A) the payment of any dividend  within 60 days after the date
of declaration  thereof,  if at said date of declaration  such payment  complied
with the provisions of this limitation on dividends, or (B) the acquisition or

                                       20

<PAGE>



retirement of any shares of the Company's  Capital Stock by exchange for, or out
of the proceeds of the sale of shares of, its Capital Stock.

         SECTION 4.05. Pari Passu Indebtedness. There shall be no restriction on
the amount or type of  Indebtedness  of the Company which may be pari passu with
(i.e.  having no  priority  of  payment  over and not  subordinated  in right of
payment to) or subordinate to the Debentures.  At December 31, 1997, the Company
did not  have  outstanding  any  Debentures  which  rank  pari  passu  with  the
Debentures.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                              SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
                              ---------------------

         SECTION  5.01.  When the Company May Merge,  etc. The Company shall not
consolidate with or merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially  all of
its assets to, any other person  unless (i) such other  person is a  corporation
organized or existing  under the laws of the United  States or a state  thereof,
(ii) such  surviving  person  (other  than the  Company)  expressly  assumes  by
supplemental  indenture all the obligations of the Company under the Debentures,
this Indenture and the other agreements related thereto, (iii) immediately after
such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists, and (iv) the Company has
delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each
stating  that such  consolidation,  merger  or  transfer  and such  supplemental
indenture  comply with this  Article and that all  conditions  precedent  herein
provided for have been complied  with.  Thereafter  all such  obligations of the
predecessor corporation shall terminate.

                                   ARTICLE SIX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
                              ---------------------

         SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  An "Event of Default" occurs if:

                  (1) the  Company  defaults  in the  payment of interest on any
         Debenture  when  the  same  becomes  due and  payable  and the  default
         continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment shall be
         prohibited by the provisions of Article Ten;

                  (2) the Company  defaults in the payment of  principal  of any
         Debenture  when the same  becomes  due and  payable at  maturity,  upon
         redemption  or  otherwise,   whether  or  not  such  payment  shall  be
         prohibited by the provisions of Article Ten;

                  (3)  the  Company  fails  to  comply  with  any of  its  other
         agreements  in  the  Debentures  or  this  Indenture  and  the  default
         continues for the period and after the notice specified below;


                                       21

<PAGE>



                  (4) the  Company  pursuant  to or within  the  meaning  of any
         Bankruptcy  Law:  (A)  commences a voluntary  case or  proceeding,  (B)
         consents  to  the  entry  of  an  order  for  relief  against  it in an
         involuntary  case or proceeding,  (C) consents to the  appointment of a
         Custodian (as defined herein) of it or for all or substantially  all of
         its property,  or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
         creditors;

                  (5) a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  enters  an  order or
         decree under any  Bankruptcy  Law that:  (A) is for relief  against the
         Company in an involuntary case or proceeding,  (B) appoints a Custodian
         of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property,  or (C)
         orders the  liquidation  of the Company,  and in each case the order or
         decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

         The term  "Bankruptcy  Law" means  Title 11,  U.S.  Code or any similar
Federal or state law for the relief of debtors.  The term "Custodian"  means any
receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy
Law.

         A default under clause (3) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee
or the  Holders  of at least 25% in  principal  amount  of the then  outstanding
Debentures  notify the Company of the default and the Company  does not cure the
default within 60 days after receipt of the notice.  The notice must specify the
default,  demand that it be  remedied  and state that the notice is a "Notice of
Default".  If the  Holders  of  25%  in  principal  amount  of  the  outstanding
Debentures  request the Trustee to give such notice on their behalf, the Trustee
shall do so.

         SECTION  6.02.  Acceleration.  If any Event of Default  (other  than an
Event of Default  specified in Section 6.01(4) or (5)) occurs and is continuing,
the  Trustee  by  notice  to the  Company,  or the  Holders  of at least  25% in
principal amount of the outstanding  Debentures by notice to the Company and the
Trustee,  may (but shall not be obligated  to) declare the  principal of and all
accrued interest on all the Debentures to be due and payable  immediately.  Upon
such   declaration  such  principal  and  interest  shall  be  due  and  payable
immediately.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) or (5) occurs,
all unpaid  principal and accrued  interest on the Debentures  then  outstanding
shall  ipso  facto  become  and be  immediately  due  and  payable  without  any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Debentureholder.  The
Holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Debentures  by
notice to the Trustee may rescind an  acceleration  and its  consequences if all
existing  Events of  Default  have been cured or waived,  except  nonpayment  of
principal or interest  that has become due solely  because of the  acceleration,
and if the  rescission  would not conflict with any judgment or decree.  No such
rescission  shall affect any subsequent  Default or impair any right  consequent
thereto.

         SECTION  6.03.  Other  Remedies.  If an Event of Default  occurs and is
continuing,  the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or
in equity to collect the payment of principal  of or interest on the  Debentures
or to  enforce  the  performance  of any  provision  of the  Debentures  or this
Indenture.


                                       22

<PAGE>



         The Trustee may maintain a  proceeding  even if it does not possess any
of the Debentures or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Debentureholder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing  upon an Event of  Default  shall  not  impair  the  right or remedy or
constitute  a waiver of or  acquiescence  in the Event of Default.  No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

         SECTION  6.04.  Waiver of Past  Defaults.  Subject to Sections 6.07 and
9.02,  the  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of  the  outstanding
Debentures  by  notice  to  the  Trustee  may  waive  a  past  Default  and  its
consequences,  except a Default under Section  6.01(1) or (2). When a Default is
so waived, it shall be deemed cured and ceases.

         SECTION  6.05.  Control by  Majority.  The  Holders  of a  majority  in
principal amount of outstanding Debentures may direct the time, method and place
of  conducting  any  proceeding  for any  remedy  available  to the  Trustee  or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee;  provided,  however: (i)
such  direction  shall  not be in  conflict  with any  rule of law or with  this
Indenture;  (ii) the  Trustee  shall not  determine  that the action so directed
would be  unjustly  prejudicial  to the rights of any Holder not taking  part in
such direction;  (iii) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any
such  direction if the Trustee,  being advised by counsel,  determines  that the
action so  directed  may not  lawfully  be taken or if the Trustee in good faith
shall  determine  that the  proceedings so directed would involve it in personal
liability;  or (iv) the Trustee may take any other action  deemed  proper by the
Trustee which is not  inconsistent  with such  direction.  In the event that the
Trustee  takes any action or follows any direction  pursuant to this  Indenture,
the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification  satisfactory to it in its sole
discretion  against  all risk,  loss or expense  caused by taking such action or
following such direction.

         SECTION 6.06. Limitation of Suits. A Debentureholder may not pursue any
remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Debentures  unless:  (i) the Holder
gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing  Event of Default;  (ii) the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures make a
written  request  to the  Trustee  to pursue the  remedy;  (iii) such  Holder or
Holders offer and, if requested,  provide to the Trustee  indemnity and security
satisfactory  to the Trustee  against any loss,  liability or expense;  (iv) the
Trustee  does not comply  with the request  within 60 days after  receipt of the
request and the offer and, if  requested,  provision of indemnity  and security;
and (v) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal  amount
of the  Debentures  do not give the Trustee a direction  inconsistent  with such
request.

         A Debentureholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another  Debentureholder  or to obtain a  preference  or priority  over  another
Debentureholder.

         SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.  Subject to Article
Ten and notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder of a Debenture  to receive  payment of  principal  of and interest on the
Debenture,  on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Debenture,  or

                                       23

<PAGE>



to  bring  suit  for the  enforcement  of any  such  payment  on or  after  such
respective  dates,  shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the
Holder,  except as to a  postponement  of an interest  payment  consented  to as
provided in clause (ii) of Section 9.02.

         SECTION  6.08.  Collection  Suit by Trustee.  If an Event of Default in
payment of interest or principal  specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and
is continuing,  the Trustee may recover  judgment in its own name and as trustee
of an express  trust  against the Company for the whole amount of principal  and
interest  remaining unpaid,  together with interest on overdue principal and, to
the extent  that the  payment of such  interest  is lawful,  interest on overdue
installments of interest.

         SECTION  6.09.  Trustee  May File Proof of Claim.  The Trustee may file
such  proofs of claim  and other  papers or  documents  as may be  necessary  or
advisable  in order to have the claims of the Trustee  (including  any claim for
compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee,  its agents
and counsel) and any predecessor Trustee and the Debentureholders allowed in any
judicial  proceedings  relative to the Company,  its  creditors or its property.
Nothing herein  contained  shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize
or  consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any  Debentureholder  any plan of
reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures
or the rights of any Holder  thereof,  or to  authorize  the  Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Debentureholder in any such proceedings.

         SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to
this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following  order: (i) first,
to the Trustee and any predecessor  Trustee for costs and expenses of collection
of such  monies and for  compensation  payable to the  Trustee or its agents and
counsel  and  all  other  expenses,  liabilities,  advances  and  other  amounts
incurred,  made or due under  Section  7.07;  (ii) second,  to holders of Senior
Indebtedness  of the Company to the extent required by Article Ten; (iii) third,
to  Debentureholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the Debentures for principal
and interest,  ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
the  amounts due and  payable on the  Debentures  for  principal  and  interest,
respectively; and (iv) fourth, to the Company. The Trustee may fix a record date
and payment date for any payment to Debentureholders pursuant to this Section.

         SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of
any right or remedy under this  Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for
any action  taken or omitted by it as  Trustee,  a court in its  discretion  may
require the filing by any party  litigant in the suit of an  undertaking  to pay
the costs of the suit,  and the court in its  discretion  may assess  reasonable
costs,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the
suit,  having due regard for the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
made by the party  litigant.  This  Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee,  a suit by a Holder  pursuant  to Section  6.07 or a suit by Holders of
more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures.


                                       24

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                                     TRUSTEE
                                     -------

         SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.

         (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,  the Trustee
shall  exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and
use the same  degree of care and  skill in their  exercise  as a prudent  person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

         (b)  Except  during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default;  (i) the
Trustee need perform only those duties that are  specifically  set forth in this
Indenture and no others;  and (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part,  the
Trustee  may  conclusively  rely,  as to the  truth  of the  statements  and the
correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the  requirements  of this Indenture;
the Trustee,  however,  shall examine the certificates and opinions submitted in
accordance  with Section  11.03 to determine  whether or not they conform to the
requirements of this Indenture.

         (c)  The  Trustee  may  not be  relieved  from  liability  for  its own
negligent  action,  its  own  negligent  failure  to  act  or  its  own  willful
misconduct,  except  that:  (i) this  paragraph  does not  limit  the  effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of  judgment  made in good faith by a  Responsible  Officer,  unless it is
proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining  the pertinent  facts; and
(iii) the  Trustee  shall not be liable  with  respect to any action it takes or
omits to take in good  faith  in  accordance  with a  direction  received  by it
pursuant to Section 6.05.

         (d) Every  provision of this  Indenture  that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

         (e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or
power or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability unless it
receives  indemnity  satisfactory  to it against any and all loss,  liability or
expense.

         (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money  received
by it except as the Trustee may agree with Company.

         (g) Money  held in trust by the  Trustee  need not be  segregated  from
other funds except to the extent required by law.



                                       25

<PAGE>



         SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.  Subject to Section 7.01:

         (a) The Trustee may rely on any  document  believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

         (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting,  it may require an
Officers'  Certificate  or an Opinion of Counsel,  which shall  conform with the
provisions of Section  11.04.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

         (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

         (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith which it believes  to be  authorized  or within its rights or
powers.

         (e) The Trustee may consult  with  counsel and the advice or opinion of
such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete  authorization  and
protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by
it hereunder in good faith and in accordance  with the advise or opinion of such
counsel.

         (f) The Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to exercise  any of the
rights  or  powers  vested  in it by this  Indenture  at the  request,  order or
direction of any of the Holders of the Debentures, pursuant to the provisions of
this Indenture,  unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee  security
and indemnity,  satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion,  against all
costs,  expenses and liabilities  which might be incurred by the Trustee therein
or thereby.

         (g) The Trustee shall not be obligated to make any  investigation  into
the  facts  or  matters  stated  in  any  resolution,   certificate,  statement,
instrument,  opinion, report, notice, request, direction,  consent, order, bond,
debenture or any other paper or document; provided, however, the Trustee, in its
discretion,  may make such further inquiry or  investigation  into such facts or
matters as it may see fit. Nothing  contained in this Indenture shall create any
liability to the Trustee in the event it elects to make or not to make a further
inquiry or investigation to which it is entitled as aforesaid.

         SECTION  7.03.  Individual  Rights  of  Trustee.  The  Trustee  in  its
individual  or any other  capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures
and may otherwise deal with the Company or its  Affiliates  with the same rights
it would  have if it were not the  Trustee.  Any Agent may do the same with like
rights. The Trustee, however, must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

         SECTION  7.04.   Trustee's   Disclaimer.   The  Trustee  shall  not  be
responsible  for and makes no  representation  as to the validity or adequacy of

                                       26

<PAGE>



this Indenture or the Debentures;  it shall not be accountable for the Company's
use of the proceeds from the Debentures;  and, subject to any liabilities  which
may be found to exist under the provisions of the Federal securities laws, shall
not be  responsible  for any  statement of the Company in this  Indenture or any
document  issued in connection  with the sale of the Debentures or any statement
in the  Debentures  other  than  its  certificate  of  authentication  or in any
prospectus  used in  connection  with the sale of such  Debentures,  other  than
statements provided in writing by the Trustee for use in such prospectus.

         SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing
and  if  it  is  known  to  the  Trustee,   the  Trustee   shall  mail  to  each
Debentureholder  notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs,  or if it
becomes known to the Trustee after such 90 days, as soon as practicable after it
becomes  known to the  Trustee.  Except in the case of a Default  in  payment of
principal of or interest on any Debenture or any amounts due on redemption,  the
Trustee may  withhold the notice if and so long as the board of directors of the
Trustee,  the executive or any trust committee of such board and/or  Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith  determine(s)  that withholding the notice
is in the interest of Debentureholders.

         SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustees to Holders. Within 60 days after each
May  15,   beginning  with  May  15,  1998,  the  Trustee  shall  mail  to  each
Debentureholder  a brief report dated as of such May 15 that  complies  with TIA
ss. 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b), (c) and (d).

         A  copy  of  each  such   report  at  the  time  of  its   mailing   to
Debentureholders  shall  be  filed by the  Company  with the SEC and each  stock
exchange on which the  Debentures  are listed.  The  Trustee  shall  furnish the
Company  with copies of such reports  sufficiently  in advance of its mailing to
Debentureholders  to permit the Company to make such filings in a timely manner.
The Company shall notify the Trustee when the Debentures are listed on any stock
exchange.

         SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.  The Company shall pay to the
Trustee such  compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee shall
from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee's  compensation  hereunder shall
not be limited by any law on compensation  relating to the trustee of an express
trust.  The Company  shall  reimburse  the Trustee upon  request for  reasonable
disbursements,  advances and expenses  incurred or made by it in connection with
its duties  hereunder.  The Company shall  indemnify each of the Trustee and any
predecessor  Trustee against any loss or liability  incurred by it in connection
with  the  administration  of this  trust  and  the  performance  of its  duties
hereunder,  including the reasonable  expenses and attorneys'  fees of defending
itself  against any claim of  liability  arising  hereunder.  The Company  shall
defend any claim  against  the  Trustee of which the  Company  has  notice.  The
Trustee may have  separate  counsel,  and if it does,  the Company shall pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any
expenses  or  indemnify  against any loss or  liability  incurred by the Trustee
through the Trustee's negligence or bad faith.


                                       27

<PAGE>



         The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 to indemnify and
compensate  the  Trustee to pay or  reimburse  the  Trustee  for such  expenses,
disbursements,  and  advances  shall  constitute  Indebtedness.  To  secure  the
Company's  payment  obligations  in this Section,  the Trustee shall have a lien
prior to the  Debentures  on all  money or  property  held or  collected  by the
Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of or interest on particular
Debentures.

         When  the  Trustee  incurs  expenses  or  renders  services  after  the
occurrence  of an Event of  Default  specified  in Section  6.01(4) or (5),  the
expenses  and the  compensation  for the  services  are  intended to  constitute
expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

         The  obligations  of the Company  under this Section 7.07 shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

         SECTION 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.  A resignation or removal of the
Trustee and the appointment of a successor  Trustee shall become  effective only
upon the  successor  Trustee's  acceptance  of  appointment  as provided in this
Section.  The Trustee may resign by so notifying  the Company.  The Holders of a
majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Debentures  may  remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company, and may appoint a successor
Trustee with the Company's  consent.  The Company may remove the Trustee if: (i)
the Trustee  fails to comply with Section  7.10;  (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a
bankrupt or an insolvent;  (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge
of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

         If the  Trustee  resigns or is  removed  or if a vacancy  exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.

         A  successor  Trustee  shall  deliver  a  written   acceptance  of  its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately thereafter,
the retiring  Trustee  shall  transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor  Trustee  (subject  to the lien  provided  for in Section  7.07),  the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become  effective,  and the
successor  Trustee  shall have all the rights,  powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to
each Debentureholder.

         If a successor  Trustee  does not take office  within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the
Holders of a majority in  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Debentures  may
petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

         If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10,  any  Debentureholder
may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee
and the  appointment  of a successor  Trustee,  provided,  however,  that if the
Trustee shall fail to comply with TIA ss. 310(b)(i),  only a Debentureholder who
has been a bona fide  holder of the  Debentures  for at least six months and has
requested  the Trustee in writing to comply with such  provision may so petition
such court.

                                       28

<PAGE>



         SECTION  7.09.  Successor  Trustee  by  Merger,  etc.  If  the  Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into or transfers all or substantially all
of  its  corporate  trust  business  to,  another  corporation,   the  successor
corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

         SECTION 7.10. Eligibility;  Disqualification.  There shall at all times
be a trustee hereunder which shall be a corporation organized and doing business
under the laws of the United  States or of any state  thereof  authorized  under
such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, shall be subject to supervision or
examination by Federal or state authority and shall at all times have a combined
capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000. If such trustee publishes reports of
condition  at least  annually,  pursuant to law or to the  requirements  of said
supervisory or examining authority,  then for the purposes of this Section 7.10,
the  combined  capital  and  surplus of such  trustee  shall be deemed to be its
combined  capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent  published  annual
report of condition.  This  Indenture  shall always have a trustee who satisfies
the  requirements of TIA  ss.310(a)(1) and (2) and the Trustee shall comply with
TIA ss.310(b).

         SECTION 7.11.  Preferential  Collection of Claims  Against the Company.
The  Trustee  shall  be  subject  to TIA  ss.  311(a),  excluding  any  creditor
relationship  arising as provided in TIA ss. 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned
or been removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.

         SECTION 7.12. Paying Agents.  The Company shall cause each Paying Agent
other  than  the  Trustee  to  execute  and  deliver  to it and the  Trustee  an
instrument  in which such Agent  shall  agree with the  Trustee,  subject to the
provisions of this Section 7.12;  (i) that it will hold sums held by it as Agent
for the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures (whether such sums
have been paid to it by the  Company  or by any  obligor on the  Debentures)  in
trust for the  benefit of Holders  of the  Debentures;  (ii) that it will at any
time during the  continuance of any Event of Default,  upon written request from
the Trustee,  deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it; (iii) that
it will give the  Trustee  written  notice  within  three  Business  Days of any
failure of the Company (or by any obligor on the  Debentures)  in the payment of
any  installment of the principal of or interest on the Debentures when the same
shall be due and payable;  and (iv) that it will comply with the  provisions  of
the TIA applicable to it.

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                             DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
                             ----------------------

         SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Company's Obligations. The Company may
terminate all of its obligations  under the Debentures and this Indenture if all
Debentures previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or
stolen  Debentures  which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation or if:


                                       29

<PAGE>



                  (1) the  Debentures  mature within one year or all of them are
         to  be  called  for  redemption  within  one  year  under  arrangements
         satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption;

                  (2) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee
         money  or  direct   non-callable   obligations   of,  or   non-callable
         obligations  guaranteed  by, the United States for the payment of which
         guarantee or obligation  the full faith and credit of the United States
         is pledged ("U.S. Government Obligations"), sufficient to pay principal
         of  and  interest  on  the   outstanding   Debentures  to  maturity  or
         redemption,  as the case  may be,  and  immediately  after  making  the
         deposit,   the  Company   shall  give  notice  of  such  event  to  the
         Debentureholders;  provided,  however, that if such irrevocable deposit
         in trust with the  Trustee of cash or U.S.  Government  Obligations  is
         made, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee either an Opinion
         of  Counsel  with no  material  qualifications  in form  and  substance
         satisfactory  to  the  Trustee  to  the  effect  that  Holders  of  the
         Debentures  (i) will not  recognize  income,  gain or loss for  Federal
         income tax  purposes as a result of such  deposit  (and the  defeasance
         contemplated  in  connection  therewith)  and (ii) will be  subject  to
         Federal  income tax on the same  amounts  and in the same manner and at
         the same  times  as  would  have  been  the  case if such  deposit  and
         defeasance had not occurred,  or an applicable favorable ruling to that
         effect is received from or published by the Internal Revenue Service;

                  (3) the  Company  has paid or  caused to be paid all sums then
         payable by the Company to the Trustee  hereunder as of the date of such
         deposit; and

                  (4) the Company  has  delivered  to the  Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
         precedent   provided  for  herein  relating  to  the  satisfaction  and
         discharge of this  Indenture  have been  complied  with.  The Company's
         obligations  in  paragraph 9 of the  Debentures  and in Sections  2.03,
         2.04, 2.05, 2.07,  2.08,  4.01, 7.07 and 8.03,  however,  shall survive
         until  the  Debentures  are  no  longer  outstanding.  Thereafter,  the
         Company's obligations in such paragraph 9 and in Sections 7.07 and 8.03
         shall survive.

         After such irrevocable deposit and delivery of an Officers' Certificate
and Opinion of Counsel  pursuant to this Section 8.01,  the Trustee upon request
shall  acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's  obligations  under
the  Debentures  and this  Indenture  except  for  those  surviving  obligations
specified above.

         SECTION  8.02.  Application  of Trust Money.  The Trustee shall hold in
trust  money and U.S.  Government  Obligations  deposited  with it  pursuant  to
Section 8.01. It shall apply the deposited money through the Paying Agent and in
accordance  with this  Indenture  to the payment of principal of and interest on
Debentures.  Money and U.S. Government Obligations so held in trust shall not be
subject to Article Ten.


                                       30

<PAGE>



         SECTION 8.03.  Repayment to the Company.  Subject to Section 7.07,  the
Trustee and the Paying Agent shall  promptly pay to the Company upon request any
excess money or securities  held by them at any time. The Trustee and the Paying
Agent  shall pay to the  Company  upon  request  any money  held by them for the
payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years,  provided
such request is made by the Company within one year after the expiration of such
two year period that such money remains unclaimed. Thereafter, the Company shall
have no right to request  repayment of unclaimed money, and such unclaimed money
shall be held and disposed of by the Trustee in accordance  with applicable law.
The Trustee and the Paying  Agent shall have no right to request or require that
the Company accept repayment of any unclaimed money.

         The  Trustee or the Paying  Agent,  before  being  required to make any
repayment to the Company of unclaimed  money,  may at the expense of the Company
mail to each Holder who has failed to claim a payment of  interest or  principal
which is due,  notice that such money remains  unclaimed and that,  after a date
specified  therein  (which  shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
mailing),  any unclaimed  balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to
the Company.  After  payment to the Company,  Debentureholders  entitled to such
money  must  look  to the  Company  for  payment  as  general  creditors  unless
applicable  abandoned  property law designates another person, and all liability
of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                       AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
                       -----------------------------------

         SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company, with the consent
of Trustee,  may amend or supplement  this Indenture or the  Debentures  without
notice  to or  consent  of any  Debentureholder:  (i)  to  cure  any  ambiguity,
omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Section 5.01; or (iii) to
make  any   change   that  does  not   adversely   affect   the  rights  of  any
Debentureholder.   The  Trustee  shall  not  be  obligated  to  enter  into  any
supplemental  indenture which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture.

         SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. The Company, with the consent of
the Trustee,  may amend or supplement  this Indenture or the Debentures  without
notice to any Debentureholder, but with the written consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures.  The Holders
of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Debentures  may waive
compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Debentures
without   notice  to  any   Debentureholder.   Without   the   consent  of  each
Debentureholder affected, however, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including
a waiver  pursuant to Section 6.04, may not: (i) reduce the amount of Debentures
whose  Holders must consent to an amendment,  supplement or waiver;  (ii) reduce
the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Debenture  (except
that  Holders  of not  less  than 75% in  principal  amount  of all  outstanding
Debentures  may  consent,  on behalf of the  Holders  of all of the  outstanding
Debentures,  to the  postponement  of any  interest  payment  for a  period  not


                                       31

<PAGE>



exceeding  three  years from its due date);  (iii)  reduce the  principal  of or
extend the fixed maturity of any Debenture;  (iv) waive a default in the payment
of the principal of or interest on, or other redemption payment with respect to,
any Debenture, (v) make any Debenture payable in money other than that stated in
the Debenture;  (vi) make any change in Article Ten that  adversely  affects the
rights of any Debentureholder; or (vii) make any change in Section 6.04, 6.07 or
the third sentence of this Section 9.02.

         After an  amendment,  supplement  or waiver  under  this  Section  9.02
becomes  effective,  the  Company  shall  mail to the  Holders a notice  briefly
describing the amendment.

         It shall not be  necessary  for the consent of the  Holders  under this
section to approve the particular form of any proposed  amendment or supplement,
but it shall be sufficient if such consent approved the substance thereof.

         Upon the request of the Company,  accompanied  by a  resolution  of the
Board of Directors or any duly  authorized  committee  thereof,  authorizing the
execution  of any such  supplemental  indenture,  and upon the  filing  with the
Trustee  of  evidence  satisfactory  to  the  Trustee  of  the  consent  of  the
Debentureholders  as  aforesaid,  the  Trustee  shall  join with the  Company in
execution of such  supplemental  indenture  unless such  supplemental  indenture
affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture.

         SECTION 9.03. Execution of Supplemental  Indentures.  In executing,  or
accepting the additional trust created by, any supplemental  indenture permitted
by this  Article or the  modifications  thereby  of the  trusts  created by this
Indenture,  the Trustee  shall be entitled to receive,  and  (subject to Section
7.01) shall be fully  protected in relying upon,  an Opinion of Counsel  stating
that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is authorized or permitted by
this  Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any
such  supplemental  indenture  which affects the  Trustee's own rights,  duties,
liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

         SECTION 9.04.  Compliance  with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to
or supplement of this Indenture or the  Debentures  shall comply with the TIA as
then in effect.

         SECTION 9.05.  Revocation  and Effect of Consents.  Until an amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to an amendment, supplement or
waiver by a Holder of a  Debenture  is a  continuing  consent  by the Holder and
every  subsequent  Holder of that  Debenture or portion of that  Debenture  that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's  Debenture,  even if notation
of the  consent  is not made on any  Debenture.  Any such  Holder or  subsequent
Holder,  however,  may revoke the  consent as to his  Debenture  or portion of a
Debenture.  Such revocation  shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the
notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective. An amendment,  supplement or waiver shall become effective on receipt
by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite  percentage
in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures.

                                       32

<PAGE>



         The Company may,  but shall not be obligated  to, fix a record date for
the  purpose of  determining  the persons  entitled to consent to any  indenture
supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date,
or their duly designated  proxies,  and only such persons,  shall be entitled to
consent  to such  supplemental  indenture,  whether or not such  Holders  remain
Holders  after such record date;  provided,  that unless such consent shall have
become  effective by virtue of the  requisite  percentage  having been  obtained
prior to the date which is six months after such record  date,  any such consent
previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be
canceled and of no further effect.

         After an amendment,  supplement or waiver becomes  effective,  it shall
bind every Debentureholder  unless it makes a change described in any of clauses
(i) through  (vii) of Section 9.02.  In that case the  amendment,  supplement or
waiver shall bind each Holder of a Debenture  who has  consented to it and every
subsequent  Holder of a Debenture or portion of a Debenture  that  evidences the
same  debt as the  consenting  Holder's  Debenture  (except  that an  amendment,
supplement or wavier  postponing any interest payment for a period not exceeding
three years from its due date shall, as provided in clause (ii) of Section 9.02,
bind all  Debentureholders  upon the  consent of Holders of not less than 75% in
principal amount of all outstanding Debentures).

         SECTION 9.06.  Notation on or Exchange of Debentures.  If an amendment,
supplement or waiver  changes the terms of a Debenture,  the Trustee may require
the Holder of the Debenture to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee may place
an appropriate  notation on the Debenture  about the changed terms and return it
to the Holder.  Alternatively,  if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the
Company  in  exchange  for the  Debenture  shall  issue  and the  Trustee  shall
authenticate a new Debenture  that reflects the changed  terms.  Failure to make
the appropriate  notation or issue a new Debenture shall not affect the validity
and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

         SECTION 9.07. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee may but need
not sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article
if the  amendment,  supplement  or waiver  adversely  affects  the rights of the
Trustee.  The Trustee  shall be  entitled  to request  and receive an  indemnity
satisfactory to it before signing any amendment, supplement or waiver.

                                   ARTICLE TEN

                                  SUBORDINATION
                                  -------------

         SECTION 10.01.  Agreement to Subordinate.  The Company,  for itself and
its successors,  and each Holder,  by his acceptance of Debentures,  agrees that
the payment of the  principal  of,  interest on or any other  amounts due on the
Debentures is subordinated in right of payment,  to the extent and in the manner
stated  in this  Article  Ten,  to the  prior  payment  in  full  of all  Senior
Indebtedness.  Each Holder by his  acceptance of the  Debentures  authorizes and
directs  the Trustee on his behalf to take such  action as may be  necessary  or

                                       33

<PAGE>



appropriate to  effectuate,  as between the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  and
such  Holder,  the  subordination  provided in this Article Ten and appoints the
Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

         This Article Ten shall  constitute  a  continuing  offer to all persons
who, in reliance upon such  provisions,  become holders of, or continue to hold,
Senior  Indebtedness,  and such  provisions of this Article Ten are made for the
benefit  of the  holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness,  and such  holders  are made
obligees  under this  Article Ten and they and/or each of them may enforce  such
provisions  of  this  Article  Ten.  The  Trustee  has no  fiduciary  duties  or
obligations to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

         "Senior  Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company outstanding at
any time, whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, which (i)
is secured,  in whole or in part, by any asset or assets owned by the Company or
a  Subsidiary,  or (ii) arises from  unsecured  borrowings by the Company from a
commercial  bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan  association,  an insurance
company, a company whose securities are traded in a national  securities market,
or any majority-owned  subsidiary of any of the foregoing,  or (iii) arises from
unsecured  borrowings  by the Company  from any pension  plan (as defined in ss.
3(2) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended),  or
(iv) arises from  borrowings  by the Company  which are  evidenced by commercial
paper, or (v) other unsecured borrowings by the Company which are subordinate to
Indebtedness  of a type  described  in  clauses  (i),  (ii)  or (iv)  above  if,
immediately after the issuance thereof, the total capital,  surplus and retained
earnings of the Company exceed the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount
of such borrowings,  or (vi) is a guarantee or other liability of the Company of
or with respect to  Indebtedness  of a Subsidiary of a type  described in any of
clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.

         SECTION 10.02.  Debentures  Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior
Indebtedness on Dissolution,  Liquidation or Reorganization of the Company. Upon
any  distribution  of assets of the  Company  in any  dissolution,  winding  up,
liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy,  insolvency
or  receivership  proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors
or otherwise);

         (a) the holders of all Senior  Indebtedness  shall first be entitled to
receive payment in full of all principal thereof, interest due thereon and other
amounts due thereon before the Holders of the Debentures are entitled to receive
any payment on account of the principal of or interest on the Debentures;

         (b) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or
character,  whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the
Debentures  or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the  Debentures  would be
entitled  except for the  provisions  of this  Article Ten,  including  any such
payment or  distribution  which may be payable or  deliverable  by reason of the
payment of any other  indebtedness  of the  Company  being  subordinated  or the
payment of the Debentures,  shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or
other person making such payment or distribution  directly to the holders of the
Senior Indebtedness or their  representative (pro rata as to each such holder or

                                       34

<PAGE>



representative  on  the  basis  of  the  respective  amounts  of  unpaid  Senior
Indebtedness  held or  represented  by each),  to the extent  necessary  to make
payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect
to any concurrent  payment or distribution or provision  therefor to the holders
of such Senior  Indebtedness,  except that  Holders of the  Debentures  shall be
entitled to receive  securities that are subordinated to Senior  Indebtedness to
at least the same extent as the Debentures; and

         (c) in the event that  notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 10.02,  any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind
or  character,  whether in cash,  property  or  securities,  including  any such
payment or  distribution  which may be payable or  deliverable  by reason of the
payment of any other  indebtedness  of the  Company  being  subordinated  to the
payment of the  Debentures,  shall be  received by the Trustee or the Holders of
the Debentures on account of principal of or interest on the  Debentures  before
all Senior  Indebtedness  is paid in full, or effective  provision  made for its
payment,  such payment or  distribution  (subject to the  provisions of Sections
10.05 and 10.06)  shall be received and held in trust for and shall be paid over
to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness  remaining unpaid or unprovided for or
their  representative  (pro rata as  provided  in  subsection  (b)  above),  for
application  to the  payment of such Senior  Indebtedness  until all such Senior
Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent
payment or  distribution  or  provision  therefor  to the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, except that Holders of the Debentures shall be entitled to receive
securities  that are  subordinated  to Senior  Indebtedness to at least the same
extent as the Debentures.

The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any  dissolution,
winding up,  liquidation or  reorganization of the Company and of any fact known
to the  Company  which  would  prohibit  the making of any  payment to or by the
Trustee in respect of the Debentures.

         SECTION 10.03.  Debentureholders  to be Subrogated to Rights of Holders
of  Senior  Indebtedness.   Subject  to  the  payment  in  full  of  all  Senior
Indebtedness  pursuant to this Article Ten, the Holders of the Debentures  shall
be  subrogated  equally  and  ratably to the right of the  holders of the Senior
Indebtedness  to receive  payments  or  distributions  of assets of the  Company
applicable to the Senior  Indebtedness until all amounts owing on the Debentures
shall be paid in full,  and for the purpose of such  subrogation  no payments or
distributions  to the holders of the Senior  Indebtedness by or on behalf of the
Company or by or on behalf of the  Holders of the  Debentures  by virtue of this
Article  Ten  which  otherwise  would  have  been  made  to the  Holders  of the
Debentures shall, as among the Company,  its creditors other than holders of the
Senior  Indebtedness and the Holders of the Debentures,  be deemed to be payment
by the Company to or on account of the Senior Indebtedness,  it being understood
that the  provisions of this Article Ten are intended  solely for the purpose of
defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Debentures,  on the one hand,
and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

         SECTION  10.04.  Obligation  of  the  Company  Unconditional.   Nothing
contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Debenture
is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than

                                       35

<PAGE>



Holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Debentures, the obligation
of the Company,  which is absolute and  unconditional,  to pay to the Holders of
the  Debentures  the principal of and interest on the Debentures as and when the
same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended
to or shall  affect the  relative  rights of the Holders of the  Debentures  and
creditors of the Company, other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, nor
shall  anything  herein or  therein  prevent  the  Trustee  or the Holder of any
Debenture  from  exercising all remedies  otherwise  permitted by applicable law
upon default under this  Indenture,  subject to the rights,  if any,  under this
Article Ten of the holders of Senior  Indebtedness in respect of cash,  property
or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon
any  distribution of assets of the Company  referred to in this Article Ten, the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, and the Holders of
the  Debentures  shall be  entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  which  such  dissolution,   winding  up,
liquidation or reorganization  proceedings are pending,  or a certificate of the
liquidating  trustee or agent or other  person  making any  distribution  to the
Trustee or the Holders of the Debentures,  for the purpose of  ascertaining  the
persons entitled to participate in such distribution,  the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness  and other  Indebtedness  of the  Company,  the  amount  thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Ten.

         Nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture or
in any Debenture is intended to or shall affect the obligation of the Company to
make or prevent the Company from making,  at any time except during the pendency
of  any  dissolution,  winding-up,  liquidation  or  reorganization  proceeding,
payments at any time of the principal of or interest on the Debentures.

         SECTION 10.05. Knowledge of Trustee.  Notwithstanding any provisions of
this  Indenture,  the Trustee shall not be charged with actual  knowledge of the
existence of any facts which would  prohibit the making of any payment of monies
to or by the  Trustee,  or the taking or not  taking of any other  action by the
Trustee, until two Business Days after the Trustee through a Responsible Officer
shall have received written notice thereon from the Company, any Debentureholder
or any  Paying  Agent or the  holder  or  representative  of any class of Senior
Indebtedness.

         SECTION 10.06.  Application by Trustee of Monies  Deposited With It. If
at least  two  Business  Days  prior  to the date on which by the  terms of this
Indenture any monies  deposited  with the Trustee or any Paying Agent may become
payable for any purpose (including,  without  limitation,  the payment of either
the  principal of or the interest on any  Debenture)  the Trustee shall not have
received with respect to such monies the notice  provided for in Section  10.05,
then the Trustee  shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and
to apply the same to the purpose for which they were  received  and shall not be
affected by any notice to the  contrary  which may be received by it on or after
such date. This Section shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Trustee
and Paying Agent and shall not otherwise  affect the rights of holders of Senior
Indebtedness.


                                       36

<PAGE>



         SECTION 10.07.  Subordination  Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions
of the  Company or Holders of Senior  Indebtedness.  No right of any  present or
future holders of any Senior  Indebtedness to enforce  subordination as provided
herein  shall at any time in any way be  prejudiced  or  impaired  by any act or
failure to act on the part of the  Company  or by any act or failure to act,  in
good faith, by any such holder,  or by any noncompliance by the Company with the
terms of this  Indenture,  regardless  of any  knowledge  thereof which any such
holder may have or be otherwise charged with. The holders of Senior Indebtedness
may extend,  renew,  modify or amend the terms of the Senior Indebtedness or any
security therefor and release, sell or exchange such security and otherwise deal
freely with the Company,  all without  affecting the liabilities and obligations
of the parties to the Indenture or the Holders. No provision in any supplemental
indenture  which  affects  the  superior  position  of the  holders  of any then
existing  Senior  Indebtedness  shall be  effective  against  the holders of the
Senior Indebtedness who have not consented thereto.

         SECTION  10.08.   Debentureholders   Authorize  Trustee  to  Effectuate
Subordination of Debentures. Each Holder of the Debentures by acceptance thereof
authorizes  and expressly  directs the Trustee on its, his or her behalf to take
such action as may be necessary or  appropriate  in the sole  discretion  of the
Trustee  to  effectuate  the  subordination  provided  in this  Article  Ten and
appoints  the  Trustee  its,  his  or her  attorney-in-fact  for  such  purpose,
including,  in  the  event  of  any  dissolution,  winding  up,  liquidation  or
reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership
proceedings  or upon an assignment  for the benefit of creditors or  otherwise),
the  immediate  filing  of a claim for the  unpaid  balance  of its,  his or her
Debentures in the form required in said  proceedings  and cause said claim to be
approved; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be liable for any action
or failure to act in  accordance  with this Article Ten. If the Trustee does not
file a proper  claim or proof of debt in the form  required  in such  proceeding
prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims,
then the  holders of Senior  Indebtedness  have the right to file and are hereby
authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of said
Debentures.

         SECTION  10.09.  Right of  Trustee  to Hold  Senior  Indebtedness.  The
Trustee  shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in this Article Ten in
respect of any Senior  Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as
any other holder of Senior Indebtedness,  and nothing in this Indenture shall be
construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

         SECTION  10.10.  Article  Ten Not to  Prevent  Events of  Default.  The
failure  to make a payment on account of  principal  shall not be  construed  as
preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 6.01.

         SECTION  10.11.   No  Fiduciary  Duty  Created  to  Holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness.  With respect to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness,  the Trustee
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its  covenants and  obligations
as are specifically  set forth in this Article Ten, and no implied  covenants or
obligations  with  respect to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe

                                       37

<PAGE>



any  fiduciary  duty to the  holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness  by virtue of the
provisions of this Article Ten.

         SECTION 10.12. Trustee's  Compensation Not Prejudiced.  Nothing in this
Article Ten shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07.

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES
                            ------------------------

         SECTION 11.01.  Conversion  Privilege and Conversion Price.  Subject to
and upon  compliance  with the provisions of this Article,  at the option of the
Holder  thereof,  the principal  amount of any Debenture or any portion  thereof
which is $10,000 or an integral  multiple of $10,000,  together with all accrued
interest on the  principal so  converted,  may be converted  into fully paid and
non-assessable  shares (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100 of
a share)  of  Class A Common  Stock of the  Company,  at the  conversion  price,
determined as hereinafter  provided,  in effect at the time of conversion.  Such
conversion right shall expire at the close of business on April 1, 2008. In case
a Debenture or portion thereof is called for redemption,  such conversion  right
in respect of the  Debenture  or portion so called  shall expire at the close of
business on the date which is ten days prior to the  Redemption  Date unless the
Company defaults in making the payment due upon redemption.

         The price at which  shares of Class A Common  Stock shall be  delivered
upon conversion (herein called the "conversion price") shall be initially $_____
per  share of Class A Common  Stock.  The  conversion  price  shall be  adjusted
periodically  as set forth in the  schedule set out in Section 8 of the Forms of
Debenture attached hereto as Exhibits A and B. In addition, the Company reserves
the right, from time to time in its discretion,  to establish  conversion prices
per share which are less than the  conversion  prices so specified,  which lower
prices shall remain in effect for such periods as the Company may  determine and
as shall be set forth in the written notice to holders of Debentures required by
Section 11.05. The conversion price shall also be adjusted in certain  instances
as provided in this Article.

         SECTION 11.02. Exercise of Conversion  Privilege.  In order to exercise
the  conversion  privilege,  the Holder of any  Debenture to be converted  shall
surrender such Debenture,  duly endorsed or assigned to the Company or in blank,
at any office or agency of the Company  maintained for that purpose  pursuant to
Section 2.03, accompanied by written notice to the Company (substantially in the
form set forth in the form of Debenture)  that the Holder elects to convert such
Debenture  or,  if less  than  the  entire  principal  amount  thereof  is to be
converted, the portion thereof to be converted.

         Securities shall be deemed to have been converted  immediately prior to
the close of business on the day of surrender of such  Debentures for conversion
in accordance with the foregoing provisions,  and at such time the rights of the
Holders of such  Debentures  as Holders  shall cease,  and the Person or Persons

                                       38

<PAGE>



entitled to receive the Class A Common Stock issuable upon  conversion  shall be
treated for all purposes as the record  holder or holders of such Class A Common
Stock at such time. As promptly as practicable on or after the conversion  date,
the Company shall issue and shall deliver at such office or agency a certificate
or  certificates  for the number of full shares of Class A Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion,  together with payment in lieu of any fraction of a share,  as
provided in Section 11.03.

         In the case of any Debenture which is converted in part only, upon such
conversion  the Company  shall execute and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and
deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture of
authorized  denominations in aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted
portion of the principal amount of such Debenture.

         SECTION  11.03.  Fractions of Shares.  No fractional  shares of Class A
Common Stock shall be issued upon  conversion  of  Securities.  If more than one
Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the
number of full shares which shall be issuable upon  conversion  thereof shall be
computed on the basis of the aggregate  principal  amount of the  Debentures (or
specified  portions)  so  surrendered,  together  with  accrued  interest on the
principal so converted.  Instead of any fractional share of Class A Common Stock
which would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any Debenture (or specified
portions  thereof),  the Company shall pay a cash  adjustment in respect of such
fraction  in an amount  equal to the  portion of the  principal  and/or  accrued
interest not so converted.

         SECTION 11.04.  Adjustment of Conversion Price. (a) In case the Company
shall pay or make a dividend or other distribution on any class of capital stock
of the Company in shares of Class A Common Stock, the conversion price in effect
at the  opening  of  business  on the  day  following  the  date  fixed  for the
determination  of  shareholders  entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or other
distribution  shall be reduced to a conversion  price  determined by multiplying
such  conversion  price by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number
of shares of Class A Common  Stock  outstanding  at the close of business on the
date fixed for such  determination  and the denominator shall be the sum of such
number of shares and the total number of shares  constituting  such  dividend or
other  distribution,  such reduction to become effective  immediately  after the
opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such  determination.
For the purposes of this  paragraph  (a), the number of shares of Class A Common
Stock at any time  outstanding  shall not include shares held in the treasury of
the Company or which shall have been otherwise acquired by the Company but shall
include  shares  issuable  in  respect of scrip  certificates  issued in lieu of
fractions  of  shares  of Class A Common  Stock.  The  Company  will not pay any
dividend or make any  distribution on shares of Class A Common Stock held in the
treasury of the Company.

         (b) Subject to the last sentence of paragraph  (e) of this Section,  in
case the Company  shall  issue  rights or warrants to all holders of its Class A
Common  Stock  entitling  them to  subscribe  for or purchase  shares of Class A
Common  Stock at a price per share less than the current  market price per share
(determined  as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section) of the Class A Common
Stock on the date fixed for the  determination of the  shareholders  entitled to
receive such rights or warrants,  the conversion  price in effect at the opening


                                       39

<PAGE>



of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination  shall be
reduced to a conversion price determined by multiplying such conversion price by
a  fraction  of which  the  numerator  shall be the  number of shares of Class A
Common  Stock  outstanding  at the close of  business on the date fixed for such
determination  plus the  number  of  shares  of Class A Common  Stock  which the
aggregate of the offering  price of the total number of shares of Class A Common
Stock so offered for  subscription  or purchase  would  purchase at such current
market price and the denominator shall be the number of shares of Class A Common
Stock  outstanding  at  the  close  of  business  on the  date  fixed  for  such
determination  plus the number of shares of Class A Common  Stock so offered for
subscription or purchase,  such reduction to become effective  immediately after
the  opening  of  business  on  the  day  following  the  date  fixed  for  such
determination.  For the purposes of this  paragraph (b), the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock at any time  outstanding  shall not include  shares held in
the  treasury  of the Company but shall  include  shares  issuable in respect of
scrip  certificates  issued  in lieu of  fractions  of  shares of Class A Common
Stock. The Company will not issue any rights or warrants in respect of shares of
Class A Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.

         (c) In case  outstanding  shares  of  Class A  Common  Stock  shall  be
subdivided  into a  greater  number  of  shares  of  Class A Common  Stock,  the
conversion  price in effect at the opening of business on the day  following the
day upon which  such  subdivision  becomes  effective  shall be  proportionately
reduced,  and,  conversely,  in case outstanding  shares of Class A Common Stock
shall each be combined into a smaller  number of shares of Class A Common Stock,
the  conversion  price in effect at the opening of business on the day following
the day upon which such combination  becomes effective shall be  proportionately
increased,  such reduction or increase,  as the case may be, to become effective
immediately  after the  opening of business  on the day  following  the day upon
which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.

         (d)  Subject to the last  sentence of this  paragraph  (d) and the last
sentence  of  paragraph  (e) of this  Section,  in case the  Company  shall,  by
dividend or  otherwise,  distribute  to all holders of its Class A Common  Stock
evidences of its  indebtedness,  shares of any class of capital  stock,  cash or
assets (including securities, but excluding those rights or warrants referred to
in paragraph (b) of this Section,  any dividend or distribution paid exclusively
in cash and any dividend or  distribution  referred to in paragraph  (a) of this
Section),  the  conversion  price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal
the price determined by multiplying the conversion  price in effect  immediately
prior to the  close of  business  on the date  fixed  for the  determination  of
shareholders  entitled to receive such  distribution  by a fraction of which the
numerator shall be the current market price per share (determined as provided in
paragraph  (f) of this Section) of the Class A Common Stock on the date fixed or
such  determination  less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board
of Directors,  whose  determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board
Resolution  filed with the Trustee) of the portion of the assets,  securities or
evidences of  indebtedness  so  distributed  applicable  to one share of Class A
Common Stock and the denominator shall be such current market price per share of
the Class A Common Stock, such adjustment to become effective  immediately prior
to the  opening  of  business  on the  day  following  the  date  fixed  for the

                                       40

<PAGE>



determination  of  shareholders  entitled to receive such  distribution.  If the
Board of  Directors  determines  the fair market value of any  distribution  for
purposes of this paragraph (d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading
market for any  securities  comprising  such  distribution,  it must in doing so
consider  the prices in such market over the same period used in  computing  the
current  market  price per share  pursuant  to  paragraph  (f) of this  Section.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the event that the Company shall  distribute
rights or  warrants  (other  than those  referred  to in  paragraph  (b) of this
Section)  ("Rights")  pro rata to holders of Class A Common  Stock,  the Company
shall make proper provision so that each Holder of a Debenture who converts such
Debenture (or any portion  thereof) after the record date for such  distribution
and prior to the  expiration  or  redemption  of the Rights shall be entitled to
receive upon such conversion,  in addition to the shares of Class A Common Stock
issuable upon such conversion (the "Conversion  Shares"),  a number of Rights to
be determined as follows:  (i) if such conversion occurs on or prior to the date
for  the  distribution  to  the  holders  of  Rights  of  separate  certificates
evidencing such Rights (the  "Distribution  Date"), the same number of Rights to
which a holder of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number
of  Conversion  Shares is entitled at the time of such  conversion in accordance
with the terms and provisions of and applicable to the Rights;  and (ii) if such
conversion  occurs  after the  Distribution  Date,  the same number of Rights to
which a holder of the  number of shares of Class A Common  Stock  into which the
principal amount of the Debenture so converted was convertible immediately prior
to the Distribution  Date would have been entitled on the  Distribution  Date in
accordance with the terms and provisions of and applicable to the Rights.

         (e) The  reclassification of Class A Common Stock into securities other
than Class A Common Stock (other than any reclassification  upon a consolidation
or merger to which  Section  11.11  applies)  shall be deemed to  involve  (i) a
distribution of such  securities  other than Class A Common Stock to all holders
of Class A Common Stock (and the effective date of such  reclassification  shall
be deemed to be "the date fixed for the  determination of shareholders  entitled
to receive  such  distribution"  within the  meaning  of  paragraph  (d) of this
Section),  and (ii) a  subdivision  or  combination,  as the case may be, of the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock  outstanding  immediately prior to such
reclassification  into the number of shares of Class A Common Stock  outstanding
immediately thereafter (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be
deemed to be "the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective" or "the day
upon which such combination becomes effective", as the case may be, and "the day
upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective" within the meaning
of paragraph (c) of this Section).  Rights or warrants  issued by the Company to
all  holders  of its Class A Common  Stock  entitling  the  holders  thereof  to
subscribe  for or  purchase  shares  of Class A Common  Stock,  which  rights or
warrants  (i) are deemed to be  transferred  with such  shares of Class A Common
Stock,  (ii) are not  exercisable and (iii) are also issued in respect of future
issuances  of Class A Common  Stock,  in each case in clauses (i) through  (iii)
until the occurrence of a specified event or events ("Trigger Event"), shall for
purposes of this Section 11.04 not be deemed issued until the  occurrence of the
earliest Trigger Event.

         (f) For the purpose of any calculation  under paragraphs (b) and (d) of
this Section,  the current market price per share of Class A Common Stock on any

                                       41

<PAGE>



date  shall  be  deemed  to be the  average  of the  Closing  Prices  for the 20
consecutive  Trading Days  selected by the Company  commencing  not more than 20
Trading  Days before,  and ending not later than the day in question,  provided,
however,  that (i) if the "ex" date for any event  (other  than the  issuance or
distribution  requiring  such  computation)  that  requires an adjustment to the
conversion  price  pursuant to paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) above occurs on or
after the 20th  Trading Day prior to the day in  question  and prior to the "ex"
date for the issuance or distribution  requiring such  computation,  the Closing
Price for each  Trading Day prior to the "ex" date for such other event shall be
adjusted by  multiplying  such Closing  Price by the same  fraction by which the
conversion  price is so required to be adjusted as a result of such other event,
(ii) if the "ex" date for any event  (other than the  issuance  or  distribution
requiring such  computation) that requires an adjustment to the conversion price
pursuant to  paragraph  (a),  (b),  (c) or (d) above occurs on or after the "ex"
date for the issuance or distribution requiring such computation and on or prior
to the day in question,  the Closing Price for each Trading Day on and after the
"ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted  by  multiplying  such  Closing
Price by the  reciprocal  of the  fraction by which the  conversion  price is so
required to be adjusted as a result of such other  event,  and (iii) if the "ex"
date for the issuance or distribution  requiring such computation is on or prior
to the day in  question,  after  taking  into  account any  adjustment  required
pursuant to clause (ii) of this proviso,  the Closing Price for each Trading Day
on or after such "ex" date shall be adjusted by adding thereto the amount of any
cash and the fair market  value on the day in  question  (as  determined  by the
Board Directors in a manner  consistent with any determination of such value for
purposes  of  paragraph  (d) of  this  Section,  whose  determination  shall  be
conclusive   and  described  in  a  Board   Resolution)   of  the  evidences  of
indebtedness,  shares of capital stock or assets being distributed applicable to
one share of Class A Common  Stock as of the close of business on the day before
such "ex" date.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  the term "ex" date,  (i) when
used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which
the Class A Common Stock trades  regular way on the relevant  exchange or in the
relevant  market from which the Closing Price was obtained  without the right to
receive  such  issuance  or  distribution,  (ii) when used with  respect  to any
subdivision or  combination  of shares of Class A Common Stock,  means the first
date on which the Class A Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in
such market  after the time at which such  subdivision  or  combination  becomes
effective,  and (iii) when used with respect to any tender offer means the first
date on which the Class A Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in
such market after the Expiration Time of such tender offer.

         (g) No adjustment in the conversion price shall be required unless such
adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price,
provided,  however, that any adjustment which by reason of this paragraph (g) is
not  required to be made shall be carried  forward and taken into account in any
subsequent adjustment in the same calendar year; and provided,  further that all
calculations under this paragraph (g) shall be made to the nearest cent.

         (h) In addition to the  adjustments  in  conversion  price  required by
paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d), of this Section,  the Company may from time to

                                       42

<PAGE>



time in its  discretion  make  such  decreases  in the  conversion  price  as it
considers to be  advisable in order to avoid or diminish any federal  income tax
to any holders of shares of Class A Common Stock  resulting from any dividend or
distribution of stock or issuance of rights or warrants to purchase or subscribe
for stock or from any event  treated as such for federal  income tax purposes or
for any other reasons.

         SECTION 11.05. Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Price.  Whenever the
conversion price is adjusted as herein provided:

         (a) if the adjustment is pursuant to Section  11.04,  the Company shall
compute the adjusted conversion price in accordance with Section 11.04 and shall
prepare a certificate  signed by the chief financial officer or the Treasurer of
the  Company  setting  forth  the  adjusted  conversion  price  and  showing  in
reasonable  detail  the facts  upon which  such  adjustment  is based,  and such
certificate shall forthwith be filed at each office or agency maintained for the
purpose of conversion of Debentures pursuant to Section 2.03; and

         (b) if  the  adjustment  is  pursuant  to  exercise  of  the  Company's
discretion pursuant to Section 11.03, an Officer's Certificate setting forth the
reduced  conversion  price and the duration of the lower  conversion price shall
forthwith  be filed at each  office  or agency  maintained  for the  purpose  of
conversion of Debentures pursuant to Section 2.03; and

         (c) a notice  stating  that the  conversion  price has been  reduced or
adjusted  and setting  forth the reduced or adjusted  conversion  price (and the
duration, if applicable) shall forthwith be required, and as soon as practicable
after it is required,  such notice shall be mailed by the Company to all Holders
at their last addresses as they shall appear in the register of Debentures.

         SECTION 11.06.  Notice of Certain Corporate Actions.  In case:

         (a) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on
its Class A Common  Stock  payable  otherwise  than in cash out of its  retained
earnings; or

         (b) the  Company  shall  authorize  the  granting to the holders of its
Class A Common  Stock of rights or warrants  to  subscribe  for or purchase  any
shares of capital stock of any class or of any other rights; or

         (c) of any  reclassification of the Class A Common Stock of the Company
(other than a subdivision or combination  of its  outstanding  shares of Class A
Common Stock,  or of any  consolidation,  merger or share  exchange to which the
Company is a party and for which approval of any share holders of the Company is
required),  or of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company; or

         (d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding


                                       43

<PAGE>



up of the  Company;  then the Company  shall cause to be filed with the Trustee,
and shall  cause to be mailed to all  Holders  at their last  addresses  as they
shall appear in the register of Debentures,  at least 20 days (or 10 days in any
case specified in clause (a) or (b) above) prior to the  applicable  record date
hereinafter  specified, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be
taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants, or, if
a record is not to be taken,  the date as of which the holders of Class A Common
Stock of  record  to be  entitled  to such  dividend,  distribution,  rights  or
warrants are to be determined,  or (ii) the date on which such reclassification,
consolidation,  merger, share exchange, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation
or winding up is  expected to become  effective,  and the date as of which it is
expected  that  holders of Class A Common  Stock of record  shall be entitled to
exchange  their  shares of Class A Common  Stock for  securities,  cash or other
property deliverable upon such  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger, share
exchange, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. If at any time
the Trustee shall not be the conversion  agent, a copy of such notice shall also
forthwith be filed by the Company with the Trustee.

         SECTION  11.07.  Company to Reserve Class A Common  Stock.  The Company
shall at all times reserve and keep available,  free from preemptive rights, out
of its  authorized  but  unissued  Class A  Common  Stock,  for the  purpose  of
effecting  the  conversion of  Debentures,  the full number of shares of Class A
Common Stock then issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Debentures.

         SECTION 11.08.  Taxes on Conversions.  The Company will pay any and all
taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Class
A Common Stock on conversion of Debentures pursuant hereto, excluding any income
taxes of the Holder. The Company shall not, however,  be required to pay any tax
which may be  payable  in  respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the issue and
delivery  of shares  of Class A Common  Stock in a name  other  than that of the
Holder of the Debenture to be converted,  and no such issue or delivery shall be
made unless and until the person  requesting  such issue has paid to the Company
the  amount of any such  tax,  or has  established  to the  satisfaction  of the
Company that such tax has been paid.

         SECTION  11.09.  Covenant  as to  Class A  Common  Stock.  The  Company
covenants  that all  shares of Class A Common  Stock  which  may be issued  upon
conversion of Debentures  will upon issue be fully paid and  nonassessable  and,
except as provided in Section 11.08,  the Company will pay all taxes,  liens and
charges with respect to the issue thereof.

         SECTION 11.10.  Cancellation  of Converted  Debentures.  All Debentures
delivered for conversion  shall be delivered to the Trustee to be canceled by or
at the direction of the Trustee,  which shall dispose of the same as provided in
Section 2.12.

         SECTION 11.11  Provisions in Case of  Consolidation,  Merger or Sale of
Assets.  In case of any  consolidation  of the  Company  with,  or merger of the
Company into, any other Person,  any merger or  consolidation  of another Person
into  the  Company   (other  than  a  merger   which  does  not  result  in  any
reclassification,  conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of
Class  A  Common  Stock  of the  Company),  or any  sale or  transfer  of all or

                                       44

<PAGE>



substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company,  the  Person  formed by such
consolidation or resulting from such merger or which acquires such assets or the
Company,  as the case  may be,  shall  execute  and  deliver  to the  Trustee  a
supplemental  indenture  providing  that  the  Holder  of  each  Debenture  then
outstanding  shall have the right  thereafter,  during the period such Debenture
shall be convertible  as specified in Section  11.01,  to convert such Debenture
only into the kind and amount of securities,  cash and other property receivable
upon such  consolidation,  merger, sale or transfer by a holder of the number of
shares of Class A Common  Stock of the Company into which such  Debenture  might
have been converted  immediately prior to such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or
transfer,  assuming  such holder of Class A Common Stock of the Company is not a
Person with which the Company  consolidated  or into which the Company merged or
which  merged into the Company,  or to which such sale or transfer was made,  as
the case may be (a  "Constituent  Person"),  or an  Affiliate  of a  Constituent
Person, and failed to exercise his right of election,  if any, as to the kind or
amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation,
merger,  sale or transfer  (provided  that if the kind or amount of  securities,
cash and other property  receivable  upon such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or
transfer  is not the same for each share of Class A Common  Stock of the Company
in  respect  of which  such  rights of  election  shall not have been  exercised
("non-electing share"), then for the purpose of this Section the kind and amount
of  securities,  cash and other  property  receivable  upon such  consolidation,
merger,  sale or transfer by each  non-electing  share shall be deemed to be the
kind and  amount so  receivable  per share by a  plurality  of the  non-electing
shares).  Such supplemental  indenture shall provide for adjustments  which, for
events subsequent to the effective date of such supplemental indenture, shall be
as nearly  equivalent as may be practicable to the  adjustments  provided for in
this Article.  The above  provisions of this Section  shall  similarly  apply to
successive consolidations, mergers, sales or transfers.

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

         SECTION 12.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.  If any provision of this
Indenture  limits,  qualifies  or  conflicts  with  another  provision  which is
required to be included in this  Indenture by the TIA,  the  required  provision
shall control.

         SECTION  12.02.   Notices.   Any  notice  or  communication   shall  be
sufficiently given if in writing and delivered or mailed as follows:

         (a) Notices or  communications  to the Company or the Trustee  shall be
given only by hand  delivery or by  certified  or  registered  first class mail,
return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission promptly followed by hand
delivery or certified or registered first class mail, return receipt  requested,
as follows:



                                       45

<PAGE>



         If to the Company, addressed to:

                  INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                  10 Rockefeller Plaza, Suite 1015
                  New York, New York 10020-1903

         If to the Trustee, addressed to:

                  THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                  101 Barclay Street, 21 West
                  New York, New York  10286
                  Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

         Any notice or  communication  to the  Company or the  Trustee  shall be
deemed given on the day  delivered and receipted for if delivered by hand, or on
the day the  return  receipt  card is signed on  behalf  of the  Company  or the
Trustee if sent by certified or registered  mail.  The Company or the Trustee by
notice  to the  other  and  to  Debentureholders  may  designate  additional  or
different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

         (b) Notices or communications  to a Debentureholder  shall be mailed by
first class mail to such  Debentureholder  at the address  which  appears on the
registration  books of the  Registrar  and shall be  sufficiently  given to such
Debentureholder if so mailed within the time prescribed.

         Failure to mail a notice or communication to a  Debentureholder  or any
defect  in  it  shall  not  affect  its   sufficiency   with  respect  to  other
Debentureholders. If a notice or communication is mailed to a Debentureholder in
the manner provided in this paragraph (b), it is duly given,  whether or not the
addressee  receives  it.  If the  Company  mails a notice  or  communication  to
Debentureholders  it shall mail a copy of such  notice to the  Trustee  and each
Agent at the same time.

         SECTION 12.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon
any  request or  application  by the  Company to the  Trustee to take any action
under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: (i) an Officers'
Certificate in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Trustee stating that all
conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided for in this Indenture  relating to the
proposed actions have been complied with; and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form
and substance  satisfactory  to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

         SECTION 12.04.  Statements  Required in  Certificate  or Opinion.  Each
certificate  or opinion with respect to compliance  with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture  shall  include:  (i) a statement that the person
making such  certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;  (ii) a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the  examination or  investigation
upon which the statements or opinions  contained in such  certificate or opinion

                                       46

<PAGE>



are based;  (iii) a statement  that, in the opinion of such person,  he has made
such  examination or  investigation  as is necessary to enable him to express an
informed  opinion as to  whether  or not such  covenant  or  condition  has been
complied with; and (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

         SECTION  12.05.  Rules by Trustee  and  Agents.  The  Trustee  may make
reasonable  rules  for  action  by, or at a meeting  of,  Debentureholders.  The
Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions.

         SECTION  12.06.  Legal  Holidays.  A "Legal  Holiday" is a Saturday,  a
Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the
City of New York,  in the State of New York, or in the city in which the Trustee
administers its corporate  trust business.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday
at a place of payment,  payment may be made at such place on the next succeeding
day  that  is not a  Legal  Holiday,  and  no  interest  shall  accrue  for  the
intervening period.

         SECTION  12.07.  Governing  Law.  The laws of the  State  of New  York,
without  regard  to the  principles  of  conflicts  of law,  shall  govern  this
Indenture and the Debentures.

         SECTION 12.08. No Recourse  Against  Others.  Liabilities of directors,
officers,  employees  and  stockholders,  as such, of the Company are waived and
released as provided in paragraph 14 of the Debentures.

         SECTION  12.09.  Successors.  All  agreements  of the  Company  in this
Indenture and the Debentures  shall bind its  successors.  All agreements of the
Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

         SECTION 12.10. Duplicate Originals.  The parties may sign any number of
copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement.

         SECTION 12.11. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the  Debentures  shall be invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable,  the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby, and a Holder shall have no claim against any party
hereto.



                                       47

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

Dated as of _________ 1, 1998      INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION


                                   By:               ___________________________
                                                     Name:    Lowell S. Dansker
                                                     Title:   President

Attest:

- --------------------------------
Name:    Lawrence G. Bergman
Title:            Secretary
                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                   as Trustee

                                   By:      _________________________________
                                   Name:    _________________________________
                                   Title:   _________________________________

Attest:

- -------------------------------------
Name:    _________________________
Title:   _________________________

                                       48

<PAGE>



                                                                       Exhibit A
                                                                       ---------

                (FORM OF ACCRUAL DEBENTURE MATURING July 1, 2008)
Number RA(__________/99)-                                         $

                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                    Series __/__/98 Convertible Subordinated
                           Debenture due July 1, 2008

                  INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized
and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the  "Company"),  promises
to pay  to  ___________________  or  registered  assigns  the  principal  sum of
______________________  Dollars on July 1, 2008, together with interest accruing
on principal at _______  percent (___%) per annum,  plus interest  accruing each
calendar  quarter on the balance of interest  accrued as of (and  including) the
last day of the  preceding  calendar  quarter at  _________  percent  (___%) per
annum,  and with all accrued  interest payable with the principal sum on July 1,
2008. The provisions on the back of this  certificate are incorporated as if set
forth on the face of the certificate.



                                        Record Dates:
                                        The first day of the third month 
                                        of each calendar quarter



DATED:

Authenticated to be one of the Debentures described in the Indenture referred to
herein:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as                     INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
  Registrar


By:      _______________________  (Seal)     By:      __________________________
         Authorized Signatory                         President


                                             By:      __________________________
                                                      Secretary


                                       A-1


<PAGE>



                             (REVERSE OF DEBENTURE)

                    Series __/__/98 Convertible Subordinated
                           Debenture due July 1, 2008

                  1.  Interest.  The  Company  promises  to pay  interest on the
principal amount of this Debenture and interest on the balance of unpaid accrued
interest at the rate per annum shown above.

         With respect to Debentures  sold by the Company on the date  $5,000,000
or more of  Debentures  are first  approved  for  issuance  (the "First  Closing
Date"), interest will accrue on principal from the fifth day preceding the First
Closing  Date.  With respect to  Debentures  sold by the Company after the First
Closing  Date,  interest  will accrue on principal  commencing  on the fifth day
preceding the date of the closing in which the Debenture is issued.

         All interest will accrue  quarterly but not be paid until maturity,  at
which  time all  unpaid  accrued  interest  will be  payable  together  with the
principal amount.  Interest on unpaid accrued interest will accrue each calendar
quarter based on the balance of unpaid  accrued  interest as of (and  including)
the last day of the preceding calendar quarter. Interest will be credited on the
first day of the calendar  quarter  following  the calendar  quarter in which it
accrued.  The first date on which  interest will accrue on the balance of unpaid
accrued  interest  shall be the first day of the first  calendar  quarter  after
interest on the principal balance commences accruing.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  For purposes
hereof,  January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 shall be the first days of the
calendar quarters.

                  2. Method of Payment.  Until maturity, the Company will accrue
interest on the  Debentures  in each  calendar  quarter and reflect such accrued
interest  in its  records  for the  account of the  persons  who are  registered
holders of  Debentures  at the close of  business  on the first day of the third
month of the calendar  quarter in which such interest is accruing.  Holders must
surrender Debentures to a Paying Agent to collect accrued interest and principal
payments.  The Company  will pay  principal  and interest in money of the United
States  that at the time of  payment is legal  tender for  payment of public and
private debts. The Company may, however, pay principal and interest by its check
payable in such money. It may mail payments to a holder's registered address.

                  3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York
will act as Paying Agent. The Bank of New York, a New York banking  corporation,
will also act as Registrar and will authenticate the Debentures. The Company may
change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice.

                  4.  Indenture.  This  Debenture  is one  of a duly  authorized
series  of  Debentures  issued by the  Company  under an  Indenture  dated as of
_________  1, 1998 (the  "Indenture")  between  the  Company and The Bank of New
York, as trustee (the "Trustee").  Capitalized  terms herein are used as defined
in the Indenture  unless  otherwise  indicated.  Reference is hereby made to the
Indenture for a description of the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of
the Trustee and the Debentureholders and for the terms and conditions upon which


                                       A-2


<PAGE>



the  Debentures are and are to be issued.  The Debentures are general  unsecured
obligations  of  the  Company  limited  to the  aggregate  principal  amount  of
$6,000,000.

                  5. Optional  Redemption.  The Company may at its option redeem
the  Debentures in whole or in part at any time.  The  redemption  price will be
equal to (i) the face amount of the  Debentures to be redeemed plus a 2% premium
if the date of redemption is prior to July 1, 1999;  (ii) the face amount of the
Debentures  to be redeemed  plus a premium of 1% if the date of redemption is on
or after July 1, 1999 and before July 1, 2000;  and (iii) the face amount of the
Debentures to be redeemed if the date of redemption is on or after July 2000.

                  6. Selection and Notice of Redemption. If less than all of the
Debentures of any Maturity are to be redeemed,  the  Registrar  shall select the
Debentures  to be redeemed by such method as the  Registrar  shall deem fair and
appropriate,  or if the Debentures are listed on a national securities exchange,
in accordance  with the rules of such  exchange.  The  Registrar  shall make the
selection  from  the  Debentures  outstanding  and  not  previously  called  for
redemption.  The Registrar may select for redemption  portions (equal to $10,000
or any integral  multiple  thereof) of the principal  amount of Debentures  that
have denominations  larger than $10,000.  Provisions of the Indenture that apply
to Debentures  called for redemption also apply to portions of Debentures called
for  redemption.  Notice of  redemption  will be mailed at least 30 days but not
more than 90 days before the redemption  date to each holder of Debentures to be
redeemed at his registered  address.  On and after the redemption date, interest
ceases to accrue on Debentures or portions thereof called for redemption.

                  7.  Denominations,  Transfer,  Exchange.  The  Debentures  are
issuable in  registered  form without  coupons in  denominations  of $10,000 and
integral multiples of $10,000.  A holder may transfer or exchange  Debentures in
accordance with the Indenture.  Commencing July 1, 2003,  holders shall have the
right,  during the period  between  April 1 and May 31 of each year, to exchange
this Debenture, for a Debenture providing for the guarterly payment of interest.
The Registrar may require a holder,  among other things, to furnish  appropriate
endorsements and transfer  documents,  and to pay any taxes and fees required by
law or permitted by the  Indenture.  The Registrar need not transfer or exchange
any Debenture or portion of a Debenture selected for redemption,  or transfer or
exchange any Debentures for a period of 15 days before a selection of Debentures
to be redeemed.

                  8.  Conversion.  Subject  to  and  upon  compliance  with  the
provisions of the Indenture,  the holder of this  Debenture is entitled,  at the
holder's  election,  at any time on or before the close of  business on April 1,
2008, or in case this  Debenture or a portion  hereof is called for  redemption,
then in respect of this  Debenture or such portion  hereof until and  including,
but (unless the Company  defaults in making the payment due upon redemption) not
after,  the  close  of  business  on the date  which  is ten  days  prior to the
Redemption  Date,  to convert this  Debenture  (or any portion of the  principal
amount  hereof  which is $10,000 or an  integral or  multiple  thereof),  at the
principal amount hereof, and all accrued interest on the principal so converted,
into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company
at a  conversion  price  equal to the  following  dollar  amounts  of  aggregate
principal amount and accrued interest for each share of Class A Common Stock (or
at the lesser  conversion  price  determined  by the  Company or at the  current
adjusted conversion price if a reduction or adjustment has been made as provided
in the Indenture):

                                       A-3


<PAGE>



         Period of Conversion                Price Per Share
         --------------------                ---------------

Until December 31, 1998                      $___________
From January 1, 1999 to June 30, 1999        $___________
From July 1, 1999 to June 30, 2000           $___________
From July 1, 2000 to June 30, 2001           $___________
From July 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002           $___________
From July 1, 2002 to June 30, 2003           $___________
From July 1, 2003 to June 30, 2004           $___________
From July 1, 2004 to June 30, 2005           $___________
From July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006           $___________
From July 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007           $___________
From July 1, 2007 to April 1, 2008           $___________

Conversion will be by surrender of this Debenture,  duly endorsed or assigned to
the Company or in blank,  to the Company at its office or agency  maintained for
that  purpose,  accompanied  by written  notice to the  Company  that the holder
hereof  elects to  convert  this  Debenture.  No  fractions  of shares or script
representing  fractions of shares will be issued on  conversion,  but instead of
any  fractional  interest the Company shall pay a cash  adjustment  equal to the
portion of the principal and/or interest not so converted into whole shares. The
conversion  price is subject to  reduction  or  adjustment  as  provided  in the
Indenture.  In  addition,  the  Indenture  provides  that in the case of certain
consolidations  or mergers to which the  Company is a party or the  transfer  of
substantially all of the assets of the Company,  the Indenture shall be amended,
without the consent of any holders of  Debentures,  so that this  Debenture,  if
then outstanding,  will convertible  thereafter only into the kind and amount of
securities, cash and other property receivable upon the consolidation, merger or
transfer by a holder of the number of shares of Class A Common  Stock into which
this   Debenture   might  have  been   converted   immediately   prior  to  such
consolidation, merger or transfer.

                  9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Debenture
may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

                  10.  Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or
interest  remains  unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay
the money back to the Company, if the Company requests such repayment within one
year  after such two year  period  that such money  remains  unclaimed.  If such
unclaimed money is so paid back to the Company, thereafter,  holders entitled to
the money must look to the Company for payment as general  creditors,  unless an
applicable  abandoned  property law designates another person. If such unclaimed
money is not so paid back to the  Company,  it may be disposed of by the Trustee
in accordance with applicable law.

                  11.  Amendment,   Supplement,   Waiver.   Subject  to  certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Debentures may be amended or supplemented,  and
any past  default or  compliance  with any  provision  may be  waived,  with the
consent of the  holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Debentures. Without the consent of any Debentureholder, the Company may amend or
supplement  the  Indenture or the  Debentures to cure any  ambiguity,  omission,
defect or inconsistency, to comply with Article Five of the Indenture (providing
for the  assumption of the  obligations  of the Company under the Indenture by a
successor corporation), or to make any change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any Debentureholder.

                                       A-4


<PAGE>



                  12.  Defaults and Remedies.  The  Indenture  provides that the
Trustee will give the Debentureholders notice of an uncured Default known to it,
within 90 days after the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  (as defined in the
Indenture),  or as soon as  practicable  after it learns of an Event of  Default
which occurred more than 90 days beforehand;  provided that,  except in the case
of Default in the payment of principal  of or interest on any of the  Debentures
or any amount due on  redemption,  the Trustee may withhold such notice if it in
good faith  determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of
the Debentureholders.  In case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% of aggregate principal amount of the
Debentures  then  outstanding,  by notice in writing to the Company  (and to the
Trustee if given by the Debentureholders),  may declare the principal of and all
accrued interest on all the Debentures to be due and payable  immediately.  Such
declaration may be rescinded by holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Debentures if all existing Events of Default (except  nonpayment of principal or
interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured
or waived and if the rescission  would not conflict with any judgment or decree.
The Indenture  requires the Company to file periodic reports with the Trustee as
to the absence of defaults.

                  13.  Subordination.  The indebtedness  evidenced by all of the
Debentures is, to the extent provided in the Indenture,  subordinate and subject
in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and
this Debenture is issued subject to such  provisions of the Indenture,  and each
holder of this Debenture by accepting same, agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions.  "Senior Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company outstanding
at any time, whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created,  which
(i) is secured, in whole or in part, by any asset or assets owned by the Company
or a Subsidiary,  or (ii) arises from unsecured borrowings by the Company from a
commercial  bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan  association,  an insurance
company, a company whose securities are traded in a national  securities market,
or any majority-owned  subsidiary of any of the foregoing,  or (iii) arises from
unsecured  borrowings  by the Company  from any pension  plan (as defined in ss.
3(2) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended),  or
(iv) arises from  borrowings  by the Company  which are  evidenced by commercial
paper, or (v) other unsecured borrowings by the Company which are subordinate to
Indebtedness  of a type  described  in  clauses  (i),  (ii)  or (iv)  above  if,
immediately after the issuance thereof, the total capital,  surplus and retained
earnings of the Company exceed the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount
of such borrowings,  or (vi) is a guarantee or other liability of the Company of
or with respect to  Indebtedness  of a Subsidiary of a type  described in any of
clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.

                  14.  Trustee  Dealings with the Company.  The Trustee,  in its
individual or any other  capacity,  may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Company or its Affiliates,  and may otherwise deal with
the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

                  15. No Recourse Against Others. A director,  officer, employee
or  stockholder,  as such,  of the Company  shall not have any liability for any
obligations  of the Company  under the  Debentures  or the  Indenture or for any
claim  based on,  in  respect  of or by reason  of,  such  obligations  or their
creation.  Each Debentureholder by accepting a Debenture waives and releases all
such  liability.  The waiver and release are part of the  consideration  for the
issue of the Debentures.

                                       A-5


<PAGE>



                  16.  Authentication.  This Debenture  shall not be valid until
the Registrar signs the certificate of  authentication on the other side of this
Debenture.

                  17. Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of the  Debentureholder  or an  assignee,  such as:  TEN COM  (=tenants  in
common),  TEN ENT (=tenants by entirety),  JT TEN (=joint  tenants with right of
survivorship  and not as tenants in  common),  CUST  (=custodian),  and  U/G/M/A
(=Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                  The Company will furnish to any  Debentureholder  upon written
request  and without  charge a copy of the  Indenture.  Requests  may be made to
Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation,  10 Rockefeller Plaza, Suite 1015, New York,
New York 10020-1903.





































                                       A-6


<PAGE>



                                   ASSIGNMENT


If you want to  assign  this  Debenture,  fill in the form  below  and have your
signature  guaranteed by a commercial  bank or trust company or a member firm of
any national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.

I or we assign and transfer this Debenture to

- ----------------------------------------------------------
(Please insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)


- ----------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and                             irrevocably                              appoint
_________________________________________________________ agent to transfer this
Debenture on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute  another to act
for him.


Date:    ___________________       Your signature:______________________________


                                                  ------------------------------
                                              (Sign exactly as your name appears
                                            on the other side of this Debenture)


Signatures  must  be  guaranteed  by  an
Eligible   Guarantor   Institution  with
membership  in  an  approved   signature
guarantee   program   pursuant  to  Rule
17Ad-15  under the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 : ___________________________













                                       A-7


<PAGE>



                           {FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE}

TO INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION

         The undersigned Holder of this Debenture hereby  irrevocably  exercises
the  option to  convert  this  Debenture  or  portion  hereof  (which is $10,000
principal or an integral  multiple  thereof)  below  designated,  together  with
accrued  interest on the  principal  portion  converted,  into shares of Class A
Common Stock of Intervest Bancshares Corporation in accordance with the terms of
the  Indenture  referred  to in this  Debenture,  and  directs  that the  shares
issuable and deliverable upon conversion, together with any check in payment for
fractional  shares and any Debentures  representing  any  unconverted  principal
amount hereof,  be issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a
different  name has been indicated  below.  If shares of Class A Common Stock or
Debentures are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the  undersigned,
the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.


Dated:  ___________________________     ____________________________________

Fill in for registration of shares
of Class A Common Stock and             _____________________________________
Securities if to be issued otherwise                      Signature(s)
than to the registered Holder.

_________________________________     Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an
Name                                  Eligible Guarantor Institution with
_________________________________     membership in an approved signature
Address                               guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15
_________________________________     under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Please print name and address
(including zip code)

SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAXPAYER
   IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

- ---------------------------------

                                      Portion of Debenture  to be Converted  (in
                                      an integral  multiple of $10,000,  if less
                                      than all):


                                        ------------------------------------






                                       A-8


<PAGE>



                                                                       Exhibit B


           (FORM OF QUARTERLY PAYMENT DEBENTURE MATURING JULY 1, 2008)
Number R(__________/2005)-                                        $

                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                    Series __/__/98 Convertible Subordinated
                           Debenture due July 1, 2008

                  INTERVEST   BANCSHARES   CORPORATION  ,  a  corporation   duly
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the  "Company"),
promises to pay to  ______________________  or registered  assigns the principal
sum of ______________________ Dollars on July 1, 2008, together with interest at
_____ percent (___%) per annum.  The provisions on the back of this  certificate
are incorporated as if set forth on the face of the certificate.

                                        Interest Payment Dates:
                                        The first day of each calendar quarter

                                        Record Dates:
                                        The first day of the third month
                                        of the calendar quarter


DATED:

Authenticated to be one of the Debentures described in the Indenture referred to
herein:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as                     INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
  Registrar


By:      _____________________________       By:________________________________
         Authorized Signatory                   President


                                             By:________________________________
                                                Secretary






                                       B-1


<PAGE>



                             (REVERSE OF DEBENTURE)

                    Series __/__/98 Convertible Subordinated
                           Debenture due July 1, 2008

                  1.  Interest.  The  Company  promises  to pay  interest on the
principal  amount of this  Debenture  at the rate per  annum  shown  above.  The
Company will pay interest  quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1
of each year. Interest will accrue from the 1st day of July in the year in which
the  Debenture  is issued in exchange for a Debenture  providing  for accrual of
interst.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months.

                  2. Method of Payment.  The  Company  will pay  interest on the
Debentures (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders
of  Debentures  at the close of  business on the first day of the third month of
the calendar  quarter.  Holders must  surrender  Debentures to a Paying Agent to
collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money
of the United  States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts. The Company may,  however,  pay principal and interest
by its  check  payable  in  such  money.  It may  mail  payments  to a  holder's
registered address.

                  3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York
will act as Paying Agent. The Bank of New York, a New York banking  corporation,
will also act as Registrar and will authenticate the Debentures. The Company may
change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice.

                  4.  Indenture.  This  Debenture  is one  of a duly  authorized
series  of  Debentures  issued by the  Company  under an  Indenture  dated as of
________1,  1998 (the "Indenture") between the Company and The Bank of New York,
as trustee (the "Trustee").  Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the
Indenture unless otherwise indicated.  Reference is hereby made to the Indenture
for a  description  of the rights,  obligations,  duties and  immunities  of the
Trustee and the Debentureholders and for the terms and conditions upon which the
Debentures  are and are to be  issued.  The  Debentures  are  general  unsecured
obligations  of  the  Company  limited  to the  aggregate  principal  amount  of
$6,000,000.

                  5. Optional  Redemption.  The Company may at its option redeem
the  Debentures in whole or in part at any time.  The  redemption  price will be
equal to (i) the face amount of the  Debentures to be redeemed plus a 2% premium
if the date of redemption is prior to July 1, 1999;  (ii) the face amount of the
Debentures  to be redeemed  plus a premium of 1% if the date of redemption is on
or after July 1, 1999 and before July 1, 2000;  and (iii) the face amount of the
Debentures to be redeemed if the date of redemption is on or after July 2000.

                                       B-2


<PAGE>



                  6. Selection and Notice of Redemption. If less than all of the
Debentures of any Maturity are to be redeemed,  the  Registrar  shall select the
Debentures  to be redeemed by such method as the  Registrar  shall deem fair and
appropriate,  or if the Debentures are listed on a national securities exchange,
in accordance  with the rules of such  exchange.  The  Registrar  shall make the
selection  from  the  Debentures  outstanding  and  not  previously  called  for
redemption.  The Registrar may select for redemption  portions (equal to $10,000
or any integral  multiple  thereof) of the principal  amount of Debentures  that
have denominations  larger than $10,000.  Provisions of the Indenture that apply
to Debentures  called for redemption also apply to portions of Debentures called
for  redemption.  Notice of  redemption  will be mailed at least 30 days but not
more than 90 days before the redemption  date to each holder of Debentures to be
redeemed at his registered  address.  On and after the redemption date, interest
ceases to accrue on Debentures or portions thereof called for redemption.

                  7.  Denominations,  Transfer,  Exchange.  The  Debentures  are
issuable in  registered  form without  coupons in  denominations  of $10,000 and
integral multiples of $10,000.  A holder may transfer or exchange  Debentures in
accordance with the Indenture.  A Debenture containing a particular CUSIP Number
may not be  exchanged  for a Debenture  containing  another  CUSIP  Number.  The
Registrar  may require a holder,  among  other  things,  to furnish  appropriate
endorsements and transfer  documents,  and to pay any taxes and fees required by
law or permitted by the  Indenture.  The Registrar need not transfer or exchange
any Debenture or portion of a Debenture selected for redemption,  or transfer or
exchange any Debentures for a period of 15 days before a selection of Debentures
to be redeemed.

                  8.  Conversion.  Subject  to  and  upon  compliance  with  the
provisions of the Indenture,  the holder of this  Debenture is entitled,  at the
holder's  election,  at any time on or before the close of  business on April 1,
2008, or in case this  Debenture or a portion  hereof is called for  redemption,
then in respect of this  Debenture or such portion  hereof until and  including,
but (unless the Company  defaults in making the payment due upon redemption) not
after,  the  close  of  business  on the date  which  is ten  days  prior to the
Redemption  Date,  to convert this  Debenture  (or any portion of the  principal
amount  hereof  which is $10,000 or an  integral or  multiple  thereof),  at the
principal amount hereof, and all accrued interest on the principal so converted,
into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company
at a  conversion  price  equal to the  following  dollar  amounts  of  aggregate
principal amount and accrued interest for each share of Class A Common Stock (or
at the lesser  conversion  price  determined  by the  Company or at the  current
adjusted conversion price if a reduction or adjustment has been made as provided
in the Indenture):

         Period of Conversion                    Price Per Share
         --------------------                    ---------------

Until December 31, 1998                           $___________
From January 1, 1999 to June 30, 1999             $___________
From July 1, 1999 to June 30, 2000                $___________
From July 1, 2000 to June 30, 2001                $___________
From July 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002                $___________
From July 1, 2002 to June 30, 2003                $___________
From July 1, 2003 to June 30, 2004                $___________
From July 1, 2004 to June 30, 2005                $___________
From July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006                $___________
From July 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007                $___________
From July 1, 2007 to April 1, 2008                $___________

                                       B-3


<PAGE>



                  Conversion  will  be by  surrender  of  this  Debenture,  duly
endorsed or assigned to the Company or in blank, to the Company at its office or
agency maintained for that purpose, accompanied by written notice to the Company
that the holder hereof elects to convert this Debenture.  No fractions of shares
or script  representing  fractions of shares will be issued on  conversion,  but
instead of any fractional interest the Company shall pay a cash adjustment equal
to the portion of the  principal  and/or  interest not so  converted  into whole
shares.  The  conversion  price is  subject to  adjustment  as  provided  in the
Indenture.  In  addition,  the  Indenture  provides  that in the case of certain
consolidations  or mergers to which the  Company is a party or the  transfer  of
substantially all of the assets of the Company,  the Indenture shall be amended,
without the consent of any holders of  Debentures,  so that this  Debenture,  if
then outstanding,  will convertible  thereafter only into the kind and amount of
securities, cash and other property receivable upon the consolidation, merger or
transfer by a holder of the number of shares of Class A Common  Stock into which
this   Debenture   might  have  been   converted   immediately   prior  to  such
consolidation, merger or transfer.

                  9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Debenture
may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

                  10.  Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or
interest  remains  unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay
the money back to the Company, if the Company requests such repayment within one
year  after such two year  period  that such money  remains  unclaimed.  If such
unclaimed money is so paid back to the Company, thereafter,  holders entitled to
the money must look to the Company for payment as general  creditors,  unless an
applicable  abandoned  property law designates another person. If such unclaimed
money is not so paid back to the  Company,  it may be disposed of by the Trustee
in accordance with applicable law.

                  11.  Amendment,   Supplement,   Waiver.   Subject  to  certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Debentures may be amended or supplemented,  and
any past  default or  compliance  with any  provision  may be  waived,  with the
consent of the  holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Debentures. Without the consent of any Debentureholder, the Company may amend or
supplement  the  Indenture or the  Debentures to cure any  ambiguity,  omission,
defect or inconsistency, to comply with Article Five of the Indenture (providing
for the  assumption of the  obligations  of the Company under the Indenture by a
successor corporation), or to make any change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any Debentureholder.

                  12.  Defaults and Remedies.  The  Indenture  provides that the
Trustee will give the Debentureholders notice of an uncured Default known to it,
within 90 days after the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  (as defined in the
Indenture),  or as soon as  practicable  after it learns of an Event of  Default
which occurred more than 90 days beforehand;  provided that,  except in the case
of Default in the payment of principal  of or interest on any of the  Debentures
or any amount due on  redemption,  the Trustee may withhold such notice if it in
good faith  determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of
the Debentureholders.  In case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% of aggregate principal amount of the


                                       B-4


<PAGE>



Debentures  then  outstanding,  by notice in writing to the Company  (and to the
Trustee if given by the Debentureholders),  may declare the principal of and all
accrued interest on all the Debentures to be due and payable  immediately.  Such
declaration may be rescinded by holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Debentures if all existing Events of Default (except  nonpayment of principal or
interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured
or waived and if the rescission  would not conflict with any judgment or decree.
The Indenture  requires the Company to file periodic reports with the Trustee as
to the absence of defaults.

                  13.  Subordination.  The indebtedness  evidenced by all of the
Debentures is, to the extent provided in the Indenture,  subordinate and subject
in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and
this Debenture is issued subject to such  provisions of the Indenture,  and each
holder of this Debenture by accepting same, agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions.  "Senior Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company outstanding
at any time, whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created,  which
(i) is secured, in whole or in part, by any asset or assets owned by the Company
or a Subsidiary,  or (ii) arises from unsecured borrowings by the Company from a
commercial  bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan  association,  an insurance
company, a company whose securities are traded in a national  securities market,
or any majority-owned  subsidiary of any of the foregoing,  or (iii) arises from
unsecured  borrowings  by the Company  from any pension  plan (as defined in ss.
3(2) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended),  or
(iv) arises from  borrowings  by the Company  which are  evidenced by commercial
paper, or (v) other unsecured borrowings by the Company which are subordinate to
Indebtedness  of a type  described  in  clauses  (i),  (ii)  or (iv)  above  if,
immediately after the issuance thereof, the total capital,  surplus and retained
earnings of the Company exceed the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount
of such borrowings,  or (vi) is a guarantee or other liability of the Company of
or with respect to  Indebtedness  of a Subsidiary of a type  described in any of
clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.

                  14.  Trustee  Dealings with the Company.  The Trustee,  in its
individual or any other  capacity,  may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Company or its Affiliates,  and may otherwise deal with
the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

                  15. No Recourse Against Others. A director,  officer, employee
or  stockholder,  as such,  of the Company  shall not have any liability for any
obligations  of the Company  under the  Debentures  or the  Indenture or for any
claim  based on,  in  respect  of or by reason  of,  such  obligations  or their
creation.  Each Debentureholder by accepting a Debenture waives and releases all
such  liability.  The waiver and release are part of the  consideration  for the
issue of the Debentures.

                  16.  Authentication.  This Debenture  shall not be valid until
the Registrar signs the certificate of  authentication on the other side of this
Debenture.

                  17. Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of the  Debentureholder  or an  assignee,  such as:  TEN COM  (=tenants  in
common),  TEN ENT (=tenants by entirety),  JT TEN (=joint  tenants with right of
survivorship  and not as tenants in  common),  CUST  (=custodian),  and  U/G/M/A
(=Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                                       B-5


<PAGE>




                  The Company will furnish to any  Debentureholder  upon written
request  and without  charge a copy of the  Indenture.  Requests  may be made to
Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation,  10 Rockefeller Plaza, Suite 1015, New York,
New York 10020-1903.











































                                       B-6


<PAGE>



                                   ASSIGNMENT


If you want to  assign  this  Debenture,  fill in the form  below  and have your
signature  guaranteed by a commercial  bank or trust company or a member firm of
any national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.

I or we assign and transfer this Debenture to

- -----------------------------------------------------------
(Please insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)


- ----------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and  irrevocably  appoint  __________________________________________  agent  to
transfer this  Debenture on the books of the Company.  The agent may  substitute
another to act for him.


Date: ____________________       Your signature: ___________________________


                              ---------------------------------------------
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other
                               side of this Debenture)


Signature(s)  must be  guaranteed  by an
Eligible   Guarantor   Institution  with
membership  in  an  approved   signature
guarantee   program   pursuant  to  Rule
17Ad-15  under the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 :___________________________














                                       B-7



<PAGE>


                           {FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE}

TO INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION

         The undersigned Holder of this Debenture hereby  irrevocably  exercises
the option to convert this  Debenture or portion  hereof (which is $10,000 or an
integral multiple  thereof) below designated,  together with accrued interest on
the  principal  portion  converted,  into  shares  of  Class A  Common  Stock of
Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation in accordance with the terms of the Indenture
referred  to in this  Debenture,  and  directs  that  the  shares  issuable  and
deliverable upon  conversion,  together with any check in payment for fractional
shares and any Debentures  representing any unconverted principal amount hereof,
be issued and delivered to the registered  Holder hereof unless a different name
has been indicated below. If shares of Class A Common Stock or Debentures are to
be issued in the name of a Person other than the  undersigned,  the  undersigned
will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.


Dated:  ___________________________     ____________________________________

Fill in for registration of shares
of Class A Common Stock and             _____________________________________
Securities if to be issued otherwise               Signature(s)
than to the registered Holder.

_________________________________     Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an
Name                                  Eligible Guarantor Institution with
_________________________________     membership in an approved signature
Address                               guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15
_________________________________     under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Please print name and address
(including zip code)

SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAXPAYER
   IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

- ---------------------------------
                                      Portion of Debenture  to be Converted  (in
                                      an integral  multiple of $10,000,  if less
                                      than all):

                                      ------------------------------------





                                       B-8


                                   Exhibit 5.1



April 10, 1998





Intervest Bancshares Corporation
10 Rockefeller Plaza, Suite 1015
New York, New York  10020-1903

         Re:      Intervest Bancshares Corporation
                  Registration Statement on Form SB-2

Gentlemen:

         You have  requested  our  opinion  in  connection  with a  Registration
Statement  on Form  SB- 2 (the  "Registration  Statement")  filed  by  Intervest
Bancshares   Corporation  (the  "Company")  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  in
connection  with the Company's  issuance and sale of up to $6,000,000  principal
amount  of  its  Series  __/__/98  Subordinated   Convertible   Debentures  (the
"Debentures").  Capitalized terms,  unless otherwise defined herein,  shall have
the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

         In  connection  with this opinion,  we have  examined the  Registration
Statement,  the Certificate of Incorporation  of the Company,  the Bylaws of the
Company,  Certificates of Public  Officials and Officers of the Company and such
other  documents  and records as we have deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  for
purposes of our opinion.

         Based  on  the  foregoing,   and  subject  to  the  qualifications  and
assumptions referred to herein, we are of the opinion that:

         a. The Company is a corporation  validly  existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         b. The Debentures,  when executed and  authenticated  in the manner set
forth in the Indenture and issued,  sold and delivered  against payment therefor
in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement,  will constitute the legal, valid
and  binding  obligations  of the  Company,  enforceable  after the  Company  in
accordance with their terms, subject to (i) applicable  bankruptcy,  moratorium,
insolvency,  reorganization  and similar laws relating to or affecting  creditor
rights  generally and (ii) general  principles of equity  (regardless of whether
such principles are considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).




<PAGE>


         c.  When  shares  of Class A  Common  Stock  which  are  issuable  upon
conversion of the Debentures  have been issued and delivered upon any conversion
of the Debentures in accordance with the terms of the Debentures, such shares of
Class  A  Common  Stock  will  be  duly  and  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.

         We have assumed the  authenticity  of all documents  submitted to us as
originals,  the conformity to the original documents of all documents  submitted
to us as copies, and the truth of all facts recited in all relevant documents.

         The  opinions  set forth above are limited to the laws of the states of
Delaware and New York and the federal laws of the United States.

         We hereby  consent  to the use of this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the headings "Tax
Consequences - Warrants" and "Legal  Matters" in the prospectus  included in the
Registration Statement.


                                   Very truly yours,

                                   Harris Beach & Wilcox, LLP



                                   By:      /s/ Thomas E. Willett
                                            ---------------------
                                                Thomas E. Willett,
                                                Member of the Firm


                        INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION
                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

         THIS ESCROW  AGREEMENT  made as of this _____ day of _______,  1998, by
and among Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  with its
principal  offices at 10  Rockefeller  Plaza,  Suite  1015,  New York,  New York
10020-1903 ("Corporation"); Sage, Rutty & Co., Inc., a New York corporation with
its principal offices at 183 East Main Street,  4th Floor,  Rochester,  New York
14604  ("Underwriter");  and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, a New York
banking  corporation  with  offices  at 255  East  Avenue,  Rochester,  New York
("Escrow Agent").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         WHEREAS,  the Corporation has filed a Form SB-2 Registration  Statement
under the Securities  Act of 1933 with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
("Registration  Statement")  covering  a  proposed  offering  of  a  minimum  of
$5,000,000 and maximum of $6,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount of its Series
__/__/98 Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures"); and

         WHEREAS,  the  Underwriter  intends  to  sell  the  Debentures  as  the
Corporation's agent on a best efforts basis; and

         WHEREAS,  certain officers of the Corporation may also sell Debentures;
and

         WHEREAS,  under the terms of the offering,  subscription funds received
on the sale of the  Debentures  will be  deposited  in an escrow  account  until
certain terms and conditions have been met; and

         WHEREAS, the Corporation desires that the subscription funds be held in
escrow by the Escrow Agent on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the mutual  covenants  contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1.       Establishment and Custody of Escrow Fund.

                  (a)  On or  prior  to the  date  of  the  commencement  of the
offering of the  Debentures,  the parties  shall  establish an  interest-bearing
escrow  account with the Escrow Agent.  The  Corporation  will notify the Escrow
Agent in writing of the effective date of the Registration Statement. The escrow
account shall be entitled "Intervest Bancshares Corporation Escrow Account." The
Corporation  shall,  prior to the establishment of such account,  furnish to the
Escrow Agent a completed IRS Form W-9.

                  (b)  On  the  next  Business  Day  following  receipt  by  the
Corporation or the Underwriter from an investor desiring to purchase  Debentures
("Subscriber(s)") or from any participating selected dealer, of any subscription
documents and payment of the subscription  price (in the minimum of $10,000) for
Debentures  to be purchased,  it will promptly  transmit to the Escrow Agent the
following:

                           (i) Checks,  bank drafts or money  orders  payable to
"M&T  Bank,  as  Escrow  Agent for  Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation"  or wire
transfers to the escrow  account (such sums as held by Escrow Agent in collected
funds,  as  increased  or  decreased  by  any   investments,   reinvestments  or
distributions made in respect thereof and any interest thereon as held from time
to time by the Escrow  Agent  pursuant  to the terms of this  Escrow  Agreement,
being hereafter collectively referred to as the "Escrow Fund"). Such funds shall
be delivered to M&T Bank, P.O. Box 22900, Rochester,  New York 14629, Attn: Lynn
M. Carleton for deposit in accordance with Section 2; and

                           (ii)  With  each   deposit  to  the  Escrow  Fund,  a
statement  containing the name,  address and tax  identification  number of each
Subscriber.


                  (c) Checks or other forms of payment  not made  payable to the
Escrow  Agent  shall  be  returned  by the  Escrow  Agent to the  purchaser  who
submitted the check.

                  (d) For purposes of this Escrow Agreement, a "Business Day" is
a day upon which the Escrow Agent is open for the conduct of business.

                                        1

<PAGE>



                  (e) The Escrow  Agent will  acknowledge  receipt of the Escrow
Fund and will hold the Escrow Funds subject to the terms and  conditions of this
Escrow Agreement.

                  (f) The Escrow  Agent shall  notify the  Corporation  when the
total amount of  subscription  funds in the Escrow Fund,  less the amount of any
such checks returned for  insufficient  funds,  equals at least  $5,000,000 (the
"Minimum Funds").  No investment profits or losses and no interest earned on any
investment  of the  Escrow  Fund  shall  be  considered  for  purposes  of  this
calculation.

                  (g) During the term of this Escrow Agreement,  the Corporation
understands  that it is not  entitled to any funds  received  into escrow and no
amounts  deposited  shall  become the property of the  Corporation  or any other
entity, or be subject to the debts of the Corporation or any other entity.

         2.  Investment of Escrow Fund.  Moneys held in the Escrow Fund shall be
invested and reinvested by the Escrow Agent in its money market account.  Moneys
held in the Escrow  Fund will,  in any event,  be invested  only in  investments
permissible under Rule 15c2-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

         3. Duties of Escrow Agent. Acceptance by the Escrow Agent of its duties
under this Escrow  Agreement is subject to the following  terms and  conditions,
which all parties to this Escrow  Agreement  agree shall govern and control with
respect to the rights, duties, liabilities and immunities of the Escrow Agent.

                  (a) The duties and  responsibilities of the Escrow Agent shall
be limited to those expressly set forth in this Escrow  Agreement and the Escrow
Agent shall not be subject to, nor obligated to recognize,  any other agreements
between the Corporation, Underwriter and any Subscriber.

                  (b) The duties of the Escrow Agent are only such as are herein
specifically  provided  and such duties are purely  ministerial  in nature.  The
Escrow Agent's primary duty shall be to keep custody of and safeguard the Escrow
Fund during the period of the escrow,  to invest  monies held in the Escrow Fund
in accordance  with Section 2 hereof and to make  disbursements  from the Escrow
Fund in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

                  (c) The Escrow Agent shall be under no  obligations in respect
of the Escrow  Fund  other than to  faithfully  follow the  instructions  herein
contained  or  delivered  to the Escrow  Agent in  accordance  with this  Escrow
Agreement.  The  Escrow  Agent  may  rely  and  act  upon  any  written  notice,
instruction,  direction,  request,  waiver,  consent,  receipt or other paper or
document  which it in good faith  believes to be genuine and what it purports to
be and the Escrow  Agent shall be subject to no  liability  with  respect to the
form, execution or validity thereof. If, in the opinion of the Escrow Agent, the
instructions  it receives  are  ambiguous,  uncertain  or in  conflict  with any
previous  instructions  or this  Escrow  Agreement,  then  the  Escrow  Agent is
authorized to hold and preserve intact the Escrow Fund pending the settlement of
any such  controversy  by final  adjudication  of a court or  courts  of  proper
jurisdiction.

                  (d) The  Escrow  Agent  shall not be  liable  for any error of
judgment or for any act done or step taken or omitted by it, in good  faith,  or
for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which it may in good faith do or
refrain  from  doing  in  connection  herewith,  unless  caused  by its  willful
misconduct or gross  negligence.  The  Corporation  shall indemnify and hold the
Escrow  Agent  harmless  from and against any and all claims,  losses,  damages,
liabilities and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees, which may be
imposed upon the Escrow Agent or incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with
its acceptance of the  appointment as Escrow Agent  hereunder or the performance
of its duties hereunder, unless the Escrow Agent is determined to have committed
an  intentional  wrongful act or to have been grossly  negligent with respect to
its duties under this Escrow Agreement.

                  (e) The Escrow Agent shall return to the  Corporation any sums
delivered to the Escrow Agent  pursuant to this Escrow  Agreement  for which the
Escrow Agent has not received release instructions pursuant to Section 4 hereof,
and as to which four years have passed since delivery.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (f) The Escrow Agent may consult with, and obtain advice from,
legal counsel (which may not be counsel to the  Corporation) in the event of any
dispute or questions as to the  construction of any of the provisions  hereof or
its duties hereunder, and it shall incur no liability in acting in good faith in
accordance with the written opinion and  instructions of such counsel.  The fees
for consultation with such counsel shall be paid by the Corporation.

                  (g)  Reference in this Escrow  Agreement  to the  Registration
Statement is for identification  purposes only, and its terms and conditions are
not thereby incorporated herein.

         4.       Distribution and Release of Funds.

                  (a)  For   purposes  of  this  Escrow   Agreement,   the  term
"Termination Date" shall mean the earlier of:

                           (i) _____________, 1998, or such later date set forth
in a written notice purportedly executed by the Corporation and delivered to the
Escrow Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to ________________, 1998.

                           (ii) The date,  if any,  upon which the Escrow  Agent
receives a written notice purportedly  executed by the Corporation  stating that
the offering has been terminated, or such later date set forth in such notice as
the effective date of such termination; or

                           (iii)  Any  date  specified  by  the  Corporation  in
writing,  after the date the Escrow Agent has confirmed  that it has received in
the Escrow Fund at least the Minimum Funds in good, collected funds.

                  (b) On the Termination Date, the Escrow Agent shall certify to
the  Corporation  in writing the total amount of  collected  funds in the Escrow
Fund.

                  (c) The Escrow Agent shall return the funds  deposited with it
to the Subscribers if, on the Termination Date, the Escrow Fund does not consist
of collected  funds totaling at least the Minimum Funds.  The Escrow Agent shall
have fully  discharged  this obligation to return  Subscribers'  funds if it has
mailed to each  Subscriber,  at the address  furnished to it by the Corporation,
the Underwriter or any selected dealer,  by registered or certified mail, return
receipt  requested,  a bank check made payable to each Subscriber for the amount
originally deposited by that Subscriber, plus the Subscriber's pro rata share of
net interest  (defined below) earned without regard to the date the Subscriber's
funds were  deposited.  For purposes of this Escrow  Agreement,  "net  interest"
shall mean the interest  earned on the Escrow Fund, less any fees or expenses of
the Escrow Agent paid from the Escrow Fund pursuant to Section 5.

                  (d) At such time as (i) the total amount of collected funds in
the Escrow Fund equals at least the Minimum Funds, and (ii) the Escrow Agent has
received,  on or before the Termination Date, written  instructions  executed by
the  Underwriter  and the  Corporation,  the Escrow Agent shall  distribute  the
entire Escrow Fund, less commissions,  fees and expense reimbursement due to the
Underwriter  and  any  selected  dealers,  pursuant  to such  instructions.  The
commissions,  fees and expense reimbursement due to the Underwriter and selected
broker-dealers  shall be set forth in the written  instructions,  and the Escrow
Agent shall distribute the commissions,  fees and expense  reimbursement  due to
the Underwriter and selected dealers directly to the Underwriter. Subject to the
foregoing,  distributions  may be made to third  parties at the direction of the
Corporation.  Net  interest  earned  on the  Escrow  Fund  shall  be paid to the
Corporation.

                  (e) If the  Corporation  rejects a subscription  for which the
Escrow Agent has already  collected funds, the Escrow Agent shall promptly issue
a refund check to the  rejected  Subscriber.  Otherwise,  the Escrow Agent shall
promptly remit the rejected  Subscriber's check directly to the Subscriber.  Any
check returned unpaid to the Escrow Agent will be returned to the Underwriter or

                                        3

<PAGE>



selected  dealer that  submitted  the check.  Any check or other form of payment
received  by the Escrow  Agent not  payable to "M&T  Bank,  as Escrow  Agent for
Intervest  Bancshares  Corporation"  shall be returned to the  Subscriber by the
Escrow Agent.

                  (f) For  purposes  hereof,  "collected  funds"  shall mean all
funds received by the Escrow Agent which have cleared  normal  banking  channels
and are in the form of cash.  Furthermore,  a check which is not (i) a certified
check  or (ii) a bank  draft or a  cashiers  check  drawn  on a bank  reasonably
acceptable to the Escrow Agent,  shall constitute  "collected  funds" only if it
has not been returned for insufficient funds within ten (10) Business Days after
its receipt by the Escrow Agent. No investment profits or losses and no interest
earned on any investments of the Escrow Fund shall be considered for purposes of
the above calculation.

                  (g) It  shall be a  condition  to the  return  of funds to any
subscriber  hereunder  that such  subscriber  shall have delivered to the Escrow
Agent a completed IRS Form W-9. The Corporation  shall include in the Prospectus
which is part of the Registration  Statement and/or in the subscription forms to
be executed by  subscribers,  notice of the requirement for delivery of such IRS
Form W-9 as a condition to the return of funds deposited in the Escrow Account.

                  (h)  This  Escrow  Agreement  shall  terminate  on  the  final
distribution of the Escrow Fund, at which time the Escrow Agent shall be forever
and irrevocably released and discharged from any and all further  responsibility
or liability with respect to the Escrow Fund.

         5.  Compensation.  The Corporation agrees to pay the Escrow Agent a fee
of $300 as  compensation  for its services in connection with  establishing  the
Escrow Fund,  payable at the time this Escrow Agreement is executed,  whether or
not any Debentures are sold. In addition,  the  Corporation  shall pay an annual
maintenance fee of $100, prorated for the number of months the Escrow Account is
open, payable whether or not any Debentures are sold. The Corporation shall pay,
in addition to the foregoing fees, the following charges:

                       $700.00      Handling and processing fees.

                       $  7.50      Per check disbursed.

                       $ 10.00      Per prorated net interest  computation
                                    if funds are returned to investors.

                       $ 10.00      Per  Form   1099   required   to  be
                                    transmitted by the Escrow Agent.

                       $ 25.00      Per check returned for insufficient funds.

Except for the set-up fee due upon execution of this Escrow Agreement,  the fees
and charges shall be paid by the  Corporation  on the date(s) the Escrow Fund is
distributed  pursuant  to Section 4. The  Escrow  Agent  shall have the right to
cause any fees due hereunder to be paid out of the interest earned on the Escrow
Account.

         6. Termination. This Escrow Agreement shall terminate no later than the
Termination  Date,  or on such  earlier date as the Escrow Agent shall have paid
out a total of at least  $5,000,000 in collected  funds in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Escrow Agreement.

         7. Resignation and Removal of Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent may at any
time  resign and be  discharged  of the duties and  obligations  created by this
Escrow  Agreement  by giving at least  sixty  (60) days'  written  notice to the
Corporation  and the  Underwriter;  the Escrow  Agent may be removed at any time
upon  sixty  (60)  days'  notice  by  an  instrument  purportedly  signed  by an
authorized  person of the Corporation and the Underwriter.  Any successor Escrow
Agent shall be appointed and approved by the  Corporation  and the  Underwriter.
Any such  successor  Escrow  Agent shall  deliver to the former  Escrow  Agent a
written  instrument,  acknowledged  by  the  Corporation  and  the  Underwriter,
accepting such appointment hereunder and thereupon it shall take delivery of the
Escrow Fund to hold and  distribute in accordance  with the terms hereof.  If no
successor  Escrow Agent shall have been appointed  within thirty (30) days after
the  Corporation  and  the  Underwriter  are  notified  of  the  Escrow  Agent's
resignation, the Escrow Agent shall return the Escrow Fund to the Subscribers in
accordance  with the procedure  set forth in Section 4(c).  Upon the delivery of
the Escrow Fund in  accordance  with this  Section 7, the Escrow  Agent shall be
discharged from any further duties hereunder.


                                        4

<PAGE>


         8.  Binding  Effect.  This Escrow  Agreement  shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

         9.  Headings.  The  headings  contained  in this Escrow  Agreement  are
intended for  convenience  and shall not in any way  determine the rights of the
parties to this Escrow Agreement.

         10. Waiver.  Waiver of any terms or conditions of this Escrow Agreement
by any party shall not be construed  as (a) a waiver of a  subsequent  breach or
failure  of the same term or  condition,  or (b) a waiver  of any other  term or
condition of this Escrow Agreement.

         11. Counterparts.  This Escrow Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts,  each of which  shall be deemed an  original,  and it shall not be
necessary  in making  proof of this Escrow  Agreement  to produce or account for
more than one such counterpart.

         12.  Modification.   This  Escrow  Agreement   constitutes  the  entire
agreement between the parties as to the escrow of Subscribers'  funds, and shall
not be modified except in writing signed and acknowledged by all the parties.

         13.  Notices.  All notices  and  communications  hereunder  shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to be duly given on the date delivered by the United
States Mail,  registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid  to the  address  of the  Corporation  and  Underwriter  as first  above
written, and to the Escrow Agent at P.O. Box 22900,  Rochester,  New York 14629,
Attn: Lynn M. Carleton,  provided,  however, that notices may be given by telex,
cable, telecopier,  courier service, telephone,  personal delivery or otherwise,
effective  the date of such  communication,  provided that notices given by such
means of  communications  are confirmed by mail as aforesaid,  postmarked within
one business day after such other form of communication.

         14.  Governing  Law.  This  Escrow  Agreement  shall be  construed  and
enforced  in  accordance  with the laws of the  State of New York.  The  parties
consent to the personal jurisdiction of all courts of the State of New York, and
agree that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Escrow
Agreement as of the date and year first above written.


CORPORATION:             INTERVEST BANCSHARES CORPORATION


                         By:      ________________________________________
                         Its:     ________________________________________


ESCROW AGENT:            MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY


                         By:      _______________________________________
                         Its:     _______________________________________


UNDERWRITER:             SAGE, RUTTY & CO., INC.

                         By:      ______________________________________
                         Its:     ______________________________________


                                        5


                                     <PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT 24.2

                              Accountant's Consents
<PAGE>
The Board of Directors
Intervest Bancshares Corporation
New York, New York:

         We consent to the use of our report dated  January 23, 1998 relating to
the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related
consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
years then ended of Intervest Bancshares  corporation and to the use of our name
under the caption of  "Experts," in the  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 of
Intervest Bancshares Corporation.


HACKER, JOHNSON, COHEN & GRIEB PA
Tampa, Florida
April 8, 1998




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission